Htft MHHMMI

VF

LATIN FORTH E
rlK.J!)l YfcAtv
U"
GUNNISON AND MARLEY-
ilP
:itipt|>

iliiiH

19

\mmm

rivAND-COMPAMT

immm
GIFT OF
ftivi*
X
o c
tn a

•z
<
o

w
a
H
LATIN FOR THE FIRST YEAR

BT

WALTER B. GUNNISON, Ph.D.

LATE PRINCIPAL OF ERASMUS HALL HIGH SCHOOL, BROOKLYN, NEW YORK

AND

WALTER S. HARLEY, A.M.

TEACHER OF LATIN, ERASMUS HALL HIGH SCHOOL

SILVER,BURDETT AND COMPANY

BOSTON NEW YORK CHICAGO
 Copyright, 1915, 1917, by
SILVER, BURDETT AND COMPANY
 PREFACE
" "
Latin for the First Year is intended to prepare, in a simple
and directmanner, for the reading of Latin authors.
To achieve the utmost simplicity of treatment consistent with
thoroughness and to make the study of Latin interesting were the
chief aims of the authors.
Inflections. To pupils speaking English only, a highly inflected
language naturally presents special difficulties. The variety of
case endings, tense endings, and tense signs, grammatical gender,
the agreement of adjectives, and the order of words, are all prac-
tically new to the minds of beginners in Latin. Realizing that for
the pupil the most important work of the first year is to learn the
inflections of the language, the authors have endeavored to present
these clearly and logically. At the beginning only one case is
given in a lesson, until the first declension is learned. In the third
declension the difficulties have been reduced to a minimum. Only
one tense is given at a time in the development of the verb. Expe-
rience seems to show that it is best to contrast the forms of one tense
in the different conjugations and later to contrast the tenses of each

conjugation as a whole by synopses. Declensions and conjugations

are given in alternate lessons, so far as possible.
Syntax. In the matter of syntax the authors have endeavored
to avoid the error of attempting to teach all in one year. Only the
essentials, therefore, are given. The independent uses of the sub-
junctive are omitted entirely. The subordinate clauses are those
of purpose, result, indirect question, and the more common clauses
of time, cause, and condition. Much use is made of the infinitive
with subject accusative. Prepositional phrases are carefully dis-
tinguished, and the important ablative absolute is fully explained.
Rules and principles are derived inductively. Comparison is con-
stantly made with English usage, though a thorough knowledge of
the technicalities of English grammar is not assumed.
Vocabulary. The vocabulary of the eighty-two lessons includes
about seven hundred words, which with few exceptions are used by

60553 9
VI PREFACE

Caesar. Words related in meaning are associated, and simple

words are given before their compound forms. The derivation
of English words is emphasized.
Exercises. In the Latin exercises the purpose has been to
make short sentences that are intelligible in themselves, and not
dependent upon the context of an author. Many sentences have
been adapted, however, from the reading matter for the second year.
For variety many interrogative sentences are used in the exercises;
to these, so far as possible, answers should be given in Latin, as
an excellent drill in forms. The constant aim has been to fix firmly
by frequent repetition in the exercises the important principles of
syntax explained in the lessons.
Reviews. Much emphasis has been laid upon reviews, not only
in the twelve special review lessons, but also in the summaries of
forms and constructions, whenever a series is terminated. In the
Appendix the inflections and rules of syntax are brought together.
Connected Reading. Short paragraphs for reading begin in Les-
son X. In Lessons XLII-LXXXII these paragraphs are simpli-
fied portions of Caesar's Bellum Helveticum. Following the
lessons this story of Caesar's first campaign is repeated, but with
fewer changes from the exact words of Caesar. A section of fables
and short stories in Latin has been added for general interest.
Quotations. The many standard quotations from Latin writers
willbe appreciated by pupils as part of their permanent possession,
and in a measure will form a connecting link between the study of
Latin and its practical use in our present-day activities.
The authors wish to acknowledge their indebtedness to Mr. E.
W. Harter, Head of the Classical Department, Erasmus Hall High
School, and to Mr. Walter E. Johnson, Head of the Latin Depart-
ment, Lane Technical High School, Chicago, 111., who have given
many valuable suggestions during the preparation of the manuscript
and the reading of the proof; and to J. B. Lippincott Company for
the privilege of reproducing illustration of a Roman warship from
"
Ships and Ways of Other Days," by E. K. Chatterton.

Brooklyn, N. Y., August i, 1915.

 CONTENTS
Page
Introduction: The Latin Language i

Lesson
I. The Alphabet. Pronunciation 3
II. Syllables. Accent 5
III.The Nominative Case. The Verb sum 7
IV. The First Conjugation: Present Tense, Active
Voice 9
V. The Accusative Case. The Direct Object ... 11

VI. The First Declension: Singular. The Genitive

Case 12
VII. The First Declension: Plural. The Dative Case .
15
VIII. The Ablative Case. Order of Words 18
IX. The Second Conjugation: Present Tense. The
Accusative with Prepositions . . .• 20
X. Review 23
XL Gender. The Second Declension: Masculine
Nouns 24
XII. The Second Declension: Neuter Nouns. Apposi-
and Predicate Nouns
tive 28
XIII. The Third and Fourth Conjugations: Present
Indicative. The Present Infinitive 31
XIV. Adjectives in -us, -a, -urn. Agreement of Adjec-
tives 33
XV. Nouns and Adjectives in -er. Possessive Pro-
nominal Adjectives 36
XVI. Prepositional Phrases 39
XVII. Review 41
XVIII. The Passive Voice: Present Indicative. The
Ablative of the Agent 42
XIX. The Passive Voice: Present Indicative (Com-
pleted). Third Conjugation in -io 46
Vlll CONTENTS
Lesson Page
XX. The Third Nouns
Declension: in -1, -6, -r . . .
49
XXI. The Third Declension: Nouns in -s, -x. The Im-
perfect Indicative of sum 51
XXII. The Third Declension: Neuter Nouns in -men,
-us. The Future Indicative of sum 54
XXIII. The Imperfect Tense, Indicative Active. The
Predicate Accusative 56
XXIV. The Imperfect Tense, Indicative Passive. Ques-
tions and Answers 59
XXV. Review 62
XXVI. The Third Declension: Genitive Plural in -ium .
63
XXVII. The Third Declension: Gender; Special Nouns .
65
XXVIII. The Ablative Case: Separation; Place from
Which 67
XXIX. The Future Tense, Indicative (Conjugations I and
II) 69
XXX. The Future Tense, Indicative (Conjugations III
and IV) 72
XXXI. Adjectives of the Third Declension. The Dative
with Adjectives 74
XXXII. The Perfect Tense, Indicative Active 77
XXXIII. The Perfect Tense, Indicative Passive 81
XXXIV. Review 84
XXXV. The Fourth Declension 87
XXXVI. Prefixes. The Locative Case. Expressions of
Place Reviewed 89
XXXVII. The Fifth Declension. Expressions of Time . .
92
XXXVIII. The Pluperfect Indicative 94
XXXIX. The Future Perfect Indicative. Review of the In-
dicative. Synopses 97
XL. Pronominal Adjectives 102
XLI. Review 104
XLII. The Relative Pronoun qui. The Interrogative
Pronoun quis. Complex Sentences. Clauses . 106
XLIII. The Present
Infinitive. The Uses of the Infinitive 109
XLIV. The Demonstrative Pronouns hie, ille, iste. The
Objective Genitive 113
XLV. The Perfect Infinitive. The Ablative of Cause . 116
XL VI. The Demonstrative Pronoun is 118
 CONTENTS iX
Lesson Page
XL VII. The Future Infinitive. Review of the Infinitive.
The Ablative of Specification 122
XL VIII. Personal and Reflexive Pronouns 126
XLIX. The Demonstrative Pronoun idem. The Intensive
Pronoun ipse 129
L. Review 131
LI. Deponent Verbs. The Ablative with Certain
Deponents 133
LII. The Present Subjunctive Active. Clauses of Pur-
pose 136
LIII. The Present Subjunctive Passive. Negative Pur-
pose 139
LIV. The Imperfect Subjunctive. Primary and Sec-
ondary Tenses 142
LV. The Dative with Special Verbs. Noun Clauses
with ut, or ne 147
LVI. The Verb possum. Clauses of Result 150
LVII. Compounds of sum. The Dative with Compound
Verbs. The Dative of the Possessor .... 153
LVIII. Review 155
LIX. Comparison of Adjectives. The Ablative of Com-
parison 157
LX. Irregular Comparison of Adjectives 161
LXI. Adverbs: Their Formation and Comparison . .
163
LXII. The Perfect Subjunctive. Indirect Questions . 166
LXIII. The Pluperfect Subjunctive. Review of the Sub-
junctive. Temporal Clauses with cum . . . 168
LXIV. Cardinal Numeral Adjectives. The Accusative of
Extent 173
LXV. Ordinal Adjectives. The Genitive of the Whole.
The Genitive and Ablative of Description . .
176
LXVI. Indefinite Pronouns. Review of Pronouns. Re-
view of Prepositions 178
LXVII. Review. Certain Noun Suffixes 181
LXVIII. The Imperative Mood. The Vocative Case . .
183
LXIX. Participles: The Present and the Perfect ... 185
LXX. The Ablative Absolute iSS
LXXL The Future Participles. The Dative <>f the Agent 191
LXXII. The Gerundive. The Gerund 193
X CONTENTS
Lesson Page
LXXIII. The Supine. Review of Expressions of Purpose.
The Three Stem Systems 196
LXXIV. Review. Adjective Suffixes 199
LXXV. The Irregular Verb flo. Idioms 200
LXXVI. The verb eo. Temporal Clauses 204
LXXVII. The Verb fero. Causal Clauses 207
LXXVIII. The Verbs void and nolo. Conditional Sentences 209
LXXIX. Impersonal Verbs. Review of Subordinate
Clauses 212
LXXX. Review of Conjunctions. Review of the Nomina-
tive and Genitive 215
LXXXI. Review of the Dative and the Accusative ... 217
LXXXII. Review of the Ablative 218
The War with the Helveth, Caesar, Book I, Chapters
1-29, Adapted . 221
Supplementary Reading 234
Additional Supplementary Reading —
New York State
Syllabus 253
Appendix 267
Table of Abbreviations 302
Latin-English Vocabulary 303
English-Latin Vocabulary 328
Vocabulary for the First Year — New York State Syl-
labus 338
Index 345
 LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS

PAGE
The Roman Forum. A restoration Frontispiece
A Roman Emperor on his Way to the Baths. Alma-
Tadema xiv
A Roman Trumpet 8
A Street in Pompeii 14
Writing Materials used by Romans ...... 15
Roman Girl 17
Coin of Julius Caesar 18
The Ancient Porta Ostiensis. Now known as the
Porta San Paolo 22
The Appian Way 25
An Ancient Roman Sword 29
Signum (Aquila) 30
Roman Youth 36
Standard Bearers 38
Books of Ancient Rome 41
The Roman Forum as it looks today 43
Porta Asinaria. Showing part of the wall about
Rome 48
Roman Horsemen 53
The Roman Army Marching out. A bas-relief
on Trajan's Column 55
The Rhone and the Alps, St. Maurice, Switzer-
land 58
Roman Foot Soldier 61
Roman War Ship 65
Roman Bridge, Narni, Italy 69
The Alps, Pontresina, Switzerland 72
Xii LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS
PAGE
A Standard Bearer 76
A Roman Emperor in Military Attire 79
Scutum 83
L. Cornelius Sulla 85
House oe the Vetii, Pompeii, Italy 86
Statue of a Roman Matron 91
Attack on a German Fortress. As depicted on
the column of Marcus Aurelius 97
Captives Pleading for Mercy from a Roman
Conqueror 101
A Roman Festival. Alma-Tadema 103
Julius Caesar 105
A Street Scene in Ancient Rome. E. Forte . . 112
Statue of a Roman dressed in the Toga ... 115
Lake Geneva. The ancient Lacus Lemannus ... 124
A Scene along the Rhine 13.2
Temple in the Forum Boarium 138
Ruins of Palace of the Caesars, Palatine
Hill, Rome 140
Romans passing under the Yoke of the Hel-
vetians. Charles Gleyre 146
View of the Rhine River 159
Ruins of a Roman Aqueduct 172
The Meta Sudans. A fountain near the Colosseum.
E. Levy 184
Panels from the Painting "The Triumph of
Caesar." Andrea Mantegna ....... 202, 203
View of Rome as it looks today 210
A Roman Woman and her Maids. /. Coomans. .
219
Double page map (colored) showing places mentioned
in this book Following 220
Roman Eagle and Oak Wreath 233
Looking toward the Palatine Hill from the
Forum 252
 LATIN FOR THE FIRST YEAR

INTRODUCTION
THE LATIN LANGUAGE

Latin, the language of the ancient Romans, derived its

name from the Latini (la-tl'nl),

1
who spoke it first. The
Latini inhabited Latium (la/shi-um), a district of central
Italy, and became the founders of Rome, their capital city.
Beginning in 753 B.C. (the traditional date), Rome extended
her dominion over all Italy, and finally over all the terri-
tory surrounding the Mediterranean, which comprised the
civilized world of that time.
Latin was the chief language of this vast empire. During
the twelve centuries of Roman history (753 B.c-476 a.d.)
the language changed greatly, as languages do. The
all

''golden age" (80 B.c-17 a.d.) was the period of the best
writers, including Caesar, Cicero, the poets Vergil and
Horace, and others. It is mainly the Latin of this period
thatwe study to-day.
The Latin language, however, did not end with the Roman
empire. In its literary form it continued to be used by
statesmen, lawyers, clergymen, physicians, and scholars in
general, until the time of Shakespeare. The Magna Charta
(121 5 a.d.), the famous charter of English liberties, was
written in Latin. Such men as Erasmus (1466-1536), leader
of the literary world of his age, and Sir Isaac Newton (1642-

1727), discoverer of the law of gravitation, wrote their works

in the language of Caesar and Cicero.
1
The English pronunciation of proper names is in accordance with the
table of sounds on page 288.
x
2 LATIN FOR THE FIRST YEAR

As a spoken language Latin never ceased to be used in

Italy, France, Spain, and Portugal, but grew into different
forms or dialects, which we now call Italian, French, Span-
ish, and Portuguese. These national tongues are together
called Romance languages, that is, modern forms of the

language of the Romans.

It is of greater importance to us that our English is also

very closely related to this historic language. Our words

have come from many different sources, but chiefly from
Anglo-Saxon and Latin. It has been said that English
gets most of its strength from Anglo-Saxon and most of its
refinement from Latin. The majority of the words in our
dictionaries are of Latin origin. Some of these have not
changed in form or meaning for two thousand years, as
actor, animal, census, color, error, honor, labor, minus, plus,

superior, victor. Others have been coined in recent years, as

dirigible, incubator, locomotive. This coining of new words
from Latin elements still goes on from year to year.

THE STUDY OF LATIN

Among the reasons for the study of Latin are the following:

i. one a clearer knowledge of the meaning of

It gives

English words, two-thirds of which are of Latin origin.

2. It provides a better understanding of English syntax.

3. It is the foundation of other modern languages and is

a good basis for the study of language in general.
4. It makes clear the terms of law, medicine, and other
sciences.

5. It trains one in the power of expression.

6. It affords an excellent training of the mind.
7. It helps one to appreciate more fully the literature,

thought, and civilization of the Romans, upon which our

own are so largely based.
 THE ALPHABET 3

LESSON I

THE ALPHABET
1. The Latin alphabet is the same as the English, except
that it has no j and no w.
2. The vowels are a, e, i, o, u, and y. The other letters
are consonants.
a. The i is used for either a vowel or a consonant
letter
sound. Itgenerally a consonant between vowels: ma'ior,
is

major, greater; and at the beginning of a word when followed

by a vowel: Iulius, Julius.

PRONUNCIATION
3. Latin is now pronounced
according to the Roman
method, as nearly as can be determined.
4. Vowels. A vowel is either long or short. Long vowels
are marked thus: a, e, I, 6, u; vowels not marked are short.
The sounds are:
Long l
Short
a as in father a as in along, Cuba
e as in they e as in net
l as in machine i as in it

6 as in ode o as in obey
u as in rude u as in pull 2

y (found only in words of Greek origin) is like French u or Ger-

man il.

5. Diphthongs. The common diphthongs (double sounds)

are ae, pronounced as ai in aisle; au, as ou in our; and oe,
as oi in oil.
a. In a few words the following occur: ei, pronounced as
in eight; eu, like eh'ee; and ui, like oo'ee rapidly uttered,
almost like we.
1
A long vowel requires twice the time of a short vowel in
pronunciation.
2
u has the sound of w in -ngu- preceding a vowel, in qu-, and in the
words suavis, suaded, suesco.
2
4 LATIN FOR THE FIRST YEAR

Consonants. The consonants are pronounced as in

6.

English, with the following exceptions:

b has the sound of p before s or t.

C is always hard, as in can.

ch is like k.

g is always hard, as in get.

i (consonant) is like y in yet.
s is like s in son or this, not as in his.

t is like / in native, not as in nation.

v is like w in wet.

x, a double consonant (
= cs or gs), is like x in extra.

Doubled consonants such as cc, 11, mm, ss, tt are to be pro-

nounced separately, with a distinct sound for each: mit'to.

LENGTH OP VOWELS
7. We learn whether a vowel
long or short chiefly by is

observation, but the following rules are to be noted:

a. A vowel is generally short before another vowel or h:

di'es, day; ni'hil, nothing.
b. A vowel is short before nd or nt and before final m or t:

por'tant, they carry; por'tat, he carries.

c. A vowel is long before nf, ns, nx, or net: In'fans, infant:
iunc'tus, joined.
d. A
vowel resulting from contraction is long: co'go, from
co-a'go, / bring together.

EXERCISE IN PRONUNCIATION
8. 1. pax, ab, ad. 2. me, rex, et. 3. hi, id, is. 4. sol,

quod. 5. tii, tu'us. 6. prae, aut, poe'na. 7. cui, huic.

8. seu, dein'de. 9. cen'tum. 10. pul'cher. 11. gens. 12. iam,
hii'ius. 13. pes, vir. 14. urbs, dux.
 SYLLABLES 5

LESSON II

SYLLABLES

9. A
syllable consists of a vowel or a diphthong,
with or
without one or more consonants. Hence a word has as many
syllables as it has vowels and diphthongs: aes'tas, summer;
mag-ni-tu'do, greatness.

Exception, u is not a vowel in qu and sometimes gu and

su 1
these combinations are treated as single consonants:
;

a'qua, water.

10. In dividing words into syllables, a single consonant

between two vowels goes with the second: pa'ter, father.

Exception. Prepositional compounds are divided into

their component parts: ab'est, he is away.

11. If two or more consonants occur between vowels, the

division before the last consonant: ma-gis'ter,
is master;
vinc'tus, bound.

Exception. A mute 2 followed by 1 or r goes with the 1 or

r: cas'tra, camp; pu'bli-cus, public.

12. The last syllable of a word is called the ultima; the

next to the last, the penult; the one before the penult, the
antepenult.

LENGTH OF SYLLABLES
13. Syllables are long or short. A syllable is short if it

contains a short vowel not followed by two or more conso-

nants: vi'a, way; vi'det, he sees.

14. A long by nature if it contains a long vowel

syllable is

or a diphthong: ma'ter, mother; nau'tae, sailors.

1
See page 3, footnote 2.
2
Of the consonants, p, b, t, d, c, g are called mutes; 1, r, liquids.
6 LATIN FOR THE FIRST YEAR

15. A
syllable is long by position if it contains a short
vowel followed in the same word by x or z, or by any two
consonants except a mute 1 with 1 or r u'xor, wife; an-gus'tus, :

narrow.
ACCENT
16. A word of two syllables is accented on the first: pu'er,
boy.
17. A word of three or more syllables is accented on the
penult if that is long: a-ml'cus, friend; on the antepenult if

the penult is short: bre'vi-tas, brevity.

18. -que {and) and a few other words are called enclitics,

being joined to a preceding word and pronounced with it.

Enclitics require an accent upon the syllable preceding
them, regardless of its length: ar-ma'que, and arms.

EXERCISE IN ACCENT

19. i. silva, causa, tabula. 2. miles, milites. 3. fllius,

fllii. 4. digitus, Germanus. 5. nati5, nationes. 6. merca*
tor, mercatores. 7. iiinior, oppidum. 8. terraque, homines-
que. 9. exemplum. 10. obtinet, obtinetur. 11. saepe,
proelium. 12. annus, puella, sagitta.

Memorize :
Integer vltae scelerisque piirus
Non eget Mauris iaculis nee arcu,
Nee venenatls gravida sagittis,
2
Fusee, pharetra.

Translation : "The pure in life and free from crime need no

Moorish darts nor bow, nor, my Fuscus, a quiver laden with
poisoned arrows."
1
See page 5, footnote 2.
2
The first stanza of a famous ode by the Roman poet Horace.
 NOMINATIVE CASE. VERB SUM 7

LESSON III

THE NOMINATIVE CASE. THE VERB SUM

20. Parts of Speech. In Latin, as in English, there are
eight parts of speech: nouns, pronouns, adjectives, verbs,
adverbs, prepositions, conjunctions, and interjections. There
is no article in Latin.

21. The Nominative Case.

Latin nouns and adjectives
have a nominative case and are singular or plural in number.
In some nouns and adjectives the nominative singular ends
in -a, the plural in -ae:

via longa, long way, a long way, the long way.

viae longae, long ways, the long ways.

22. Word Order. A descriptive adjective, as a rule, follows the

noun, unless it is emphatic: via longa, long way; but longa via,
long way.

23. Latin verbs are conjugated to show

Conjugation.
voice, mood, tense, number, and person. These terms have,
in general, the same meaning as in English.

24. INDICATIVE PRESENT TENSE OF SUM

Singular Plural
First Person sum, / am sumus, we are
Second Person es, {thou art), you are estis, you are
Third Person est, (he, she, it) is sunt, (they) are

a. He, she, it, and they are not to be used when the sub-

jects of est and sunt are expressed by separate words: via

est, the road is; viae sunt, the roads are.

25. MODEL SENTENCES

i. Via est longa, the way is long.
2. Viae sunt longae, the ways are long.
8 LATIN FOR THE FIRST YEAR

Notice that if the noun is plural, the verb and adjective

with it are plural.
26. Rule. Case of the Subject. The subject of a verb is
in the nominative case.
Rule. Verb Agreement. A verb has the same number and
person as the subject.
27. VOCABULARY
Nouns Adjectives

filia, daughter bona, good

silva, forest lata, broad
terra, land, country longa, long
tuba, trumpet magna, great, large
via, way, road, street parva, little, small

Interrogative Adverb Conjunction

ubi? where? et, and
EXERCISES
(Pronounce, with careful attention to the length of vowels and to accent.
Translate.)

28. 1. Filia bona. 2. Flliae bonae. 3. Silva lata. 4. Silvae

latae. 5. Terra magna. 6. Terrae magnae. 7. Tuba
parva. 8. Tubae parvae.
9. Via lata. 10. Viae latae.
29. 1. Filia est bona. 2. Flliae sunt
bonae. 3. Ubi sunt flliae bonae?
4. Sumus flliae. 5. Estis flliae. 6. Es
filiaparva. 7. Terra est longa et lata.
8. Silvae sunt magnae. 9. Terra et silva
sunt magnae. 10. Ubi est tuba parva?
1
A Roman Trumpet 11. Ubi est parva tuba? 12. Via lata est

longa.
(Give the Latin for the following, marking long vowels in written work.)

30. 1. The road is broad. 2. Where is the broad road? 3. The

The 5. Where are
countries are small. 4. forest is large. the large
1
See 22.
 first conjugation: present tense, active voice 9

forests? 6. The good trumpet is small. 7. The good trumpets ars

small. 8. The forests are long and broad.

LESSON IV
THE FIRST CONJUGATION: PRESENT TENSE, ACTIVE
VOICE

31. MODEL VERB

Singular Endings
First Person a'mo, / love, am loving, do love -6
Second Person a'mas, you love, are loving, do love -s
Third Person a'mat, {he, she, it) loves, is loving, -t
does love

Plural

First Person ama'mus, we love, are loving, do love -mus

Second Person ama'tis, you love, are loving, do love -tis

Third Person a'mant, they love, are loving, do love -nt

a. Latin has no special words for the progressive and

emphatic forms, as, am loving, do love.

32. Personal Endings. The letters -6, -s, -t, -mus, -tis,
-nt are called personal endings. When a separate subject
of the verblacking, they indicate the subject, I you (or
is ,

thou), he {she or it), we, you, they: amant, they love; but
filiaeamant, the daughters love.
33. The Present Tense. Stem. The present tense is
formed by adding the personal endings to a fixed part called
the stem: ama-. Verbs having a stem ending in -a com-
pose the first conjugation and are conjugated like amo.

a. Final a of the stem becomes short in the third person

and disappears before -o in the first person.
IO LATIN FOR THE FIRST YEAR

34- VOCABULARY
Nouns
 ACCUSATIVE CASE. DIRECT OBJECT II

LESSON V
THE ACCUSATIVE CASE. THE DIRECT OBJECT

39. The case of the direct object in Latin is called the

accusative. In the singular of most words and in the plural
of many, it differs from the nominative in form.

40. Nouns and adjectives ending in -a have the accusative

singular in -am and the accusative plural in -as:
Singular Plural
Nom. fflia flliae

Ace. ffliam fflias

41. MODEL SENTENCES

i. Nauta ffliam bonam vocat, the sailor calls (his) good
daughter.
2. Fflias bonas nauta vocat, the sailor calls (his) good
DAUGHTERS.
a. Word Order. The object, as a rule, stands between the
subject and the verb, but when emphatic it stands out of
this position, as in sentence 2.
b. The words for my, your, his, her, and the like are some-
times omitted in Latin, when the meaning is clear without
them.

42. Rule. Direct Object. The direct object of a verb is

in the accusative case.

43. VOCABULARY
Nouns Verbs Stent

aqua, water do, I give da-

victoria, victory nuntio, I report, an- nuntia-
Galba, Galba, a man's name nounce
a. The present tense of do is: do, das, dat, damus, datis,
dant. a isshort, by exception to the rule, in the stem da^
and in damus, datis.
12 LATIN FOR THE FIRST YEAR

EXERCISES

44. i. Nautam laudamus.

Nautas vocamus. 3. Regina
2.

fllias vocat. 4. Reginam filiae vocant. 5. Galba terrain

magnam laudat. 6. Nautae reginas bonas laudant. 7. Quis

tubam dat? 8. Qui tubas dant? 9. Agricola silvam latam
amat. 10. Agricolae aquam portant. 11. Quis victoriam
nimtiat? 12. Galba magnam victoriam nimtiat. 13. Tubas
longas portamus. 14. Reginam bonam amatis. 15. Nautae
victorias magnas niintiant.

45. 1. We give. 2. You report. 3. He is 4. They are

giving.
reporting. 5. Who is reporting? 6. Where the
is good water?
7. I love the broad forests. 8. They are calling the farmers and
the sailors. 9. Who carries the water?

LESSON VI
THE FIRST DECLENSION: SINGULAR
THE GENITIVE CASE

46. Declension. We have seen that the objective form

of a Latin noun differs from the nominative. So we shall see
that the possessive is different, just as in English we say
boy's, in distinction from boy. We shall find also that there
are special endings to indicate of, from, by, etc., where
to,

the English uses prepositions. A noun, therefore, shows its

relation to otherwords by its form or case. When words
are changed to show different cases and numbers, they are
said to be inflected or declined.
47. Cases. Latin nouns have five cases:
1. The nominative, the case of the subject.
2. The genitive, denoting possession, or the object with of;
the of case.
3. The dative, the case of the indirect object; the to or for
case.
 first declension: singular, genitive case 13

4. The accusative, the case of the direct object.

5. The ablative, the case used adverbially; the from, by,
with, or in case.

a. Some nouns have another formcalled the vocative case,

denoting the person addressed; a few have a locative case,
denoting the place where.

48. MODEL NOUN _

Endings
Norn, tu'ba, a (the) trumpet -a
Gen. tu'bae, a (the) trumpet's, of a (the) trumpet -ae
Dat. tu'bae, to ox for a (the) trumpet -ae
Ace. tu'bam, a (the) trumpet -am
AM. tu'ba, by or with a (the) trumpet -a

49. Case Endings. Base, -a, -ae, -ae, -am, -a are called
case endings of the singular number. The part of a declined
word to which the endings are added is called the base:
tub-. Words declined like tuba are said to belong to the
first declension.

50. THE GENITIVE OP POSSESSION

Regina filiam nautae amat, the queen loves the sailors
daughter (or the daughter of the sailor) .

In this sentence the ending -ae of nautae has the same

meaning as -'s in sailor's, answering the question Whose? A
genitive so used is called a genitive of possession and is equiv-
alent to the English possessive, or the objective with of.

a. The genitive, as a rule, follows the noun that it limits.

51. Rule. Possession. A word denoting the owner or the

possessor is in the genitive case.

14 LATIN FOR THE FIRST YEAR

52. VOCABULARY
Nouns Verbs Stem

copia, plenty, supply; pi. accuso, / accuse accusa-

supplies, forces, troops paco, / subdue, pacify paca-
Cornelia, Cornelia Adverb

epistula, letter, epistle semper, always

Iulia, Julia
a. Decline like tuba the nouns of 52, and also those of 27,
34, and 43.
EXERCISES
53. 1. Fllia agricolae. 2. Terra reginae. 3. Tuba nautae.
4. Epistula Iuliae. 5. Copia aquae. 6. Regina terrae.

7. Victoria Galbae. 8. Aqua silvae.

A Street in Pompeii

54. i. Regina terrae est bona. 2. Terra reginae est

magna. 3. Viae terrae sunt longae. 4. Fllias agricolae

laudamus. 5. Filiam Galbae vocamus. 6. Victoriam nau-
 first declension: plural, dative case 15

tae nuntiat. 7. Agricola copiam aquae portat. 8. Quis

agricolas acciisat? 9. Galba agricolas reginae acciisat.
10. Epistula Galbae non est longa. Ubi sunt epistulae
11.

Iuliae? 12. Nautae epistulas Corneliae portant. 13. Copiae

terram pacant.

55. 1. Who is Cornelia? 2. Cornelia is the farmer's daughter.

3. Cornelia's letters are always long. 4. You are the queen's sailors.

5. Who does not praise the queen of the great land ? 6. I accuse

the troops of Galba. 7. Galba always praises (his) troops. 8. The

troops do not always fight.

Writing Materials used by Romans

Showing ancient inkstands, wax tablet, and stylus

LESSON VII

THE FIRST DECLENSION: PLURAL

THE DATIVE CASE
56. MODEL NOUN
Endings

Nom. tu'bae, (the) trumpets -ae

Gen. tuba'rum, (the) trumpets', of (the) trumpets -arum
-is
Dat. tu'bis, to or for (the) trumpets
Ace. tu'bas, (the) trumpets -as
-Is
Abl. tu'bis, by or with (the) trumpets
16 LATIN FOR THE FIRST YEAR

57. Case Endings, -ae, -arum, -Is, -as, -is are the plural
case endings of the first declension. Notice that -ae is
the ending of three different cases: the genitive singular,
the dative singular, and the nominative plural; the rest of
the sentence will determine which case is meant.
a. The dative and ablative plural of fHia is filiabus, not
filiis, to distinguish it from fHius (100).

Declension of Adjectives.
58. Adjectives are declined
like nouns. When used together, they have the same case
and number.
Singular Plural
Notn. tuba longa tubae longae
Gen. tubae longae tubarum longarum
Dat. tubae longae tubis longis
Ace. tubam longam tubas longas
AM. tuba longa tubis longis

59. THE DATIVE OF THE INDIBECT OBJECT

Verbs like give, require an indirect object
tell, report may
to complete their meaning, that is, an object to or for which
something is given, said, or done.
Galba filiae epistulam dat, Galba gives his daughter a
letter (or a letter to his daughter).

Daughter and filiae in this illustration are indirect objects,

answering the question To whom?
" "
a. The word dative comes from do, I give, and means
primarily the case of the object to which something is given.
b. Word Order. The indirect object, as a rule, stands
before the direct.

60. Rule. The indirect object of a verb is in the dative

case.
 first declension: plural, dative case 17

61. vocabulary
Nouns Nouns

incola, inhabitant puella, girl

insula, island sagitta, arrow
patria, native land Adjective

pecunia, money clara, {clear), famous, renowned

Conjunction
sed, but
a. Decline the nouns above and those of former lessons in
both numbers.

Roman Girl
i8 LATIN FOR THE FIRST YEAR

EXERCISES
62. i. Puellae bonae. 2. Puellls bonis. 3. Puellarum
bonarum. 4. Reginls 5. bonis. Filiarum
parvarum.
6. Flliabus parvis.7. Silvarum latarum. 8. Sagittae longae.
9. Sagittae agricolarum. 10. Peciinia nautarum.
63. 1. Sagittae nautarum sunt longae. 2. Viae terrarum

sunt latae. 3. Filiae reginarum sunt bonae. 4. Galbae

tubam do. 5. Puellls parvis tubas do. 6. Quis victoriam
agricolarum nuntiat? 7. Quis agricolis victoriam nuntiat?
8. Iulia puellae
parvae pecuniam dat. 9. Iuliae epistulam
longam damus. 10. Galba agricolae sagittas dat. 11. Agri-
colae nautis copiam sagittarum dant. 12. Incolae patriam
amant. 13. Incolae msularum sunt nautae. 14. Insula est
parva, sed reglna incolarum est clara.

64. 1. The girl is Galba's daughter. 2. You always praise

good girls. 3. Where are the sailor's arrows? 4. Where are the
sailors' arrows? 5. Who is giv-
ing water to the queen's daughter?
6. Cornelia and Julia are report-

ing the victories to the girls.

7. They do not give the farmer
a supply of money. 8. The troops
Coin or Julius Caesar of the great countries are fighting.

LESSON VIII

THE ABLATIVE CASE. ORDER OF WORDS

65. The Ablative Case. When

English uses from, by,
with, or in and the objective case, Latin uses the ablative,
sometimes with a separate preposition, sometimes without.
This case, in words of the first declension, has the endings
-a (singular) and -is (plural), as given in sections 48 and 56.
Thus, the troops fight with arrows in the forest is oopiae sagit-
tis in silva pugnant. Sagittis shows by, or with, what means
 ABLATIVE CASE. ORDER OF WORDS 19

they fight, and is called an ablative of means. Silva, with

the preposition in, tells the place where they fight.
66. Rule. Ablative of Means. The means or instrument
of an action is expressed by the ablative without a preposition.

67. Rule. Ablative of Place with In. The place where is

regularly expressed by the ablative with the preposition in.
68. Order of Words. The normal order of words in a
Latin sentence the subject; (2) the modifiers of the
is: (1)

subject; (3) the modifiers of the verb; (4) the verb. This
normal order, however, is often changed, because the relation
of Latin words is shown by their endings, and not by their
position as in English. Thus, if we transpose Galba copias
laudat to copias Galba laudat, we emphasize the object. If
we say laudat copias Galba, we emphasize the act of praising.
Any word becomes emphatic by standing out of its normal
position.
a. The position of adjectives and of the genitive, dative,
and accusative cases has already been mentioned.
b. A word in the ablative normally precedes the object
and other modifiers of the verb Iulia in via reginae epistu-
:

lam dat, Jidia gives a letter to the queen in the road.

c. Most adverbs precede the word they modify: Copiae
non semper pugnant, the troops do not always fight.
d. Forms of sum stand practically as in English: Viae
sunt longae.

69. VOCABULARY
20 LATIN FOR THE FIRST YEAR

EXERCISES

70. i. In silvls latis. 2. In vils novls. 3. In terra magna.

4. In aqua alta. 5. In fossls altls. 6. In provincia parva.

7. In provinciis parvis. 8. Iuvant. 9. Vulnerant. 10. Iuvas.

11. Vulneratis. 12. Non iuvat.

71. 1. Parva puella aqua, copias iuvat. 2. Copiae sagittls

nautas vulnerant. 3. Filiae reglnarum pecunia, Galbam
iuvant. 4. Galba sagitta agricolam non vulnerat. 5. Fossae
sunt altae. 6. In provincia sunt fossae altae. 7. Aqua non
est in fossls. 8. In Italia non sunt magnae silvae.

72. 1. Where new trumpets? 2. Galba is giving the

are the
new trumpets to daughters. 3. The farmers in the provinces
1
(his)
carry good arrows. 4. (There) is a good queen in Italy. 5. We
1

are not aiding the queen with supplies. 6. There are great sup-

plies in the land of the good queen. 7. The money is in the deep
water. 8. He gives the signal 2 with a trumpet.

LESSON IX
THE SECOND CONJUGATION: PRESENT TENSE
THE ACCUSATIVE WITH PREPOSITIONS
73. MODEL VERB. STEM: MONE-
SlNGULAR
'

mo'neo, / warn, am warning, do warn

mo'nes, you warn, are warning, do warn
mo'net, {he, she, it) warns, is warning, does warn

Plural

mone'mus, we warn, are warning, do warn

mone'tis, you warn, are warning, do warn

mo'nent, {they) warn, are warning, do warn
2
1
Omit words in parentheses. SIgnum.
 THE SECOND CONJUGATION: PRESENT TENSE 21

Verbs with stems ending in -e compose the second

74.
conjugation and are inflected like moneo. In the model
verb notice that the personal endings are the same as those
of the first conjugation (32).

75. The Accusative with Prepositions. In the last lesson

we saw that a Latin preposition may be used with the abla-
tive case (65). Prepositions may also be used with the ac-
cusative: trans viam, across the road; per viam, through the
road; inter vias, between the roads.
a. The accusative and the ablative are the only cases used
with Latin prepositions.

76. Rule. A noun connected with another word by a prep-

osition may be in the accusative case.

77. VOCABULARY
Prepositions Governing the Accusative Nouns
inter, between, among porta, gate
per, through praeda, booty, plunder
trans, across, beyond pugna, fight, battle
ante, before (in space or Verbs Stem
time) habeo, / have habe-
post, after, behind (in space m0 ne6, / warn, I advise mone-
or time ) I time-
timeo, fear
video, / see vide-
a. Inflect the nouns and verbs.

EXERCISES
78. i. Ante pugnam. 2. Post pugnas. 3. Post portam.
4. Inter portas. 5. Per silvam. 6. Trans fossas. 7. Vides.
8. Habes. 9. Videtis. 10. Habetis. 11. Videmus.
12. Habemus.
79. 1. He sees. 2. He fears. 3. You are fearing. 4.We do
not fear. 5. They do not have. 6. Behind the forest. 7. Between
22 LATIN FOR THE FIRST YEAR

the countries. 8. Across the country. 9. Through the water.

10. Before the victory.

Memorize :
Via trlta, via tuta. 1
The beaten path is the safe path.

The Ancient Porta Ostiensis

Now known as the Porta San Paolo

80. i. Vias novas video. 2. Puellae non timent. 3. Re-

glnam timemus. 4. Qui reglnam monent? 5. Ubi est praeda

nautarum? 6. Agricolls praedam non dant. 7. Galba in
Italia copias habet. 8. Sagittas copiarum non times.
1
The verb is often omitted in proverbs.
 REVIEW 23

9. Praedam Quis trans vias

trans provinciam portant. 10.

epistulam et pecuniam portat? 1 1 Copiae sunt ante portam.

.

12. Post pugnam victoriam nuntiamus. 13. Puellae longam

epistulam habent. 14. Copiam aquae bonae semper

habemus.

81. 1. The new gates are large. 2. You do not see the gate.
3. The 4. Galba and Julia warn
sailors' plunder is in the forest.
the good queen. 5. Who sees the farmer's little daughter? 6. Who
fears the deep water? 7. (There) is a large forest between the
countries. 8. The victory is not before the battle.

LESSON X
REVIEW
82. The following list includes the Latin words of les-
sons III-IX, except proper nouns.

agricola
24 LATIN FOR THE FIRST YEAR

REVIEW QUESTIONS
84. i. What are the case endings of the first declension?
2. What are the .
personal endings of the present tense?
3. What is meant by base? 4. What is the stem of a verb?

5. Conjugate the present tense of sum;

Decline via lata. 6.

of voco; of video. 7. What is an indirect object? 8. How

is the genitive case used? The dative? 9. Name two uses
of the accusative; two of the ablative. 10. How does the
order of words in Latin differ from that in English?

ITALIA

85. Italia est magna terra Europae. 1 Terra non insula,

sed paenlnsula longa est. Incolae sunt agricolae et nautae.
Patriam et linguam patriae amant. Bonam reginam habent.
Reglna incolas iuvat, et vita est beata. In Italia sunt viae
2
longae, quae sunt antlquae et clarae.

LESSON XI
GENDER. THE SECOND DECLENSION: MASCULINE NOUNS
Gender. Latin, like English, has the masculine, femi-
86.

nine, and neuter genders. English words are masculine or

feminine according as they signify male or female beings.
So in Latin nauta is masculine and filia feminine. This is
called natural gender. But in Latin many words are mascu-
line or feminine which are neuter in English. Thus, for
example, aqua, via, and tuba are feminine. The gender of
such words is said to be grammatical and is determined by
the form or ending of the noun, without regard to its meaning.
This idea is not so strange as it may seem, if we recall that
1
For new words see the general vocabulary at the end of the book.
8
Which, nom. pi.
 $

<
1-4

Oh
<
w
w
H

25
26 LATIN FOR THE FIRST YEAR

we say of a ship, She is a staunch vessel," and speak of our

country and her glory, the sun and his rays.

a. All nouns of the first declension are feminine, except a

few which denote males.

87. The Second Declension. Most nouns of the second

declension end in -us or -um. Nouns in -us are masculine,
those in -um are neuter.

88. MODEL NOUN

Singular Endings
Norn, car'rus, a (the) cart -US
Gen. car'ri, a (the) cart's, of a (the) cart -1

Dat. car'ro, to or for a (the) cart -o

Ace. car'rum, a (the) cart -um
Abl. car'ro, by or with a (the) cart -5

Plural
Nom. car'ri, (the) carts -I
1
Gen. carro'rum, (the) carts , of the carts -orum
Dat. car'iis, to or for (the) carts -is

Ace. car'ros, (the) carts -6s

Abl. car'rls, by or with (the) carts -is

a. What is the base (49) of carrus?

89. Vir, man, has lost the ending of the nominative singu-
lar. The declension is:

Singular
GENDER. THE SECOND DECLENSION: MASCULINE NOUNS 27

90. VOCABULARY
1 2
amicus, -I, M., friend Marcus, -I, M., Marcus, a man's
carrus, -I, M., cart name
equus, equi, M., horse servus, -I, M., slave, servant

legatus, M., lieutenant,

-1, vicus, -I, M., village
ambassador vir, viri, M., man
a. The base of equus is equ-. The endings are added
regularly to this.

Memorize :
Vita sine litterls mors est.

Life without literature is death.

Lux et Veritas.

Light and truth. (The motto of Yale University)

EXERCISES

91. i. Reglna servum laudat. 2. Galba amicos amat.

3.Legatum timent. 4. Amid servos vocant. 5. Sagitta
equum vulnerat. 6. Qui legatum monent?
92. 1. The farmers have carts. 2. see the men. 3. You We
are helping Marcus. 4. Who sees the horses? 5. The slaves do
not fight. 6. Who is calling the man?

93. 1. Marcus equos et carros habet. 2. Marcus agri-

colas cams 3. Quis inter silvas vicos videt?
iuvat. 4. Ami-
cus Iuliae trans vlcum epistulam portat. 5. Viri amlc5
legati epistulas dant. Amicos
6. in vlcls Italiae habemus.
7. Legatum et copias non accusamus. 8. Non estis servl

reglnae. 9. Vir et servus sunt inter vias vicl. 10. Pecuniam

servls non dat. n. Legati amicls Galbae et Marci victoriam

magnam nuntiant. 12. Sumus amlci legatorum et nautarum.

94. 1. The horses and carts are in the village. 2. I do not fear
the friend of Marcus. 3. The girls give good water to the man's
1
In the vocabularies the genitive ending is indicated after the noun.
2
The gender of nouns is indicated by M., F., or N.
28 LATIN FOR THE FIRST YEAR

horses. 4. Where are the lieutenant and the sailor? 5. Galba's

servants are warning the men. 6. The lieutenant praises (his) new
troops. 7. (There) are villages and long roads in the province.

LESSON XII
1

THE SECOND DECLENSION: NEUTER NOUNS

APPOSITIVE AND PREDICATE NOUNS

95. MODEL NOUN

Singular Endings
Nom. pl'lum, a {the) javelin -um
Gen. pl'li, a {the) javelin's, of a {the) javelin -1

Dat. pl'lo, to or for a {the) javelin -6

Ace. pl'lum, a {the) javelin -um
AM. pi'16, by or with a {the) javelin -6
Plural
Nom. pi'la, {the) javelins -a
Gen. plWrum, {the) javelins', of the javelins -orum
Dat. pi'lis, to or for {the) javelins -is
Ace. pi'la, {the) javelins -a
Abl. pi'lis, by or with {the) javelins -is

a. What is the base of pflum?

96. Nouns in -ius and -ium have the genitive singular in

-1 (not -il) :
filius, son, fill, of a son; proeiium, battle, proell,
of the battle. The other cases retain the -i of the base: dat.

filio, proelio, etc.

a. The genitive singular of words in -ius and -ium is
accented on the penult even when this is short: impe'ri,
genitive of imperium, command.

97. APPOSITIVE AND PREDICATE NOUNS

i. Galba, filius legati, est nauta, Galba, the lieutenant's
son, is a sailor.
 THE SECOND DECLENSION: NEUTER NOUNS 29

2. Galbam, fllium legati, video, / see Galba, the lieuten-

ant's son.

a. A noun used to explain or define another is an appositive

noun, or a noun in apposition. Such nouns agree in case, as

fflius and fllium in the models.
b. A in the predicate used with an intransitive or a
noun
passive verb, to define the subject, is a predicate noun. It
1
agrees with the subject, as nauta above.

98. Rule. Agreement of an Appositive. A noun in ap-

position with another noun or pronoun agrees with it in case.

99. Rule. Agreement of a Predicate Noun. A predicate
noun agrees with the subject in case.

An Ancient Roman Sword

100. VOCABULARY
filius, fill, M., son pflum, -1, N., javelin, spear
gladius, gladi, M., sword praemium, praemi, N., re-

Lucius, Luci, M., Lucius, a ward

man's name sroelium, proeli, N.. battle
nuntius, nunti, M., messenger; oppidum, -1, N., town
message signum, -i, N., (sign) signal;
,

frumentum, -i, N., grain; pi. standard (military)

crops cur, adv., why?
Memorize :
Fortes fortuna iuvat.
Fortune favors the brave.
Forti et fideli nil difficile.

To the brave and faithful, nothing is difficult.

1 A
predicate noun is usually a predicate nominative, but may be a
predicate accusative, as will be seen later (190).
30 LATIN FOR THE FIRST YEAR

EXERCISES
i oi. Regina praemia dat.
i. 2. Puellae pila timent.
3. Proelium nuntiant. 4. Filil nautam laudant. 5. Fllios
nauta laudat. 6. Virl gladios habent. 7. Frumentum
damus. 8. Nuntius pilum portat. 9. Signum videt.
10. Qui oppida vident?
102. 1. Filil et flliae Galbae, legatl, sunt in oppido.
2. Cur nuntius regmam monet? 3. Legatus signum proell
dat. 4. Ntintil flliis et flliabus nautarum epistulas dant.
5. Inter oppida et vicos est silva magna. 6. Virl non sunt

servi; sunt nautae. 7. Gladios, pila, et sagittas non habe-

mus. 8. Gladil, pila, et sagittae ante portam oppidi sunt.
9. Fllium et flliam Marcl vocat. 10. Filil Galbae et
Luci frumento viros iuvant. 11. Cur signa non videtis?
12. Lucius, servus agricolae, magnam copiam f rumen tl non
habet. 13. Agricola equis frumentum non dat.

103. 1. are fighting with swords and javelins.

They 2. The

towns and villages are in the province. 3. The messenger reports

the battle. 4. The farmers carry the grain through the towns of
Italy. 5. The troops do not fight before the signal. 6. The friend

of the lieutenant gives a reward to the slaves. 7. Who fears the

swords and javelins? 8. Who are the friends of the men? 9. The
men are aiding the sailor's sons.

Signum (Aquila)
 THE THIRD AND FOURTH CONJUGATIONS 31

LESSON XIII
THE THIRD AND FOURTH CONJUGATIONS: PRESENT
INDICATIVE. THE PRESENT INFINITIVE

io4. model verbs

Third Conjugation Fourth Conjugation
Stem: rege- Stem: audl-
Singular
1 1
re'go, / rule au'dio, / hear
re'gis, you rule au'dis, you hear
re'git, {he, she, it) rules au'dit, (he, she, it) hears
Plural

re'gimus, we rule audi'mus, we hear

re'gitis, you rule audi'tis, you hear
re'gunt, (they) rule au'diunt, (they) hear

105. Verbs with stems in -e (not e) compose the third

conjugation and are conjugated like rego verbs with stems

;

in -1 compose the fourth conjugation and are conjugated like

audio.
a. Notice in rego that -e of the stem does not appear be-
fore -6, that it becomes -u- before -nt, and -i- before the
other endings. In audio notice that -u- stands between the
stem and -nt. How
does the length of -i- differ in the two
conjugations?

106. The Present Infinitive. Latin verbs have infinitive

forms. The present infinitive active is the stem plus the end-
ing -re: amare, to love; monere, to warn; regere, to rule;
audire, to hear.

a. What are the infinitives of laudo, porto, pugnd, voco;

habed, timed, video?

107. Four Conjugations. The four conjugations, the pres-

ent indicative forms of which have now been given, include
1
The progressive and emphatic meanings may also be given.
Indicative
 AGREEMENT OF ADJECTIVES 33

113. i. Copiae terrain defendere debent. 2. Amicus

Marci per vlcum 3. Legatus oppida munire debet.
venit.

4. Nuntium trans provinciam mittunt. 5. Servi venire pa-

rant. 6. Reglna ante portam nuntium audit. 7. Reginam
bonam timere non debes. 8. Servus copiam frumenti parat.
9. Fllios et filias amicorum defenditis. 10. Cur epistulas

non mittis? 11. Tubam audlmus et signum videmus.

114. 1. The girl is sending letters. 2. The troops are preparing
to fight. 3. You ought to see the forest. 4. The son of the lieuten-
ant defends (his) friends. 5. I ought to praise the man. 6. Who
is coming through the gate? 7. Why do they not fortify the towns?
LESSON XIV
ADJECTIVES IN -US, -A, -UM. AGREEMENT OF ADJECTIVES
115. Declension of Adjectives.
Latin adjectives have
different endings, denoting gender, number, and case; not
because they have these properties themselves, but because
they are used with nouns having them. We have learned
that adjectives ending in -a are declined like tuba (58).
These are feminine. The same adjectives have masculine
forms in -us, declined like carrus, and neuter forms in -urn,
declined like pilum. They are called adjectives of the first

and second declensions, ending in -us, -a, -um.

Il6. MODEL ADJECTIVE 1
34 LATIN FOR THE FIRST YEAR
 AGREEMENT OF ADJECTIVES 35

120. Attributive and Predicate Adjectives. When an ad-

jective stands with a noun, as in He has a large sword, it is

called an attributive adjective.
1
When it stands in the predi-
cate, as in The sword is large, it is a predicate adjective. The
same distinction is made in Latin : Gladium magnum habet ;

Gladius est magnus.

EXERCISES
121. Amico bono.
i. Amlcis bonis. 2.3. Vici parvl.

4. Vlcorum parvorum. 5. In oppido longo. 6. In oppidls

longis. 7. Inter servos bonos. 8. Inter multos agricolas.

9. In silva densa. 10. Trans vlcum latum. 11. Multum in

parvo.
122. 1. The high walls. 2. The long battles. 3. The new farm-
ers. 4. With a large horse. 5. To the bad slave. 6. To the bad
slaves. 7. Of the little son. 8. Of the little sons. 9. In the dense
forests.

123. 1. Per silvam densam venit. 2. Estis fllii bonorum

virorum. 3. Muri oppidorum sunt alti, non lati. 4. Marcus,

agricola bonus, multos amicos habet. 5. Oppida nova et

vicos parvos nunc defendunt. 6. Incolae Galliae sunt Galli.

7. In Gallia sunt multl viri. 8. Galli sunt bonl nautae et

agricolae. 9. Marcus non est Gallus, sed Gallos laudat.

10. Aedificia Gallica non sunt nova. 11. Legatus multa
praemia nautis Gallicls dat. 12. Muro longo et fossa alta
oppidum muniunt.
124. 1. are reporting great battles.
They 2. The friends send

many letters.
3. ought We
to aid Lucius, the good farmer. 4. We
are not friends of the bad sailors. 5. Who sees the long walls?
6. The messengers are now calling the men with new trumpets.

7. The Gauls do not have broad roads in the forests. 8. The

farmer's horses are small. 9. The forests of the Gauls are not
large. 10. You owe much grain to the Gallic sailor.

1
Or adherent adjective.
36 LATIN FOR THE FIRST YEAR

LESSON XV
NOUNS AND ADJECTIVES IN -ER. POSSESSIVE PRO-
NOMINAL ADJECTIVES

Nouns in -er.
125.
Some masculine
nouns of the second
declension have lost
the termination -us
and end in -er:
puer, boy, gen. pueri,
base puer- ; ager,
field, gen. agri, base
agr-. Notice that
ager drops -e- in the
base. The base of
any declined word is

the genitive singular

without the case end-
ing. Learn the de-
clension of puer and
ager on page 267.
126. Adjectives in
-er. In the same
way, some adjectives
have lost the termina-
tion -us: liber, libera, liberum, free, base liber-; pulcher,

pulchra, pulchrum, beautiful, base pulchr-. Learn the

declension of these adjectives on pages 270 and 271.
127. Possessive Pronominal Adjectives. The following
pronominal adjectives are possessive: meus, my; tuus, (thy),
your; suus, his, her, its, their; noster, our; vester, your.

a. Your is expressed by tuus when one possessor is ad-

dressed, by vester when two or more are addressed.
 NOUNS AND ADJECTIVES IN -ER 37

b. The meaning of suus is shown by the subject to which

it refers:
i. Galba amlcum suum videt, Galba sees his friend.
2. Iuliaamlcum suum videt, Julia sees her friend.
3. Galba et Iulia amlcum suum vident, Galba and Julia
see their friend.
c. As was stated in 41 b, possessives may be omitted in
a Latin sentence when the meaning is clear without them.

128. VOCABULARY

ager, agri, M., field tuus, -a, -um, (thy), your

1
liber, libri, M., book suus, -a, -um, his, her, its,
their
puer, pueri, M., boy; pi., boys
or children noster, nostra, nostrum, our
signifer, signi'feri, M., stand- vester, vestra, vestrum, your
ard-bearer pulcher, pulchra, pulchrum,
liber, libera, liberum, free beautiful
miser, misera, miserum, magister, magistri, M., was-
wretched, unfortunate ter, teacher

meus, -a, -um, my

Memorize :
Alter ipse amicus.
A friend is a second self.

Amid probantur rebus adversis.

Friends are proved by adversity.

EXERCISES

EquI trans agrum veniunt.

129. i. 2. Nautae pueris
1
multas sagittas dant. 3. Ubi sunt libri flliae meae?

4. Signifer magnum slgnum portat. Legatus slgniferls

5.

slgna nova dat. 6. Mel amid sunt tul amid. 7. Sumus ll-
berl virl; servl non sunt Hberl. 8. Virl pueros et puellas non

semper laudant. 9. In Italia sunt multl et 2 pulchrl vlcl.

2
1
Distinguish liber from liber. English omits the conjunction.
3« LATIN FOR THE FIRST YEAR

10. Cur puerum miserum accusatis? n. Cornelia fllias suas

et fllium nautae mittit. 12. Flliae vestrae sunt pulchrae.

13. Gallia est terra

libera. 14. Galll
terram suam amant.
15. Ubi est liber
tuus? 16. Quis
equos agricolae in
agro videt? 17. Fl-
liam tuam et fllios
meos laudo. 18. Co-
piae reginam terrae
suae defendunt.
19.Magister noster
Marcum et Cor-
neliam laudat.
20. Marcus et Cor-
nelia magistrum
suum laudant.
21. Magistri puero-
rum sunt amlclvestrl.

130. 1. The boy has

Standard Bearers a new book. 2. The

farmer has broad fields.

3. Marcus is a good friend of the boys. 4. Cornelia praises your
books. 5. We are the Gallic standard-bearers. 6. We ought
to protect our friends. 7. Our country is not a province. 8. The
daughters of Marcus aid the unfortunate slaves. 9. We see the
beautiful streets of the town. 10. Where are my slaves? n. Where
are your arrows? 12. Who does not love our free country? 13.
The lieutenant calls his son. 14. The
lieutenant calls his daugh-
ter. 15. The daughters call their servant.

Note. As far as possible pupils should answer in Latin the interrogative

sentences of the exercises. Thus we may answer sentence 3 of 129 bv
Cornelia libros flliae tuae habet.
 PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 39

LESSON XVI
PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES

131. VOCABULARY
audacia, -#e, F., boldness Romanus, -a, -um, Roman
1
cura, -ae, F., care ad, prep., w. ace, to
studium, studi, N., zeal, eager- cum, prep., w. abl., with
ness in, prep., w. ace, into; w.
Roma, -ae, F., Rome abl., in
Romanus, -I, M., a Roman duco, ducere, lead

132. How to say into. We have learned that the accusa-

tive may be used with ante, inter, per, post, trans (77), and
the ablative with in (meaning in, 67). The accusative is

also used with in, meaning into:

1. In oppido est, he is in the town (place where).

2. In oppidum venit, he comes into the town (place into
which) .

133. How to
say to. After verbs meaning give, report, and
the like, the dative ending, as we know, expresses to; but
after verbs meaning go, come, send (verbs of motion), the
accusative with ad must be used:

1. Fflio librum dat, he gives a book to his son (indirect

object).
2. Ad oppidum venit, he comes to the town (place to which).

134. Rule. Accusative with ad and in. The place to

which is
regularly expressed by the accusative with ad ;
the

place into which by the accusative with in.

135. Howto say with. In section 65 it was shown that
with, denoting the means of an action, is expressed by the
1
w., the abbreviation for with.
40 LATIN FOR THE FIRST YEAR

ablative without a preposition: Gladiis pugnant, they fight

with swords.
a. With denote accompaniment: Puer cum amico
may
venit, the boy is coming with a friend. This regularly re-
quires cum and answers the question With whom?
b. With may also denote manner:

1. Cum cura oppidum muniunt, they fortify tlie town with

care.
2. Magna (cum^cura oppidum muniunt, they fortify the
town with great care.

These phrases answer the questions How? In what man-

ner? Cum may be omitted if an adjective modifies the
ablative.

136. Rule. Ablative of Accompaniment. Accompani-

ment is expressed by the ablative, regularly with the preposition
cum.
137. Rule. Ablative of Manner. The manner of an ac-
tion is expressed by the ablative with cum, but cum may be
omitted if an adjective modifies the noun.

138. SUMMAEY
Preposition Denoting Expressed by
To indirect object •
dative
To, into place to which ad, in, -f accusative
In place where in -f ablative

[means (by means of) ablative

With < accompaniment (together with) cum + ablative
[manner (in what manner) (cum 4-) ablative
EXERCISES
139. Nuntium ad reglnam mittunt. 2. Servl in vicum
1.

frumentum portant. 3. Copiae magna cum audacia pug-

nant. 4. Galbam cum filiis mels video. 5. Galll magno

cum studio oppida defendunt. 6. Virl in agrum pulchrum

1
A preposition of one syllable, like cum, often stands between an
adjective and its noun: magna cum cura, with great care.
 REVIEW OF LESSONS XI-XVI 41

equos ducunt. 7. Amici nostri ad portam veniunt.

8. Quis in provinciam copias ducit? 9. Multl puerl sunt in
Gallia. 10. Cur ad
~'^</c..x^-i,^lllr^<»»'"•,

amicos vestros epistulas ^l•1^:l:^JlJIM/1lrt•^' ,,,

'I ''•lOifw.iraviw"'-"'

non mittitis? 11. Le- .IWLNI

gatus Marco amlco suo

pecuniam non debet.
12. Agricola flliabus suls
libros pulchros dat.

13. Legatus cum Gallls

Books of Ancient Rome
pugnat. 14. Incolae
Romae sunt Roman!. 15 Galli signa Romana non portant.

140. 1. The girls are with friends in Italy. 2. The girls send
letters to Julia. 3. We owe the
slave (to the slave) a supply of
grain. 4. The farmer is leading the horse to the water. 5. Galba
is coming into the street. 6. They carry the new books carefully

(with care). 7. The free men ought to fight very eagerly (with
great eagerness). 8. The messenger boldly (with boldness) reports
the battle.

LESSON XVII
REVIEW OF LESSONS XI-XVI
141.
42 LATIN FOR THE FIRST YEAR

Give English derivatives. For example, library comes

142.
from liber, book; liberal from liber, free; audience from audio.

REVIEW QUESTIONS
143. 1. How
does the gender of Latin words differ from
the gender of English words? 2. What are the case endings
of masculine nouns of the second declension? Of neuter
nouns? 3. How does a predicate noun differ from an ap-
positive? 4. Decline equus, filius, signum. 5.
How are the
four conjugations distinguished? 6. What is a comple-

mentary infinitive? 7. Conjugate defendo. 8. Conjugate

venio. 9. Decline altus.Decline agricola magnus.
10.

11. How do adjectives agree with nouns? 12. How do at-

tributive and predicate adjectives differ? 13. Decline sig-

nifer. 14. Decline noster. 15. Distinguish the ways of

expressing to in Latin. 16. Distinguish the, ways of express-

ing with.
ROMA
144. In Italia sunt multa et 1 pulchra oppida. Roma est
2
in Italia. Magna est fama Romae, dominae orbis terrarum.
Altos muros et multas portas habet. Pulchra sunt aedificia
et templa et hortl. Rulnas Fori RomanI nunc videmus.

LESSON XVIII
THE PASSIVE VOICE: PRESENT INDICATIVE
THE ABLATIVE OF THE AGENT

145. The Passive Voice. The verbs in the preceding les-

sons have been in the active voice, the form required when
1
Omit et in translation. Latin regularly requires a conjunction to
connect two adjectives belonging to the same noun.
2 " "
Orbis terrarum, of the world (the circle of lands).
43
44 LATIN FOR THE FIRST YEAR

the subject is represented as acting or being. Latin verbs

have also a passive voice, when the subject is acted upon.

Active Passive
The boy praises (is praising), The boy is praised, puer
puer laudat. laudatur.
The boy sees (is seeing), puer The boy is seen, puer videtur.
videt.

146. Passive Endings. The present indicative passive is

formed by adding to the stem the following personal endings:

Singular Plural
First Person -r, / -mur, we
1
Second Person -ris (-re), thou, you -mini, you
Third Person -tur, (he, she, it) -ntur, (they)

147. model verbs

First Conjugation Second Conjugation
Singular
a'mor 2 / ,
am loved 3
mo'neor, 7" am warned 3
ama'ris, you are loved mone'ris, you are warned
ama'tur, (he, she, it) is loved mone'tur, (he, she, it) is warned
Plural
ama'mur, we are loved mone'mur, we are warned
ama'mini, you are loved mone'mini, you are warned
aman'tur, (they) are loved monen'tur, (they) are warned
a. In dare, the infinitive of do, give, the -a- is short, con-

trary to rule (43 a). The passive present indicative is dor,

daris, datur, damur, darnini, dantur.
b. Conjugate the present passive of laudo, nuntio, vul-

nero ; timeo, video.

1
less common ending -re is omitted in this book.
The
2
added to the corresponding active form, not to the stem.
r is
3
The progressive meanings / am being loved, I am being warned are
sometimes used.
 THE PASSIVE VOICE: PRESENT INDICATIVE 45

148. VOCABULARY
Celtae, -arum, M. pi., the supero, superare, overcome,
Celts, a people of Gaul defeat
Garumna, -ae, M., the Garonne, vasto, vastare, lay waste,
a river of Gaul devastate

Sequana, -ae, F., the Seine, a doceo, docere, teach

river of Gaul a or ab, prep., w. abl., by
numerus, -1, M., number
a. a is used before consonants except h ;
ab before vowels
or consonants.

149. THE ABLATIVE OP THE AGENT

i. Nautae puerum laudant, the sailors praise the boy.
2. Puer a. nautis laudator, the boy is praised by the
sailors.

Notice that nautae, the subject of the active verb laudant,

is put in the ablative with the passive verb laudatur. The
ablative here denotes the doer or agent of the action and
answers the question By whom?
a. The
ablative of the agent denotes a person by whom
something is done, with a (ab) meaning by. The ablative
of means (66) denotes a thing by or with which something is
done, without a Latin preposition.

150. Rule. With a passive verb the person by whom an act

is done is expressed by the ablative with a or ab.
Memorize :
Tempora mutantur, et nos mutamur in illis.

The times change, and we change with them.

EXERCISES
151. Laudor, videor. 2. Accusamur, docemur. 3. Por-
1.

taris, doceris. 4. Vocamini, vulneraminl. 5. Datur,

timetur. 6. Iuvantur, timentur.
46 LATIN FOR THE FIRST YEAR

152. i. You are taught. 2. We are wounded. 3. We are

feared. 4. They are defeated. 5. They are seen. 6. It is re-
ported. 7. He is aided. 8. You (sing.) see, are seeing, are seen.

153. 1. Puer servum vocat; servus a puero vocatur. Ro- 2.

man! Gallos superant. 3. Galli a Rdmanis superantur.

4. Ab amico meo vocor. 5. A copiis Romanls iuvaris.
6. Regina a. magno numero puellarum amatur. 7. Cornelia,
filia mea, a Galba docetur. 8. Cur nauta Romanus accu-

satur? 9.copiarum vulneramur.

Sagittis 10. In agros

vocamini. 11. Slgnum tuba datur. 12. Multa praemia

pueris dantur. 13. Copiae Romanorum ab incolls non

timentur. 14. Multi equ! et cam in viis Romae videntur.
15. Victoria Romanorum a signifero nuntiatur. 16. Ro-

man! agros Celtarum inter Sequanam et Garumnam vastant.

17. Agri Celtarum a copiis Romanls vastantur.

154. 1. The grain is carried Galba teaches a great

by slaves. 2.

number of boys and

girls. 3. Many boys are taught by Galba.
4. We are called into the town. 5. You (sing.) are warned by the
messenger. 6. I am praised by the Roman lieutenant. 7. You

(pi.) are not seen by your friends. 8. Why is the good queen

feared? 9. Who is defeating the Roman farmers?

LESSON XIX
THE PASSIVE VOICE: PRESENT INDICATIVE (COMPLETED)

THIRD CONJUGATION IN -IO

155. model verbs

Third Conjugation Fourth Conjugation
Singular

re'gor, I am ruled au'dior, / am heard

re'geris, you are ruled audi'ris, you are heard
re'gitur, (he, she, it) is ruled audi'tur, (he, she, it) is heard
 THE PASSIVE VOICE: PRESENT INDICATIVE 47

Plural
re'gimur, we are ruled audi'mur, we are heard
regi'minl, you are ruled audi'mini, you are heard
regun'tur, (they) are ruled audiun'tur, (they) are heard

156. Verbs in -zo. Some verbs of the third conjugation

end in -io and are distinguished from those of the fourth

conjugation by the infinitive ending -ere: capio, capere, take.

They are inflected like audio, but the -i- is short throughout
and becomes -e- in the second singular of the passive.
48 LATIN FOR THE FIRST YEAR

160. i. Roma munltur. 2. Roman! copias Gallorum

vincere parant. 3. Epistulam longam scrlbere debes.
4. Copiae pila iacere docentur. 5. Nauta praedam capere

parat. 6. Vlcus magno cum studio defenditur. 7. Epistulae

Porta Asinaria
Showing part of the wall about Rome

magna cum cura. scrlbuntur. 8. Puer in oppidum cum amlcls

mittitur. 9. EquI agricolae viam ducuntur. 10. Magna
in

oppida a. Gallis muniuntur. 11. A magno numero amlcorum

defendor. 12. A copiis Romanls vincimini. 13. A reglna,
non regimur. 14. Signa trans agrum non audiuntur.
15. Celtae cum oppidanis bellum gerere cupiunt. 16. Celtae
oppidanos vincere cupiunt.
 THE THIRD DECLENSION 49

l6l. i. The javelins are being hurled. 2. Why do the Roman

troops hurl javelins? 3. Who is captured by the Gauls? 4. We
are not conquered; we are free. 5. You are sent (as) a messenger

(99) to (133) the queen. 6. You (pi.) are heard by your daughters.
7. The town is being fortified by Marcus, the lieutenant. 8. The

province is ruled by the queen's friend. 9. We are protected by the

high walls of the town.

LESSON XX
THE THIRD DECLENSION: NOUNS IN -I, -6, -R

162.Genitive Singular. The third declension is composed

of nouns whose genitive singular ends in -is. There is no
common ending for the nominative singular. The base and
declension are to be learned, therefore, from the genitive,
which is given after the nominative in the vocabularies.
163. Gender. Nouns of the third declension are mascu-
line, feminine, or neuter. Masculine and feminine nouns
have the same case endings. Nouns in -tor are masculine:
victor, victor; most nouns in -io are feminine: natio, nation.

164. MODEL NOUNS

consul, M. victor, M. pater, M. natio, F.

consul victor father nation
Base consul- victor- patr- nation-

SlNGUXAR Endings
Nom. con'sul vic'tor pa'ter na/tio
Gen. con'sulis victo'ris pa'tris natio'nis -is
Dat. c5n'suli victo'ii pa'tii natio'nl -1

Ace. con'sulem victo'rem pa'trem natio'nem -em

AM. con'sule victo're pa'tre natio'ne -e
50 LATIN FOR THE FIRST YEAR

Plural Endings
Nom. con'sules victo'res pa'tres natio'nes -es
Gen. con'sulum victo'rum pa'trum natio'num -um
Dat. consu'libus victo'ribus pa'tribus natio'nibus -ibus
Ace. con'sules victo'res pa'tres natio'nes -es
Abl. consu'libus victo'ribus pa'tribus natio'nibus -ibus

Some nouns in -6 have -inis

165. in the genitive, as homo,
hominis, M., man; base, homin-.
Singular Plural
Nom. ho'mo ho'mines
Gen. ho'minis ho'minum
Dat. ho'mini homi'nibus
Ace. ho'minem ho'mines
Abl. ho'mine homi'nibus

166. VOCABULARY
1
consul, consulis, M., consul pater, patris, M., father
sol, solis, M., sun mater, matris, F., mother
soror, sororis, F., sister frater, fratris, M., brother
2
victor, victoris, M., victor legio, legionis, F., legion
imperator, imperatoris, M., natio, nationis, F., race, na-
commander, general tion

mercator, mercatoris, M., homo, hominis, M., human

trader being, man 3
a. Decline frater meus, legio nova, imperator noster.

EXERCISES

167. i. Consules Roman!. 2. A consule Romano. Con-

3.
sulibus Romanis. 4. Cum sorore mea. 4
5. Sororis meae.
1
In the Roman
republic there were two presidents, called consuls.
2
division of the Roman army was the legion, corresponding
The main
to our regiment. It numbered 6000 foot soldiers when fully recruited.
3
Homo means man as opposed to lower animals or to the gods; vir
means man as opposed to woman.
4
A possessive adjective, unless emphatic, follows its noun.
 THE THIRD DECLENSION 51

6. Sororum mearum. 7. Mercatori magno. 8. A merca-

toribus magnis. 9. Pater noster. 10. Matres nostrae.

168. 1. A small nation. 2. Of the small nations. 3. Between
the legions. 4. With the legions. 5. Of your brother. 6. To
your brothers. 7. The good commanders. 8. Of the Gallic com-

mander. 9. To the free man. 10. Many human beings.

169.Solem non semper videnius. 2. Galll in proelio
1.

non sunt victores. 3. Magna praemia victoribus dantur.

4. Marcus est imperator legionum Romanarum. 5. Agri-
colae a mercatoribus monentur. Puerl servos patris sui
6.

vocant. 7. Iulia epistulam matri dat. 8. Cornelia epistulas

ad matrem scrlbit. 9. Nautae fratres consulis iuvant.

10. Regina sororem Marc! laudat. 11. Fratres mercatoris a

copils capiuntur. 12. Multae nationes a legionibus supe-

rantur. 13. Magnus hominum numerus trans provinciarn
venit. 14. Quis hominibus miseris proelium nuntiat?
170. The sun is large. 2. The boy is taught by his father.
1.

3. The warn the farmers. 4. We are good friends of the

traders
traders. 5. The legions are led by the consul. 6. Galba is the
little son of the commander. 7. The girl is coming with her sisters.
8. The Gauls are a great nation. 9. The commander is sending
men to the town.

LESSON XXI
THE THIRD DECLENSION: NOUNS IN -S AND -X
THE IMPERFECT INDICATIVE OF SUM

Nominative Singular. Some nouns of the third de-

171.
clension have the ending -s in the nominative singular:
hiems, winter ; princeps, chief. Bases in -d- or -t- drop these
letters in the nominative: pes, foot, for peds, from base ped-;

virtus, manliness, for virtuts, from base virtut-.

a. Bases in -c- or -g- have -x in the nominative, standing
for -cs or -gs (6): dux, leader, for dues, from base due-;
rex, king, for regs, from base reg-.
52 LATIN FOR THE FIRST YEAR

172. Gender. Nouns in -tas or -tus are feminine: civitas,

state; servitus, slavery. Nouns in -x are masculine or femi-

nine: rex, king, M.; lex, law, F.

173. MODEL NOUNS

rex, M. dux, M. pes, M. miles, M. llbertas, F.
 THE THIRD DECLENSION 53

Memorize :
Palma non sine pulvere.
The palm is not gained without dust; success is not won
without effort.

EXEBCISES

176. I. Caesar erat consul Romanus; non erat rex.

2. Milites magna cum virtute pugnant. 3. Llbertas servls

a victore datur. 4. Duces Gallorum pills vulnerantur.

5. Puer erat filius equitis. 6. Principes clvitatum ad regem

mittuntur. 7. Multa plla a militibus iaciuntur. 8. Cur
ducem clvitatis vestrae non iuvatis? 9. Miles regi gladium
novum dat. Erat magnus equitum numerus in Italia.
10.

11. Equites Romanos videre debemus. 12. Civitatem par-

vam iuvare paramus. 13.Dux militibus gladios et plla dat.
14. Consul in provincia cum multis militibus erat. 15. Era-
mus amid mllitis boni.

Roman Horsemen
54 LATIN FOR THE FIRST YEAR

177* !• Caesar was the commander of the soldiers. 2. The king

praises the valor of his troops. 3. Men ought to love liberty.
4. The victory is reported to the leaders. 5. The queen's horsemen
have good horses. 6. A messenger is sent by the chief. 7. The
soldiers conquering many states.
are 8. The king's son and

daughter were in the forest.

LESSON XXII
THE THIRD DECLENSION: NEUTER NOUNS IN -MEN, -US

THE FUTURE INDICATIVE OF SUM

178. Special Endings. In the singular of neuter nouns,

the nominative and accusative forms are alike and have no
case endings. In the plural the nominative and accusative
are also alike and end in -a. Nouns in -men (gen. -minis)
and -us (gen. -eris, -oris) are neuter.

179. MODEL NOUNS

flumen, N. opus, N. tempus, N. caput, N.
river work time head
Base flumin- oper- tempor- capit-
Singular Endings
Nom. flu'men o'pus tem'pus ca'put
—
Gen. flu'minis o'peris tem'poris ca'pitis -is

Dat. flu'mini o'peri tem'pori ca'piti -i

Ace. flu'men o'pus tem'pus ca'put

—
Abl. flu'mine o'pere tem'pore ca'pite -e
Plural
Nom. flu'mina o'pera tem'pora ca'pita -a
Gen. flu'minum o'perum tem'porum ca'pitum -um
Dat. flumi'nibus ope'ribus tempo'ribus capi'tibus -ibus
Ace. flu'mina o'pera tem'pora ca'pita -a
Abl. flumi'nibus ope'ribus tempo'ribus capi'tibus -ibus
 THE THIRD DECLENSION: NEUTER NOUNS 55

l8o. THE FUTURE TENSE, INDICATIVE OF SUM

Singular Plural
e'ro, / shall be e'rimus, we shall be
e'ris, (ihou wilt be), you will be e'ritis, you will be

e'rit, (he, she, it) will be e'runt, (they) will be

181. VOCABULARY
annus, M., year
-I, opus, operis, N., work
agmen, agminis, N., army tempus, temporis, N., time
flumen, fluminis, N., river divido, dividere, separate,
nomen, nominis, N., name divide

caput, capitis, N., head; propter, prep., w. ace, on

capital account of
a. Decline agmen bonum, opus magnum.
EXERCISES
182. Lata provincia est inter fltimina. 2. Nomen pueri
i.

est Marcus. 3. Magnum agmen non habemus. 4. Capita

equorum agricolae video. 5. Opus bonum puellarum lau-
dant. 6. Propter tempus annl mllites non pugnant. 7. Mer-
catores in vico erunt. 8. Erimus cum mercatoribus.
9. Propter numerum ducum bonorum clvitas erit libera.

The Roman Army marching out

A bas relief on Trajan's Column
56 LATIN FOR THE FIRST YEAR

10. Terrae fluminibus dividuntur. n. Agmini magno copiam

frumenti dant. 12. Terra vestra agmine magno defenditur.
13. Praeda inter nautas dividitur. 14. Agmen trans provin-
ciam venit et in terra regis erit. 15. Ubi erunt amlci tui?

183. 1. The rivers are broad and deep. 2. Julia and Marcus
were Roman names. 3. The kings have large armies. 4. Rome
is the capital of Italy. 5. The town is fortified by the work of the
soldiers. 6. You ought to praise the boys on-account-of (their)
good work. 7. Who will be the leaders of the armies?

LESSON XXIII
THE IMPERFECT TENSE, INDICATIVE ACTIVE
THE PREDICATE ACCUSATIVE

184. Tenses. There are six tenses in Latin: present, im-

perfect, future, perfect, pluperfect, and future perfect.

185. THE FIRST CONJUGATION: IMPERFECT INDICA-

TIVE ACTIVE
Singular Tense Endings

ama/bam, I was loving, I loved -bam

ama'bas, you were loving, you loved -bas
ama'bat, (he, she, it) was loving, (he, she, it) loved -bat
Plural
amaba'mus, we were loving, we loved -bamus
amaba'tis, you were loving, you loved -batis

ama'bant, (they) were loving, (they) loved -bant

186. Tense Sign. A

tense sign is an element in a verb to
indicate time, corresponding to the English auxiliary words
was, shall, will, etc. The imperfect tense is formed by add-
ing to the stem the tense sign -ba- and the personal endings
-m, -s, -t, -mus, -tis, -nt. -ba- is shortened to -ba- before
1
-m, -t, -nt (7 b).
1
The position of the tense sign is immediately before the personal
ending.
 THE IMPERFECT TENSE, INDICATIVE ACTIVE 57

187.In the other conjugations the models are mone-bam,

/ was warning, I warned; rege-bam, / was ruling, I ruled;
capie-bam, / was taking, I took; audie-bam, / was hearing, I
heard. Notice that in the third conjugation final -e- of the
stem (rege-) is lengthened (rege-), and that there is an addi-
tional -i- in -id verbs of the third and fourth conjugations.
a. Learn the conjugation of these models given on page 281.
b. Conjugate also the imperfect active of paro, habed,
scribo, iacio, venio.

188. Time Tense. The imperfect indica-

of the Imperfect
tive represents an act or state as continuing in past time, like
the English past progressive: Caesar copias laudabat, Caesar
was praising the troops.

189. VOCABULARY
Germania, -ae, F., Germany ripa, -ae, F., bank
Germanus, -1, M., a Ger- appello, appellare, call (by
man name), name
1

Germanus, -a, -urn, German navigo, navigare, sail, navigate

Rhenus, -1, M., the Rhine incolo, incolere, dwell; w. ace,
Rhodanus, -1, M., the Rhone inhabit

190. THE PREDICATE ACCUSATIVE

i. Terram Galliam appellant, they call the land Gaul.
2. Terra Gallia appellator, the land is called Gaul.

In the first sentence terram is the direct object, Galliam a

predicate accusative. In the second sentence Gallia is a

predicate nominative (97 b).

191. Rule. The verbs name, call, choose, make, and the
like take two accusatives: one the direct object, the other a predi-
cate accusative.

1 To be distinguished from voco, which means call in the sense of

summon.
58 LATIN FOR THE FIRST YEAR

a. In the passive voice these verbs take two nominatives:

the subject and a predicate nominative (99).

Memorize :

Dum vlvimus, vlvamus.

While we live, let us live.
Gaudeamus iuvenes dum sumus.
Let us rejoice while we are young.

EXERCISES
192. 1. Laudabam, videbam. 2. Mittebam, munie-
bam. 3. Dabam (43 a), iaciebam. 4. Portabat, habe-
bat. 5. Defendebat, muniebat. 6. Vocabatis, docebatis.
7. Scribebatis, veniebatis. 8. Nuntiabamus. 9. Vinceba-
jnus. 10. Incolebant.

193.1. You were. 2. You were

sailing. 3. You were leading.
4. You were fearing. 5. They were accusing. 6. They were

dividing. 7. They were coming. 8. I was carrying. 9. He was

writing. 10. We were taking.

The Rhone and the Alps, St. Maurice, Switzerland

 THE IMPERFECT TENSE, INDICATIVE PASSIVE 59

194. i. Pater pueros docebat. 2. Agricola equis f rumen-

turn dabat. 3. Viri pila iaciebant. 4. Munire parabamus.
5. Miles magna cum virtiite pugnabat. 6. Multas epistulas
ami cis tuis scrlbebas.
Caesar, imperator Romanus, magno
7.

agmine regem superabat. 8. Quis trans flumen niintios mit-

tebat? 9. Mercatores in vlco multos carros habebant.
10. Pueri equites Gallicos in via videbant. 11. Prlnceps
civitatis homines miseros iuvabat. 12. Magna cum ciira

epistulam scrlbebam. 13. Cur fratrem ducis capiebant?

14. Incolae Germaniae GermanI appellantur. 15. GermanI
trans Rhenum incolunt. 16. Fllil mercatoris ad ripam flu-
minis navigabant. 17. Roman! Celtas Gallos appellant.

195. 1. The lieutenant was calling his son. 2. The German

soldiers were defending the towns. 3. We were coming across the
street. 4. I was coming with my friends. 5. The consul was lead-
a
ing large army into Gaul. 6. The sailors were dividing the booty.
7. The slave was carrying a sword and a javelin. 8. The Rhone is
a long river of Gaul. 9. The name of the boy's brother was Lucius.

LESSON XXIV
THE IMPERFECT TENSE, INDICATIVE PASSIVE
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS
196. THE FIRST CONJUGATION: IMPERFECT INDICA-
TIVE PASSIVE
Singular Tense Endings

ama'bar, / was {being) loved -bar

amaba/ris, you were {being) loved -baris

amaba'tur, {he, she, it) was {being) loved -batur

Plural
amaba'mur, we were {being) loved -bamur
amaba'minl, you were {being) loved -bamini
amaban'tur, {they) were {being) loved -bantur
 6o LATIN FOR THE FIRST YEAR

a. Notice that -ba- is the sign of the imperfect tense in

the passive also, and that the personal endings are those
already learned for the present passive (146).
b. Learn from page 284 the conjugation of monebar, /
was (being) warned; regebar, / was (being) ruled; capiebar,
I was (being) taken; audiebar, / was (being) heard.

197. Questions. Quis, qui, ubi, and cur have been used
to introduce Latin questions. When there is no special in-
terrogative word, a question may be indicated by the en-
clitic -ne (18), joined to the first (the emphatic) word.

1. Puerne tubam audit? does the boy hear the trumpet?

2. Tubamne puer audit? does the boy hear the trumpet?
3. Auditne puer tubam? does the boy hear the trumpet?
a. -ne has no meaning by itself; it is merely the sign of
a question.
b. If the answer yes is implied, the question begins with
nonne: Nonne puer audit? does not the boy hear? If the
answer no is implied, the question begins with num: Num
puer audit? the boy does not hear, does he?

198.Answers. The answer yes is usually expressed by

repeating the verb of the question; the answer no, by repeat-
ing the verb with a negative. Thus audit or non audit an-
swers the questions in 197.

199. vocabulary
amicitia, -ae, F. (amicus), confirmo, confirmare, (make
friendship firm), establish, strengthen
Belgae, -arum, M., the Belgae libero, Hberare, (liber), set

(bel'je), the Belgians free, liberate

captivus, -1, M. (capio), cap- nonne, interrog. adv., not?
tive, prisoner (implying yes)
pax, pacis, F., peace -ne (enclitic, 197 a)
pedes, peditis, M. (pes), /0c/ num,. interrog. particle (im-
soldier; pi., infantry plying no)
 THE IMPERFECT TENSE, INDICATIVE PASSIVE 61

EXERCISES
200. Laudatne? 2. Laudabatne? 3. Nonne laudabat?
i.

4. Laudaturne? 5. Laudabatur, videbatur. 6. Mittebatur,

muniebatur. 7. Portabamur, timebamur. 8. Defende-

bamur, capiebamur. 9. Vocabantur, docebantur. 10. Duce-
bantur, iaciebantur. 11. Videturne?

201. 1. I 2. You were being warned.

was being accused. 3. He
was being heard. 4. were being We
aided. 5. You were, you were
sending, you were sent. 6. They were being conquered. 7. Do
you give? 8. Did you give? 9. Was he seen? 10. Was he not
seen?

202. Estne Marcus in via?

1.

2. Eratne Caesar rex Romanorum?

3.Non erat rex. 4. Puellaene erunt
cum amicis tuis? 5. Tela a militi-
bus iaciebantur. 6. NSnne slgnum
imperatoris audiebatur? 7. Galll a
Caesare superabantur. 8. A patri-
bus bonis docebamur. 9. Multi
captlvl in Italiam ducebantur.
10. Princeps civitatis captlvos
liberabat. 11. A consule Romano
llberaminl. 12, Pedites erant amici
oppidanorum. 13. Eratne dux
peditum cum consule? 14. Cum
civitatibus pacem et amlcitiam con-
firmare cupiebat. 15. Belgae inter Roman Foot Soldier
Sequanam et Rhenum incolunt.

203. 1. The towns were being by many men. 2. Mar-

fortified
cus was sent (as) a messenger. 3. I was advised by my brother.
4. You were being praised by the consul's
friend. 5. The captive's
sister was before the gate of the chief. 6. The victory was being

announced to the men of the village. 7. Was the letter being

written to the king and queen?
62 LATIN FOR THE FIRST YEAR

LESSON XXV
REVIEW OF LESSONS XVHI-XXIV
204. VOCABULARY
agmen
 THE THIRD DECLENSION! GENITIVE PLURAL IN -IUM 63

TERRAE EUROPAE

Britannia, Gallia, Germania, Hispania, sunt terrae

206.
Europae. Britannia, magna Insula, contra Galliam est.
Incolae Britanniae BritannI appellantur. Galll et Roman!
in Britanniam navigant.
Gallia inter Rhenum
flumen et Oce'anum posita 1 est.
Fliimina Galliae sunt Rhodanus, Sequana, Matrona, Ga-
rumna, Axona, Arar. Genava et Massilia sunt oppida Gal-
lica. Belgae et Celtae et AquitanI Galliam incolunt.
Trans Rhenum incolunt German!. In Germania sunt
silvae latae et multa fliimina. Pulchr! vie! Germanorum in

rlpls RhenI sunt.

Hispania, terra clara Hispanorum, erat provincia Romana,
sed Germania non erat provincia.

LESSON XXVI
THE THIRD DECLENSION: GENITIVE PLURAL IN -IUM

207. Learn the declension of

nubes, cloud; hostis, enemy;
mons, mountain; nox, night; animal, animal; insigne, decora-
tion, page 269.
208. The Genitive Plural. The genitive plural ends in
-ium in the following classes of nouns:

a. Nouns in -es or -is having the same number of syllables

in the genitive as in the nominative: nubes, hostis.
b. Nouns in -s or -x having a base ending in two conso-
nants: mons, nox.
c. Neuter nouns in -e, -al, or -ar: Insigne, animal
calcar (spur).

1
Situated.
64 LATIN FOR THE FIRST YEAR

209. The Accusative The accusative plural ends

Plural.
in -is or -es. In this book only -es is used.
210. The Ablative Singular. The ablative singular ends
in -1 or -e in some words: as avis (bird), civis (citizen), classis

(fleet),
collis (hill), finis (end), ignis
(fire),
navis (ship), pup-
pis (stern), sementis (sowing), turris (tower).

a. Neuters in -e, -al, or -ar have -1 in the ablative singular,

-ia in the nominative and accusative plural.

211. VOCABULARY

animal, animalis, N., animal navis, navis, F., ship

cohors, cohortis, F., cohort (a nox, noctis, F., night
tenth of a legion) pars, partis, F., part
2
hostis, hostis, M., enemy; pi., urbs, urbis, F., city
1
enemy decern, adj., (indeclinable),
insigne, insignis, N., decora- ten

tion, badge teneo, tenere, hold

mons, montis, M., mountain

EXERCISES

212. 1. RomanI multas naves non habebant. 2. Dux

hostium erat miles bonus. 3. Agricola animalibus partem
frumenti dabat. 4. Erant decern cohortes in legione Ro-
mana. 5. Quis erat dux cohortium? 6. Videsne pulchrum
montem? 7. Nonne urbs muris latis munitur? 8. Nomen
urbis est Roma. 9. Equites ab hostibus capiebantur.
10. FiliT et filiae nautarum sunt in navT. n. Galll magna
cum virtute oppidum tenebant. 12. Milites gladios tenent;
plla iacere parant. 13. Parva pars montis a copils tenebatur.
1
Hostis means enemy of the state; inimicus, personal enemy.
3
Pronounced urps ; see 6.
 THE THIRD DECLENSION: GENDER; SPECIAL NOUNS 65

213. I. nights will not be long. 2. Rome is a large city of

The
Italy. 3. Many animals were seen on (in) the mountain. 4. The

boy has the soldier's badge. 5. The soldiers' badges are new.
6 The general was conquering the enemy with ten cohorts. 7. The
sailors ought to have a large number of ships.

^
«^ a ' <,-'
~
:

', !

Roman War Ship

LESSON XXVII
THE THIRD DECLENSION: GENDER; SPECIAL NOUNS

214. Gender. As we have seen, the gender of nouns of

the third declension cannot be determined by the nominative
singular, as in the first and second declensions. It must be
learned with the word. Abstract nouns in -do, -io, -tas,
-tus, are feminine: altitudo, natio, libertas, virtus. Nouns
in -al, -e, -men, -us (gen. -eris, -oris) are neuter: animal,

inslgne, flumen, opus, tempus.

66 LATIN FOR THE FIRST YEAR

215. VOCABULARY

castra, castrorum, N. pi., a multitudo, multitudinis, F.,

1
camp (multus), multitude, {great)
iter, itineris, N., journey, number
march, route, way pons, pontis, M., bridge
mare, maris, N., sea vis, vis, F., force; pi., strength
2
altitude), altitudinis, F., (al- facio, facere, make, do; iter
tus), height, depth facere, march
a. Learn the declension of iter and vis, page 269.

EXERCISES

216. i. Milites Roman! castra defendebant. 2. Muro

3. Ad
3
et fossa semper muniebant.
castra portam cas-
trorum pugnabant. 4. Signiferi slgna in castra portant.

5. Iter erit non longum. 6. Erant multa itinera ad urbem.

7. Agmen per provinciam iter faciebat. 8. Copiae longo

itinere ducuntur. 9. Mons multittidine hominum tene-

batur. Multitudo Gallorum per terram ducebatur.
10.
11. multitudinem equitum habebant. 12. Estne mare
Galli
altum? 13. Multae naves sunt in 4 marl. 14. Vim facere 5
parabant. 15. Consul vl viam facit. 16. Pontem latum
in 6
numine faciebamus. 17. Caesar ponte trans flumen
agmen dticit. 18. Cur magnas naves non faciunt? 19. Alti-
tudo montis non est magna.

217. 1. Do you fear the deep sea? 2. He fears the great force

of the river. 3. Did you not see the mountains, the rivers, and the
seas? 4. We have cities, towns, and villages in our country.
5. The king was giving liberty to a great number of men. 6. Ten
1
The plural form castra has a singular meaning. The singular form
tastrum, fort, is rarely used.
2
The passive of facio is irregular (597).
3 6
At. To use.
* 8
On. English says over.
THE ABLATIVE CASE! SEPARATION; PLACE FROM WHICH 67

cohorts were marching into the camp. 7. They were coming to

the bridge by many routes. 8. In the camp (there) were captives
of the Romans.

LESSON XXVIII
THE ABLATIVE CASE: SEPARATION; PLACE FROM WHICH
218. VOCABULARY
a, ab, prep., w. abl., away absum (ab + sum), be away,

from, from; by be absent, be distant

de, prep., w. abl., down from, exspecto, exspectare, expect,

from wait for
e, ex, prep., w. abl., out of, pertineo, pertinere (per +
from teneo), extend, reach, belong
periculum, -I, N. , peril, danger longe, adv., far
a. Ab means away
from; de, down from; ex, out from.
b.
E, consonants except h; ex, like
like a, stands before
ab, before vowels or consonants (148 a).

219. How to say from. We have seen that the ablative

expresses:
a. by a person or thing (the agent or the means).

b. with a person or thing (denoting accompaniment, means,

or manner).
c.in a place (the place where).
The ablative is also used to express from a person or thing:
1. Cura regem liberat, he frees the king from care.
2. Flumen Rhenus Gallos a Germanis dividit, the Rhine
river separates the Gauls from the Germans.

An ablative answering the question From what person?

From what thing? is called an ablative of separation.
1

1
The ablative case is named from this use, for " "
ablative means
the case of " taking away."
6
68 LATIN FOR THE FIRST YEAR

220. The ablative expressing separation is used with such

verbs as separate, divide, differ, defend, deprive, refrain, move,
set free, lack, be absent.

221. Rule. Ablative of Separation. Verbs denoting sepa-

ration require an ablative to complete their meaning, with or with-
out ab, de", or ex.

a. A preposition is used when the ablative denotes a

person.
b. A preposition is regularly used when the separation is
literal, as in 219, 2.
c. Apreposition is regularly omitted when the separation
is figurative, as in 219, 1.

222. Place from which. In the following sentences the

ablative answers the question Whence? From what place?
1. Ab urbe venit, he comes from the city.
2. Roma venit, he comes from Rome.

223. Rule. Place from which is regularly

expressed by the
ablative with ab, de, or ex; but the preposition is omitted with
names of towns.

Memorize :
Factum fieri mfectum non potest.
What has been done cannot be undone.
Facta non verba.
Deeds not words.

EXERCISES
224. 1. Agricolae ex agris veniunt. 2. Fratres mel a vico
aftsunt. Epistulam ab amico exspecto. 4. Plla de muro
3.
alto iaciebantur. 5. Oppidum Gallicum a provincia Romana

longe aberat. 6. Terra a, montibus ad mare pertinet.

7. Legiones novae e castrls in oppidum iter faciebant.
8. Prlnceps bonus ab hostibus clvitatem defendit. 9. Lega-
tus mllites ab opere vocabat. 10. Vicus a ponte longe abest.
11. Nonne perlculum puerorum vides? 12. Cur fratrem
 THE FUTURE TENSE, INDICATIVE 69

tuum et Marcum exspectabas? 13. Nautae ex navibus fru-

mentum capiunt.

225. 1. The slaves were being sent out of the villages. 2. We

ought to free our city from danger. 3. The animals were not far
away from the forest. 4. He was expecting a messenger from
the consul. 5. Who was defending the bridge from the army of
1

the enemy? 6. The camp extended from the river to the mountain.
7. The boy throws
a javelin (down) from the bridge into the water.

Roman Bridge, Narni, Italy

LESSON XXIX
THE FUTURE TENSE, INDICATIVE (CONJUGATIONS I AND II)

226. Tense Sign. The future tense of the first and second
conjugations is formed by adding to the present stem the
tense sign -bi- and the personal endings. In the first person
singular -i- of the tense sign disappears before the ending
1
Defendo always takes ab.
70 LATIN FOR THE FIRST YEAR

-6 ;
in the third person plural it becomes -u- and ;
in the sec-
ond person singular passive it becomes -e-.

227. the future indicative

Active Voice
Tense Endings
ama/bo, / shall love 1
mone'bo, / warn 2
shall -bo
ama/bis, you will love mone'bis, you will warn -bis
3
mone'bit, (he) will warn
3
ama/bit, (he) will love -bit

ama/bimus, we shall cove mone'bimus, we shall warn -bimus

ama/bitis, you will love mone'bitis, you will warn -bitis
a ma/bunt, (they) will love mone'bunt, (they) will warn -bunt
228. Passive Voice
ama/bor, / shall be loved mone'bor, / shall be warned -bor
ama/beris, you will be mone'beris, you will be -beris
loved warned
3 3
ama/bitur, (he) will be mone'bitur, (he) will be -bitur
loved warned
ama/bimur, we shall be mone'bimur, we shall be -bimur
loved warned
amabi'mini, you will be monebi'minl, you will be -bimini
loved warned
amabun'tur, (they) will monebun'tur, (they) will be -buntur
be loved warned

229. vocabulary
arma, -orum, N. pi., arms, paratus, -a, -urn, (paro),
weapons ready
explorator, exploratoris, M., primus, -a, -um, first
scout decimus, -a, -um, (decern),
oratio, orationis, F., speech, tenth
oration -que, enclitic conj., and
atque or ac, conj., and, and also
1
Or / shall be loving. 2
Or I shall be warning.
3
Or she, or it.
 THE FUTURE TENSE, INDICATIVE 71

a. Et, the common conjunction, simply connects;

-que
combines more closely and is attached to the second of the
connected words: terra mareque, the land and the sea. Atque
(ac) throws emphasis upon the second connected word or
phrase: terra atque mare, the land and also the sea. Atque
may stand before a vowel or a consonant, ac only before
consonants.

EXERCISES

230. Laudabo, videbo.

i. 2. Portabis, timebis. 3. Vo-
cabit, docebit. 4. Dabimus, habebimus. 5. Nuntiabitis,
tenebitis. 6.
Parabunt, pertinebunt. 7. Vocabor, docebor.
8. Laudabimur, videbimur.

231. 1. We shall expect. 2. We shall see. 3. You will set free.

4. You will teach. 5. They will fight. 6. They will fear. 7. I
shall overcome. 8. I shall have. 9. He will aid. 10. He will be
held. 11. You will be called. 12. They will be seen.

232. 1. Puella a patre sud laudabitur. 2. Marcus, ami-

cus noster, pueros docebit. 3. Multos amlcos in urbe ha-

bebimus. 4. Cura llberaberis. 5. A nationibus Gallicis
iuvabimur. 6. Multi milites ante victoriam vulnerabuntur.
7. Hostes civitatis vestrae superabitis. Quis ducem mone-
8.

bit? 9. Montemne copiae nostrae tenebunt? 10. Amid

regis appellabimini. 11. ArmaRomani erant gladius

mllitis

pilumque. 12. Exploratores prim! castra hostium videbunt.

13. Prmcipes civitatis orationemconsulis laudabant. 14. De-
cima legio iter facere erit parata. 15. Nationes pacem atque
amicitiam confirmant.

233. 1. The boys will be taught by Galba. 2. The trader will

praise his daughter. 3. The messenger will give a letter to the
king. 4. You will see the high mountains. 5. The slaves will be
freed from peril. 6. I shall call the men out of the field. 7. Who
will report the first victory of our forces?
72 LATIN FOR THE FIRST YEAR

The Alps, Pontresina, Switzerland

LESSON XXX
THE FUTURE TENSE, INDICATIVE (CONJUGATIONS
III AND IV)

234. In the future of the third and fourth conjugations

the tense sign is not -bi-, as in the and second conjuga-
first

tions (226), but -a- for the first person singular, -e- or-e- for the
other persons.

235. the future indicative

Active Voice
/ shall rule / shall take I shall hear
re'gam ca'piam au'diam
re'ges ca'pies au'dies
re'get ca'piet au'diet

rege'mus capie'mus audie'mus

rege'tis capie'tis audie'tis

re'gent ca'pient au'dient

 the future tense, indicative 73

236. Passive Voice

/ shall be ruled I shall be taken I shall be heard

re'gar ca'piar au'diar

rege'ris capie'ris audie'ris

rege'tur capie'tur audie'tur

rege'mur capie'mur audie'mur

rege'mini capie'mini audie'mini
regen'tur capien'tur audien'tur

a. Conjugate the future of mitto and munio.

237. VOCABULAEY
1
consilium, -1, N., plan obses, obsidis, M., hostage
finis, finis, M., end; pi., socius, soci (96), M., ally,

boundaries, territory confederate

finitimus, -1, M. (finis), neigh- apud, prep., w. ace, with,
bor among, in the presence of
liberi, -orum, M. pi., children

EXERCISES

238. 1. Mittam, muniam. 2. Defendis, defendes. 3. Du-

citur, ducetur. 4. Scribimus, scrlbemus. 5. Vincimini, vin-

cemini. 6. Dlvidunt, dlvident. 7. Capient, capientur.

239. 1. They are throwing, they will throw. 2. We are making,

we shall make. 3. You will be defended. 4. He will come. 5. You
will fortify. 6. He
will be conquered. 7. I shall be. 8. I shall be
away. 9. I shall be sent. 10. We
shall lead, we shall be led.

240. 1.ad sordrem suam librum pulchrum mittet.

lulia
2. Legatus in Galliam cum copils mittetur. 3. Urbem magna

cum audacia defendemus. 4. Flliae regis a perlculo defen-

dentur. Legiones ex castris ducentur. 6. Nonne films con-
5.
sulis agmen diicet? 7. Multis proeliis vincetis. 8. Multae
1
A hostage was a person given by one nation to another, to be held
as a pledge of good faith in keeping treaties.
74 LATIN FOK THE FIRST YEAR

civitates Galliae vincentur. 9. Navesne a ponte longe abe-

runt? 10. Per terram novam iter facie tis. 11. Mllites ante *

signum plla non iacient. 12. Galli portas urbium suarum

munient. Consilia sociorum ab exploratoribus nuntia-
13.
2
buntur. 14. Liberl mittentur obsides. 15. Apud llberos
erit fllius ducis. 16. Obsides erunt apud regem. 17. Fhlmen
Rhodanus est in flnibus Gallorum.

241. 1. Marcus will write a letter to his father. 2. The letters

will be written by the slaves. 3. I shall come with your brother.
4. You will not be far away from the town. 5. The boys will
make new arrows. 6. We shall make a way into the forest. 7. The
javelins will be thrown (down) from the wall. 8. The tribe will

make peace with the neighbors.

LESSON XXXI
ADJECTIVES OF THE THIRD DECLENSION
THE DATIVE WITH ADJECTIVES

242. Nominative Singular. Adjectives of the third de-

clension are classified according to the number of endings in
the nominative singular:
1. Adjectives of one ending, for all genders: potens, M., F.,
N., powerful; base, potent-.
Adjectives of two endings one for the masculine and
2.

feminine, the other for the neuter: fortis, M. and F., forte,
N.; base, fort-.
3. Adjectives of three endings, differing for each gender:
acer, M., acris, F., acre, N., sharp; base, acr-.
243. Endings. Most adjectives of the third declension,
except comparatives, have -i in the ablative singular, -ium
in the genitive plural, -is or -es in the accusative plural,
1
This expresses time. 2
As hostages (99).
 ADJECTIVES OF THE THIRD DECLENSION 75

masculine and feminine, and -ia in the nominative and accu-

sative plural neuter.

Learn the declension of the models potens,

a. fortis, and
acer, as given on page 272.

244. VOCABULARY

locus, -I, M. (pl.,loca, -orum, fortis, forte, brave, strong

1
N.), place omnis, omne, every, all

gratus, -a, -um, pleasing, similis, simile, like, similar

agreeable audax (gen., audacis), bold,

1
proximus, -a, -um, nearest, daring
next; last par (gen., paris), equal
acer, acris, acre, sharp, keen, potens (gen., potentis), pow-
eager erful
idoneus, -a, -um, suitable, fit

a. Decline puer acer, omnis puella, natio potens.

245. THE DATIVE WITH ADJECTIVES

i . Civitas proxima Gallis est, the tribe is next to the Gauls.
2. Fllius patri similis est, the son is like his father.

3. Locus castris idoneus erat, the place was suitable for a

camp.

Notice that after proxima, similis, and idoneus the noun

to which the quality is directed is in the dative. This con-
struction called the dative with adjectives.
is

246. Rule. The dative is used with adjectives meaning

near, like, equal, friendly, pleasing, suitable, and their

opposites.

1
Proximus and adjectives of quantity, like multus and omnis, nor-
mally precede their nouns.
70 LATIN FOR THE FIRST YEAR

Memorize:
Vultus est index animi.
The countenance is the index of the mind*
Fideli certa merces.
The reward of the faithful is certain.

EXERCISES
247. 1. Vir erit idoneus operl. 2. Epistulae tuae flliabus
meis gratae sunt. 3. Imperator castris idoneum locum
videt. 4. Sumusne grati reginae?
5. Galll multitudine 1 hominum
Romanis non erant pares. 6. Niin-
tios ad proxima oppida mittemus.
7. Milites sunt audaces; magna
cum audacia. pugnant. 8. Potens
clvitas Galliae a Caesare superabi-
tur. 9. Similia praemia omnibus
puerls dabimus. 10. Cur omne
frumentum ex navibus portant?
11. Multos et fortes homines habere
debemus. Erat proelium acre
12.

cum copiis hostium. 13. Copiae

acres slgnum exspectabant. 14. In
Italia sunt multa et pulchra loca.

15. Labor omnia 2 vincit.

The letter is pleasing to the

248. 1.

A Standard -Bearer The beautiful books will be

trader. 2.

pleasing to your brother. 3. The small

field was not fit for a camp. 4. Our village is next to the river.
5. The cohort will be captured by the daring horsemen. 6. The

danger will be equal for all the soldiers. 7. The army is not
far away from powerful tribes. 8. The captives are like the

slaves. 9. Marcus and the leader's sons are brave men.

2
1
In number. All {things), everything.
 THE PERFECT TENSE, INDICATIVE ACTIVE 77

LESSON XXXII
THE PERFECT TENSE, INDICATIVE ACTIVE

249. Principal Parts. Verbs have four principal parts, so

called because all forms of the verb may be derived from
them. They are the present indicative, the present infin-

itive, the perfect indicative, and the supine (a verbal noun

form).
s. Indicative
78 LATIN FOR THE FIRST YEAR

252. THE PERFECT INDICATIVE OF REGULAR VERBS

/ have loved I have warned I have ruled
2
I loved l
I warned
ama/vi
amavis'ti
ama'vit
ama/vimus
amavis'tis
amave'runt

a. With the same endings conjugate cepi, / have taken, I

took, and audivi, / have heard, I heard.
 THE PERFECT TENSE, INDICATIVE ACTIVE 79

A Roman Emperor in Military Attire

EXERCISES
254. I. Veni, vldi, vlci. 2. Afuisti. 3 Duxit.
.
4. Dedi-
mus. 5. Habuistis. 6. Fecerunt. 7. Laudavisti. 8. Docuit.
9. Misimus. 10. Muniverunt. 11. Vidimus. 12. Vocavit-
8o LATIN FOR THE FIRST YEAR

255. 1. He has taken. 2. He has heard. 3. They have taken.

4. They have heard. 5. I have praised. 6. You feared. 7. We
wrote. 8. You sent. 9. I defended. 10. We fought.

256. Servus bonus multas epistulas scrlpsit.

1. 2. Ad

Caesarem, imperatorem, legatos miserunt. 3. Multa et

idonea loca vldit. 4. Opusne fecisti? 5. Ubi fuerunt nau-
tae? 6. Nonne consilium audivistl? 7. Pater cum flliis at-

que Via ab fmmine ad montem pertinebat.

filiabus venit. 8.

9. Dux 10. Tuba slgnum dedit.

signa dabat. n. Dux
propter virtutem copias laudavit. 12. Servos incolarum
llberavimus. 13. Celtae in fines Belgarum iter fecerunt.
14. Incolae cum finitimis bellum gesserunt.

257. 1. We have been friends. 2. There were brave horsemen

in the city. 3. The horses have come to the bridge. 4. I have given

many rewards to the girls. 5. Who

conquered the Gauls? 6. Did
you see the beautiful buildings of the city? 7. Why have they
devastated the fields of the neighbors?

258. principal parts of verbs thus far given

First Conjugation
-

laudo laudare laudavi laudatum

iuvo iuvare iuvi iutum
a. With the regular endings -6, -are, -avi, -atum, form the
parts of accuso, appello, conflrmo, exspecto, libero, navigo,
nuntio, paco, paro, porto, pugno, supero, vasto, voco,
vulnero.
Second Conjugation
debeo debere
doceo
habeo
pertineo
teneo
timeo
vide5
 THE PERFECT PARTICIPLE 8l

Third Conjugation

defendo defendere
divido
duco
gero
incolo
mitto
scrlbo
vinco
cupio
facio
iacio
&2 LATIN FOR THE FIRST YEAR

260. Perfect Participle. Latin verbs have a perfect pas-

sive participle, which is made by changing final -m of the
supine (249) to -s:

ama/tus, -a, -um, loved, having been loved

mo'nitus, -a, -um, warned, having been warned
rec'tus, -a, -um, ruled, having been ruled
cap'tus, -a,-um, taken, having been taken
audTtus, -a, -um, heard, having been heard
a. This participle is declined like the adjective bonus, -a,
-um.

261. Perfect Indicative Passive. The perfect indicative

passive is a compound tense, consisting of the perfect par-
ticiple and sum:
amatus (-a) sum, / have been loved, I was loved
amatus (-a) es, you have been loved, you were loved
amatus (-a, -um) est, {he, she, it) has been loved, was loved

amati (-ae) sumus, we have been loved, we were loved

amati (-ae) estis, you have been loved, you were loved
amati (-ae, -a) sunt, {they) have been loved, were loved
a. The ending of the participle depends upon the gender
and number of the subject: thus pater amatus est, but filia
amata est.
In the same way conjugate monitus sum, / have been
b.

warned, rectus sum, / have been ruled, captus sum, / have

been taken, auditus sum, / have been heard.

262. VOCABULARY
centurio, centurionis, M., centurion scutum, -1, N., shield
civis, civis, M., citizen centum, (indeclinable
populus, -1, M., people, nation adj.), hundred
Quintus, -1, M., Quintus gravis, grave, heavy
Sextus, -1, M., Sextus
 THE PERFECT PARTICIPLE 83

EXERCISES

263. i. Vocatus est. 2. Visi sunt. 3. Missi sumus.

4. Audltus es. 5. Capti estis. 6. Laudatae sunt. 7. Doc-
tus sum. 8. Miinltum est.

9. Iacta sunt. 10. Non

victi sumus.

264. 1. They have been

called (or, were called).
2. Hehas been seen (or, was
seen). 3. I have been led
(or, was 4. We have
led).
been heard. She has been
5.

expected. 6. You have been

defended. 7. It has been.
8. It has been reported.

265. 1. Centurio cen-

tum mllites duxit. 2. No-
Scutum
men centurionis erat
Sextus. 3. Quintus et Sextus erant elves Romanl.
4. Quintus a Sexto, centurione, laudatus est. 5. Scu-
tum Quint! non grave erat. 6. Scuta nova mllitibus data
sunt. 7. Scuta nova mllitum vidl. 8. Populus Romanus

cum civitatibus Galliae pacem faciet. 9. Ab urbe afuimus.

10. Castra a centurionibus munita sunt. 11. Hostes a
Romano superatl sunt. 12. Magno cum perlculo
populo
defensi sumus. 13. Ad elves niintius missus sum. 14. A
matre bona doctus es.

266. 1. Many tribes in Gaul have been subdued. 2. The boy

has been warned. 3. The animals have been seen in the forest.
4. A beautiful shield was carried into the camp. 5. Who has seen
the brave centurion? 6. We have come to the gate of the city with
many citizens. 7. The war has been carried on with great bravery.
8. Who made the Roman shields? 9. Where were the citizens?
10. Were they away from the town?
7
84 LATIN FOR THE FIRST YEAR

LESSON XXXIV
267. REVIEW OF LESSONS XXVI-XXXHI
VOCABULARY
altitudo
 REVIEW OF LESSONS XXVI-XXXIII 85

veni and veniebam differ in meaning? 12. How is the

perfect indicative passive formed? 13. How are adjectives

of the third declension
classified? 14. Decline
acer. 15. Decline omnis.
16. How is separation
expressed? Place from
which? 17. With what
adjectives is the dative
used?

POPULUS ROM ANUS

269. Multae f abulae de *
septem regibus Romanis
narrantur. Romulus, pri-
mus rex, urbem Romam
appellavit. Propter mul-
tas iniurias Tarquinius
Superbus, rex septimus,
ex urbe expulsus est. Post
reges consules creati sunt.
Roman! fuerunt populus
potens. Multls cum na-
tionibus bellum gesserunt
et Italiam, Graeciam, Gal- L. Cornelius Sulla

liam, Hispaniam vicerunt.

Magni imperatores erant Sclpio, Marius, Sulla, Caesar.
Apud Romanos fuerunt oratores clarl. Quis de orationi-
bus Ciceronis non audlvit?
Vergilius et Horatius, poetae Roman!, ab omnibus laudati
sunt.

1
About.
 W

o
Oh

H
>
3

o
w
w
o

86
 THE FOURTH DECLENSION 87

LESSON XXXV
THE FOURTH DECLENSION

270. The fourth declension includes all nouns whose gen-

itive singular ends in -us. The nominative ends in -us or -u.

271. Gender. Most nouns of the fourth declension are

masculine. Domus, house, manus, hand, and a few others
are feminine. Those in -u are neuter.

272. MODEL NOUNS

88 LATIN FOR THE FIRST YEAR

274. VOCABULARY
cornu, cornus, N., horn; lacus, lacus, M., lake
wing (of an army) portus, portus, M., harbor,
domus, domus, F., house, port
home senatus, senatus, M., senate
exercitus, exercitus, M., dexter, -tra, -trum, right
army (a trained body) sinister, -tra, -trum, left
manus, manus, F., hand; saepe, adv., often
band, force
a. Decline together exercitus f ortis ; cornu dextrum.

EXERCISES

275. 1. In civitatibus Galliae fuerunt principes et

senatus. 2. Consules duces exercituum saepe erant.

3. Noster exercitus non vincetur.4. Animalia in silva cor-

nua longa habent. 5. Decern cohortes militum erant in dextro
cornu. 6. Dextrum cornu Romanorum hostes vlcit; sinistrum
cornu hostium superatum est. 7. Lacus et flumen pro-
vinciam Romanam a Gallia diviserunt. 8. Domusne agri-
colae longe a lacu abest? 9. Sextus et Marcus, amid mei,
domos pulchras in urbe habebunt. 10. Manus dextra legati
vulnerata est. 11. In manibus servorum erant epistulae ab
amicls nostris. 12. Iulia manu sua epistulam scripsit.

13. Frtimentum in portum multis navibus portabitur.

14. In portu naves longas saepe vidimus. 15. Senatus popu-
lusque Romanus.
1

276. 1. Caesar sent a message to the Roman senate. 2. The

victory has been reported to the senate. 3. The consul was praising
the brave army. 4. The leader of the army will be seen with his
lieutenants. 5. Have you seen the beautiful lakes? 6. The little

village is next to the lake (246). 7. The brave chief led a large band
of Gauls.
1
The title of the Roman government, abbreviated S. P. Q. R.
 PREFIXES. THE LOCATIVE CASE 89

LESSON XXXVI
PREFIXES. THE LOCATIVE CASE
EXPRESSIONS OF PLACE REVIEWED

277. Prefixes. Many compound verbs are made by com-

bining simple verbs with adverbial prefixes. Most of the
prefixes are also used as prepositions and include the follow-
ing already learned: a (ab), away; ad, to; ante, before; de,
down, away; e (ex), out; in (im-), in, into, against (negative,
not); inter, between; per, through; post, after; trans (tra-),
across.
Other common prefixes, not used separately, are con-
(com-, co-), together; dis- (di-), apart; re- (red-), back.

278. VOCABULARY
Corinthus, -1, F., Corinth importo, (im + porto), bring
Genava, -ae, F., Geneva in, import
Helvetia, -ae, F., Helvetia contineo, continere, continui,
(Switzerland) contentum (con + teneo),
Helvetii, -drum, M.,the Eel- hold together, restrain,
1
vetii, the Helvetians bound (geographically)
Helvetius (Helveticus), -a, educo, + duco), lead out
(e
2

-um, Helvetian reduco, (re + duco), lead back

Oce'anus, -1, M., ocean traduco, (tra + duco), lead
rus, ruris, N., country (op- across

(con + venio),
2
posed to the city) convenio,
vinum, -1, N., wine come together, assemble
habito, -are, -avi, atum, pervenio, (per + venio), {come
dwell, live through), arrive, reach.
2
comporto, (com + porto), bring
together
1
Pronounced Hel-vc'shi-i.
2 The principal parts are like those of the simple verb.
90 LATIN FOR THE FIRST YEAR

279. The Locative Case. Names of towns in the singular

of the first and second declensions, and a few other words,
have a special case, the locative (47 a), denoting place where
(locus, place). The ending in the first declension is -ae:
Romae, at Rome; in the second declension, -1: Corinthi, at
Corinth. Domus and rus have the locative forms doml, at

Home; run, in the country.

280. PLACE IN WHICH

Marcus in oppido est, Marcus is in the town.
Marcus Romae est, Marcus is in Rome.
Marcus doml est, Marcus is at home.
Place in which or at which is regularly expressed by the ablative
with in (67), but the locative case is used for domus, rus, and
names of towns in the singular number.

281. PLACE PROM WHICH

Ab oppido venerunt, they came from the town.
Roma venerunt, they came from Rome.
Domo venerunt, they came from home.
Place from which is expressed by the ablative, regularly with
ab, de, or ex (223), but with names of towns, domus, and rus the
preposition is omitted.

282. PLACE TO "WHICH

Ad oppidum venerunt, they came to the town.
Romam venerunt, they came to Rome.
Domum venerunt, they came home.
Place to which is expressed by the accusative, regularly with ad
or in (134), but with names of towns, domus, and rus the preposition
is omitted.

EXERCISES

283. i. Gallia, magna terra, a. Rhodano ad Oceanum

pertinebat. 2. Helvetia montibus et fluminibus contine-
batur. 3. Genava erat magnum oppidum et proximum
 PREFIXES. THE LOCATIVE CASE 91

Helvetils. 4. Ex eo *
op-
pido pons ad Helvetios
pertinebat. 5. Filii mer-
catoris erunt Genavae.
6. Multae epistulae Ge-
nava mittentur. 7. Mar-
cus et Qulntus Romae in
Italia habitaverunt.
8. Iulia in urbe habitat;
Sextus, frater Iuliae, run.
9. Pueri Corinth! cum pa-
tre suo habitabunt.
10. Flumen Rhenus Ger-
maniam a Gallia dividit.
n. Agricolae ex agris fru-
mentum comportabant.
12. Mercatorne in Galliam
vinum importavit?
13. Decemne cohortes ex
castris eductae sunt?
14. Legatus copias in cas-
tra reducet. 15. Hostes
trans Rhenum in Galliam
tradiicuntur. 16. Viri con-
veniunt et ad lacum pul-
chrum pervenient.
284. 1. Does your brother
at home? 2. The soldier
2
live Statue of a Roman Matron
has carried home a supply of
grain. 3. The traders saw many ships at Corinth. 4. There were

many soldiers in the ships. 5. Caesar led his army to Geneva.

6. The Roman lieutenant is away from home. 7. The Roman
legions conquered the Germans and the Helvetians. 8. The Bel-

gians and the Celts defended their homes with great valor.
2
1
That. Habito.
92 LATIN FOR THE FIRST YEAR

LESSON XXXVII
THE FIFTH DECLENSION. EXPRESSIONS OF TIME

285. The last declension, the fifth, includes nouns

all

whose genitive singular ends in -ei or -ei. The nominative

ends in -es.
286. Gender. Nouns of the fifth declension are feminine,

except dies, day, which is masculine in the plural, but mas-

culine or feminine in the singular.

287. MODEL NOUNS

 THE FIFTH DECLENSION. EXPRESSIONS OF TIME 93

290. EXPRESSIONS OF TIME

i. Multos annos Romae habitavit, he lived at Rome
{for) many years.
2. Proximo anno Romae habitavit, he lived at Rome last

year.
3. Decern annis multas urbes vidit, within ten years he
has seen many cities.

The accusative phrase multos annos expresses the time

during which he lived and answers the question How long?
The ablative proximo anno expresses the time when he lived,
while decern annis tells the time within which he has seen
the cities.

291. Rule. Duration of Time. Duration of time is ex-

pressed by the accusative case.

292. Rule. Time When or Within Which. Time when
or within which anything is or is done is expressed by the abla-
tive without a preposition.

293. VOCABULARY
acies, aciei, F., line of battle, brevis, breve, short
army pauci, -ae, -a, pi., a few
dies, diei, M., day heri, adv., yesterday
meridies, -ei, M., midday, hodie, adv., (on this day),
noon to-day
res, rel, F., thing, fact, matter eras, adv., to-morrow
aestas, aestatis, F., summer maned, manere, mansi, man-
hiems, hiemis, F., winter sum, remain, abide
mensis, mensis, M., month

294. Synonyms. Synonyms are words that have the same or

nearly the same meaning: acies, army in battle array; agmen, army
on the march; exercitus, army, a trained force; copiae, troops, forces.
94 LATIN FOR THE FIRST YEAR

Memorize:
Non multa, sed multum.
Not many things, but much.
Non nobis solum.
Not merely for ourselves.

EXERCISES

295. 1. Multos domi mansimus.

dies 2. Paucis diebus

amicos nostros videbimus. 3. Ab monte aciem hostium

vidimus. 4. In acie erant milites, centuriones, legatl,
imperator. 5. Exercitus Romanus cum multis clvitatibus
pugnavit. Non semper vlcit, sed non
6. saepe superatus
est. 7. Agmen partem noctis iter fecit. 8. Aestate dies

sunt longl; hieme sunt breves. Eramus run magnam

9.

partem aestatis. 10. Omnium rerum magna copia erat in

oppido. 11. Dies est in horas dlvisa; annus in menses.
12. Marcus herl erat Romae, eras erit in provincia, paucis
mensibus erit in Gallia. Nautae multos menses domo
13.
aberunt. 14. Ante meridiem (a. m.); post meridiem (p. m.).

296. 1. The next day Caesar sent his army to Geneva. 2. Before
noon they fortified the camp. 3. Have you seen your brother to-
day? 4. We ought to be in the city to-morrow. 5. The king's
forces held the mountain many hours. 6. The army will march a

great part of the day. 7. A few slaves will remain in the village
with the traders.

LESSON XXXVIII
THE PLUPERFECT INDICATIVE

297. The pluperfect indicative corresponds in meaning to

the English past perfect: active, / had loved; passive, 7" had
been loved. It represents an act or state as completed in past
time.
 THE PLUPERFECT INDICATIVE 95

298. The Pluperfect Indicative of Regular Verbs. In the

active voice the pluperfect tense is formed by adding eram
to the perfect stem (250). The tense sign is -era- (shortened
to -era- before the endings -m, -t, -nt).

Active Voice

I had loved / had warned / had ruled

ama'veram monu'eram re'xeram
ama/veras monu'eras re'xeras
ama/verat monu'erat re'xerat
amavera'mus monuera'mus rexera'mus
amavera'tis monuera'tis rexera'tis
ama/verant monu'erant re'xerant

a. With the same endings conjugate ce'peram, / had

taken; audiVeram, / had heard; fu/eram, / had been.

299. In the passive voice the pluperfect indicative is com-

pound, consisting of the perfect participle (260) and eram.

Passive Voice

Singular
amatus (-a) eram, / had been loved
amatus (-a) eras, you had been loved
amatus (-a, -um) erat, {he, she, it) had been loved
Plural
amati (-ae) eramus, we had been loved
amati (-ae) eratis, you had been loved
amati (-ae, -a) erant, {they) had been loved

a. In the same way conjugate monitus eram, / had been

warned; rectus eram, / had been ruled; captus eram, / had

been taken; auditus eram, / had been heard.
96 LATIN FOR THE FIRST YEAR

300. VOCABULARY
magistrates, -us, M., magis- quartus, -a, -um, fourth
trate quattuor, (indeclinable adj.),
pagus, -1, M., district, canton four
l
vigilia, -ae, F., watch postea, adv., afterwards
antiquus, -a, -um, ancient quod, conj., because
duodecim, (indeclinable adj.), creo, creare, creavi, creatum,
twelve elect, create

EXERCISES
301. i. Laudaveras. 2. Viderat. 3. Miseramus. 4. Munl-
veratis. 5. Fecerant. 6. Vocatus eras. 7. Docta erat.
8. Victi erant. 9. Munltum erat. 10. Afueramus.
302. 1. I 2. You had held.
had waited. 3. He had written.
4. We had divided. 5. You had come. 6. They had been heard.
7. I had been elected. 8. He had been seen. 9. They had been
led. 10. It had been hurled.

303. Equos ex agro eduxeramus. 2. Nuntius ad ducem

1.

equitum missus erat. 3. Navesne in portum navigaverant?

4. Nonne ad vicum in montibus perveneras? 5. Agmen

quattuor horas iter fecerat. Helvetia erat in quattuor

6.

pagos divlsa. 7. Quarta pars ab exercitu Caesaris victa

erat. 8. Pax cum Celtis conflrmata erat. 9. Rex German-
orum a populo Romano amicus appellatus erat. 10. Diem
Roman! in duodecim horas divlserunt; noctem in quattuor
vigilias. n. Mllites laudati sunt, quod magna cum virtute
pugnaverant. 12. Vlcerunt quod fortes erant. 13. OppidanI
non timebant, quod oppidum muniverant. AntTquis
14.

temporibus fuerant reges in Gallia; postea magistrates a

civitatibus creatl sunt.

304. 1. I had called the boys my friends. 2. The boys had been
called friends. 3. We had lived 2 ten years in the district of Hel-

1
A watch was a fourth part of the night, from sunset to sunrise.
2 Habiro-
 THE FUTURE PERFECT INDICATIVE 97

vetia. 4. A
supply of grain had been given to the men by the
5. I shall remain in the country because
tribe's magistrate. I love
the broad fields. 6. We had desired to see the house of the mer-
chant. 7. Marcus will be elected consul because
he has often de-
fended the people.

Attack on a German Fortress

As depicted on the column of Marcus Aurelius

LESSON XXXIX
THE FUTURE PERFECT INDICATIVE
REVIEW OF THE INDICATIVE. SYNOPSES

305. The
future perfect tense in Latin corresponds to the
English future perfect: active, / shall have loved; passive, I
shall have been loved. It represents an act or state as com-

pleted in future time.

306. The Future Perfect Indicative of Active Verbs. In
the active voice the future perfect is formed by adding -ero
to the perfect stem. The tense sign is -eri-.
98 latin for the first year

Active Voice
Singular

ama/vero, / shall have loved monu'ero, / shall have warned

ama/veris, you will have monu'eris, you will have
loved warned
ama/verit, (he, she, it) will monu'erit, (he, she, it) will
have loved have warned

Plural

amave'rimus, we shall have monue'rimus, we shall have

loved warned
amave'ritis, you will have monue'ritis, you will have
loved warned
ama/verint, (they) will have monu'erint, (they) will have
loved warned

a. With the same endings conjugate rexero, / shall have

ruled, cepero, / shall have taken, audivero, / shall have heard,
fuero, / shall have been.

307. In the passive voice the future perfect indicative is

compound, consisting of the perfect participle and ero.

Passive Voice

Singular

amatus (-a) ero, I shall have been loved

amatus (-a) eris, you will have been loved
amatus (-a, -urn) erit, (he, she, it) will have been loved

Plural

amati (-ae) erimus, we shall have been loved

amati (-ae) eritis, you will have been loved
amati (-ae, -a) erunt, (they) will have been loved
 THE FUTURE PERFECT INDICATIVE 99

a. In the same way conjugate monitus ero, / shall have

been warned; rectus ero, / shall have been ruled; captus ero,
/ shall have been taken; auditus ero, I shall have been heard.

308. indicative endings

First Person Singular
IOO LATIN FOR THE FIRST YEAR

310. VOCABULARY
lux, lucis, F., light f daylight moveo, movere, movi, mo-
regnum, N. (rego), royal
-1, turn, move
power, kingdom contendo, -tendere, -tendi,
celeriter, adv., (celer, quick), -tentum, (con + tendo,
quickly stretch thoroughly), strive,

fortiter, (fortis), adv., bravely contend; hasten

postquam, conj., after perficio, -ficere, -feci, -fec-
1 2
ubi, adv. or conj., when, where turn, (per+facio), (do thor-
occupo, -are, -avi, -atum, oughly), accomplish, corn-

seize, take possession of plete

a. The perfect indicative is used with the conjunctions
postquam and ubi.

Memorize:
Homo sum; human! nihil a me alienum puto. I am a
man and deem nothing that relates to man a matter of
indifference to me.

EXERCISES
311. i. Vocavero, dedero. 2. Habueris, vlderis. 3. Dp*
fenderit, scripserit. 4. Venerimus, pervenerimus. 5. Cupi-
veritis. 6. Iecerunt, iecerant, iecerint. 7. Missus ero.
8. Munltum erit. 9. Capti erunt. 10. Docta eris.

312. have made. 2. You will have aided. 3 3. He will

i.I shall
have led. 4. We shall have brought-together. 5. They will have
been absent. 6. He will be elected. 7. He will have been elected.
8. You will have been sent. 9. You will be sent.

313. 1. Frumentum a mercatoribus importatum erit.

2. Opus celeriter perficietur. 3. Ante horam decimam

4
multas res perfecerimus. 4. Nostrl fortiter contenderint.
1
Ubi
either a conjunction or adverb, according to its use in a sentence.
is
2
The
passive of perficio is regular, like that of capio.
3
What are the principal parts of iuvo?
4
Milites is often to be supplied, as here, with the masculine plural
of possessive adjectives.
 THE FUTURE PERFECT INDICATIVE 1QI

5. Galli ante lucem castra moverint. Princeps civitatis

6.

regnum occupabit, quod magnum exercitum habet. 7. Ubi

signum pugnae datum est, milites fortiter pugnaverunt.
8. Postquam pontem fecit, Caesar trans Rhenum
suos \
traduxit. 9. Postquam milites plla iecerunt, gladiis conten-
derunt. 10. Ubi civitates victae sunt, pacem facere paratae

erant. 11. Hostesne montem heri occupaverunt ? 12. Quis

opus hodie perficiet?

Captives Pleading for Mercy from a Roman Conqueror

314. 1. When I was in the city, I saw the harbor and the ships.
2. After I arrived at (ad) the city, I wrote to my friends. 3. The
camp will be moved before the fourth watch. 4. The magistrates
will have been elected by the citizens. 5. They were hastening

home, because they had completed the work.

1
See Daee 100. footnote 4..
IOT LATIN. FOR THE FIRST YEAR

LESSON XL
PRONOMINAL ADJECTIVES
315. VOCABULARY
alius, alia, aliud, another, nullus, -a, -um, none, no
other ullus, -a, -um, any
alter, altera, alterum, the solus, -a, -um, alone, sole
other (of two) totus, -a, -um, whole, entire
neuter, neutra, neutrum, unus, -a, -um, one
neither (of two) sine, prep., w. abl., without
uter, utra, utrum, which? (of
two)

316. Nine pronominal adjectives of the first and second

declensions, given in the above vocabulary, have the ending
-lus in the genitive singular and -1 in the dative singular, for
all genders, instead of the regular endings. In other cases
of the singular and in the plural they are declined like bonus,
liber, or pulcher. Note the exceptional form of alius in the
neuter.

a. Learn the declension of alius, alter, neuter, unus as

given on page 271.

317. Alter repeated (alter . . .

alter) means one . . . the

other; alius repeated (alius . . .

alius), one . . .
another; pi.,
alii . . .
alii, some . . . others: Alii pila, alii gladios portant,
some carry spears, others swords.
318. The pronominal adjectives of this lesson regularly
stand before their nouns.
a. Decline tota navis, uter puer, neutrum cornu.

319.Adjectives as Nouns. Adjectives in Latin as in

English are often used alone as nouns: altum, the deep (sea);
fortes fortuna iuvat, fortune favors the brave. A masculine
 PRONOMINAL ADJECTIVES 103

adjective so used generally implies man or men, a neuter

1
adjective, thing or things: nostri, our {men, soldiers) ;

omnes, all (men); omnia, all (things).

EXERCISES
320. i. Belgae unam partem Galliae incolunt; aliam (par-
tem) Celtae. 2. Alterum oppidum erat in Gallia; alterum
in Italia. 3. Neuter locus castrls erat idoneus. 4. Utrl

puero epistulam dedistl? 5. Prmcipes totius Galliae ad

Caesarem venerunt. 6. Totam diem erant niillae naves
in portu. 7. Opus sine ullo perlculo
perfectum est. 8. Lega-
tus cum sola decima legione venit. 9. Multl contenderunt;

pauci vlcerunt. 10. Ubi victores domum pervenerunt,

omnes laudatl sunt. 11. Mercatores per provinciam venient,
quod aliud iter habent nullum. 12. Nostri castra fortiter
defenderant.

321. The boys were doing

1. everything (all things) with great
care. 2. was aided by the other. 3. The
Neither of the consuls
brave centurion fought without a shield. 4. Some Romans were
soldiers, others were orators. The men of one district are ready
5.

to come-together. 6. The sisters of Marcus will remain in the

country the whole summer. 7. After our friends arrived at (ad)

Corinth, they sailed to (in) Italy.
1
See 313, sentences 4 and 8.

Alma-Tadema
A Roman Festival
io4 LATIN FOR THE FIRST YEAR

LESSON XLI
REVIEW OF LESSONS XXXV-XL
322. VOCABULARY
acies
 REVIEW OF LESSONS XXXV-XL I05

Julius Caesar

VICTOR GALLIAE
324. Gaius Iulius Caesar, vir clarissimus *
Romae, miles,
<5rator, a populo Romano consul creatus est. Post consula-
tum Galliam provinciam accepit.
2
Turn octo annos cum
civitatibus Gallicls bellum gessit, et eas omnes pacavit. Pon-
tem in flumine Rheno fecit et Germanos, qui trans Rhenum in-
2
1
Most famous. Received.
io6 LATIN FOR THE FIRST YEAR

colebant, superavit. Postea in Britanniam navigavit, et

cum Britannis pugnavit.

LESSON XLII
THE RELATIVE PRONOUN QUI. THE INTERROGATIVE
PRONOUN QUIS. CLAUSES
325. The relative pronoun qui, who, which, or that, is de-
clined as follows:
Singular Plural
M. F. N. M. F. N.
Nom. qui quae quod qui quae quae
who, which, or that
l
Gen. cuius cuius cuius quorum quarum quorum
whose, of whom, or of which
Dat. cm cui cui quibus quibus quibus
to or for whom or which

Ace. quern quam quod quos quas quae

whom, which, or that

AM. quo qua. quo quibus quibus quibus

from (etc.) whom or which

326. The interrogative pronoun quis, who? what? is de-

clined in the plural like the relative qui ; in the singular as
follows:

M. and F. N.
Nom. quis quid who? what?
Gen. cuius cuius whose? of whom? of what?
to or for whom? to or for what ?
2
Dat. cui cui
Ace. quern quid whom? what?
AM. quo quo from (etc.) whom? from (etc.) what?
1
Pronounced coo'yus.
2
Pronounced kivee.
THE RELATIVE PRONOUN. INTERROGATIVE PRONOUN 107

327. The interrogative adjective qui, what? which? is de-

clined like the relative pronoun in both numbers: qui vir?
what man? quae terra? what country? quod flumen? what
river ?

328. Use of the Relative Pronoun. The relative pro-

noun is a connecting word that refers or relates to a preceding
noun or pronoun called its antecedent.

1. Viri, qui oppidum defenderant, laudati sunt, the men,

who had defended the town, were praised.
2. Viri, quorum oppidum defensum erat, laudati sunt,
the men, whose town had been defended, were praised.

In these sentences qui and quorum have the gender and

number of the antecedent viri; but qui is a subject nomina-
tive and quorum a possessive genitive without regard to the
case of viri.

329. Rule. Agreement of Relative Pronouns. A relative

pronoun agrees with its antecedent in gender and number ; its

case depends on its use in its own clause.

330. Complex Sentences. With regard to form, sentences are

simple, complex, or compound, as in English. The Latin sentences
of 328, and in former lessons those containing postquam, ubi {when),
or quod (because), are complex; for they have two clauses each, a
principal or independent, and a subordinate or dependent.

a. The clauses of a complex sentence are connected by a

relative pronoun, or a subordinate conjunction. A
clause
beginning with a relative pronoun is called a relative clause.

331. The Use of Clauses. Clauses may be used as nouns, ad-

jectives, or adverbs.

a. A noun clause, or substantive clause, is one that is used

as the subject or object of a verb, or as an appositive or
predicate noun: We
know that the earth revolves. Latin
illustrations are given later.
b. An adjective clause is one that modifies a noun or pro-

noun. Relative clauses are used in this way.

108 LATIN FOR THE FIRST YEAR

c. An is one that modifies a verb, an ad-

adverbial clause
jective, or another adverb. Clauses introduced by quod
{because), ubi, or postquam are illustrations.

332. VOCABULARY
1
Aquitania, -ae, F., Aquitania tres, tria, three

Aqultanus, -1, M., an A qui- expugno, -are, -avi, -atum,

tanian; pi., the Aquitanians (ex + pugno), capture, take
cultus, -us, M., civilization by storm
lingua, -ae, F., tongue, language oppugno, -are, -avi, -atum,
dissimilis, -e, unlike (ob +\>ugno) y fight against,
tertius, -a, -um, third attack
EXERCISES
333. Puer, cuius frater veniet. 2. Miles, cui scutum
1.

datum est. 3. Terra, quam incolimus. 4. Oppidum, quod

2
est proximum. 5. Via, qua venistl. 6. Amicus, quocum
veneram. 7. Montes, qui sunt altl. 8. Flumina, quae sunt
lata. 9. Incolae, quos vlcimus. 10. Puellae, quas vocabant.
334. 1. The days, which are short. 2. The sailors, whose ship
is new. 3. The merchants, to whom he gave the grain. 4. The
camp, which they will see. 5. The leaders, by whom we were sent.
6. The villages, in which they lived. 7. The consul, whom they
will elect. 8. The queen, to whom the letter has been given.

335.Aquitania est tertia pars Galliae. 2. Qui linguam

1.

Aqultanorum audlverunt? 3. Quas linguas audlvistl? 4. Hel-

Romanae non longe aberant. 5. Quis
vetil a cultii provinciae
cultum Romanorum non laudat? 6. Hostes tria oppida ex-
pugnaverunt; multa oppugnaverant. 7. Consilia, quae
nuntiant, sunt bona. 8. Quibus c5nsilia nuntiaverunt?
9. Sextus amlc5s suos, quorum magnum numerum habebat,
vocavit. 10. Neuter puerorum, quos vidimus, navigare
cupiebat. 11. Cuius manu epistula scrlpta est? 12. Mllites
1
The numeral tres is declined like the plural of fortis, page 272.
2
Cum may follow the ablative of the relative pronoun, as an en-
clitic (18).
THE PRESENT INFINITIVE. USES OF THE INFINITIVE 109

omnia quae habent, comportabunt.

signa, 13. Urbs, quam
oppugnant, non expugnabitur.

336. 1. We shall remain at home three days. 2. (There) were ten

ships, that carried the sailors. 3. (There) are many animals in the
forest, which you see. 4. To whom had they written the letter?

5. With what legions did the general attack the town? 6. Was the

town quickly captured? 7. Caesar made peace with the tribe,

whose chief had been wounded. 8. There are many other cities,

that I desire to see.

GAUL
337. Gallia est omnis dlvisa in partes tres, quarum tinam
incolunt Belgae, aliam Aqultani, tertiam Celtae. Celtae
lingua Romanorum Galli appellantur. Linguae civitatum
sunt dissimiles. Gallos ab Aquitanis Garumna flumen (di-
vidit); a Belgis Matrona et Sequana dlvidit.

LESSON XLIII
THE PRESENT INFINITIVE. THE USES OF THE INFINITIVE

338. The Present Infinitive. The Latin infinitive has

three tenses in each voice: present, perfect, and future. The
present passive infinitive is formed by changing final -e of
the active to -1, except in the third conjugation, in which
-ere becomes -I.

Active Passive

amare, to love amari, to be loved

monere, to warn moneri, to be warned

regere, to rule regi, to be ruled
capere, to take capi, to be taken
audire, to hear audiri, to be heard
HO LATIN FOR THE FIRST YEAR

339. Uses of the Infinitive. The Latin infinitive is used

in two ways:
1. As a noun in the nominative or accusative, without a
subject.
2. As a verb, with a subject accusative.
340. The Infinitive without a Subject. As stated in 109
used as the subject, the object, or the com-
the infinitive is
plement of a verb; sometimes as an appositive or predicate
nominative: Errare est humanum, to err is human; videre
cupiunt, they desire to see; venire debent, they ought to come;
1
videre est credere, to see is to believe.

341. THE INFINITIVE WITH SUBJECT ACCUSATIVE

i. Mons est altus, the mountain is high.
2. Audio montem esse altum, / hear {that) the mountain
is high (lit., the mountain to be high).

3. Video montem esse altum, / see {that) the mountain

is high.

4. Nuntio montem esse altum, / report {that) the moun-

tain is high.

In the first sentence there is a direct statement. In the

other sentences montem esse altum is an indirect statement,
having the verb in the infinitive with a subject in the accusa-
tive. This indirect statement forms a noun clause, used as
the object of the main verb. Notice that there is no Latin
word for that, to connect the clause.
342. Rule. Subject Accusative with Infinitive. The sub-
ject of an infinitive
is in the accusative case.

343. Rule. Uses of Infinitive with Subject Accusa-

tive. The infinitive with a subject accusative is used with verbs
2
meaning say, think, know, perceive; also with some verbs
meaning order, compel, desire, permit.
* I. e. "
1
Review 109 and no. with verbs of mental action."
THE PRESENT INFINITIVE. USES OF THE INFINITIVE III

344. The Meaning of the Present Infinitive. The present

infinitive denotes the same time as the verb on which it
1
depends (say, think, etc.)- It may, therefore, have a present
or past meaning, as in the following sentences:

1. Audit milites vincere, he hears that the soldiers con-

quer, or are conquering (lit., the soldiers to be con-

quering) .

2. Audivit milites vincere, he heard that the soldieis con-

quered, or were conquering (lit., the soldiers to be
conquering).
3. Audit milites vinci, he hears (that) the soldiers are con-

quered.
4. Audivit milites vinci, he heard (that) the soldiers were
conquered.

345. VOCABULARY
puto, -are, -avi, -atum, think dico, dicere, dixi, dictum, say
iubeo, iubere, iussi, iussum, disco, discere, didicl, ,

order learn
credo, credere, credidi, ere- scio, scire, scivi, scitum,
ditum, believe know

EXERCISES
'
2
346. 1. Dicit, Puer epistulam scrlbit." 2. Dicit
puerum epistulam scrlbere. 3 3. Dixit puerum epistulam
scrlbere. 4. Puto copias fortiter pugnare. 5. Putavi
copias fortiter pugnare. 6. Sclmus puellas multos amicos
habere. 7. Scivimus puellas multos amlcOs habere. 8. Dis-
cimus Galliam esse magnam terram. 9. Credisne natiOnem
1
With verbs like plan, promise, and sometimes hope, the present
infinitive refers to future time.
2
The direct statement, giving the exact words of the speaker.
3
The indirect statement.
112 LATIN FOR THE FIRST YEAR

pacarl? 10. Quis credidit nationem pacarl? n. Videtisne

agros vastari? 12. Frater meus Insulam esse pulchram
scribit. 13. Rex servos llberari iubet. 14. Legatus pila
iaci 15. Nuntiatum est Gallos oppidum munire.
iussit.

16. Nonne putas nautam slgnum videre? 17. Mercatores

frumentum mittl iusserant. 18. Omnes sciunt magnum bel-
lum gerl. 19. Vidi elves quarta hora, convenire. 20. Le-
giones iter facere paratae sunt. 21. Esne puer quern Romae
vidi? 22. Quae navis est inVquam video?

347. 1. Do you think the place is suitable? 2. Did you think

1

the place was suitable? 3. I hear that my friends are not far away.
4. They order the slaves to carry the grain. 5. The leader says
will
that the army is marching into Gaul. 6. Marcus said that neither
of the men was living at Rome. 7. They often come to Rome.
8. We all know the boys desire victory. 9. We desire to learn many
(things). 10. All men ought to be free. n. Do you know the
farmer, whose horse is in the field ?

1
that (349). 2
The conjunction that is understood.

A Street Scene in Ancient Rome

 THE DEMONSTRATIVE PRONOUNS "3

LESSON XLIV
THE DEMONSTRATIVE PRONOUNS HIC, ILLE, ISTE
THE OBJECTIVE GENITIVE

348. There are five demonstrative pronouns in Latin :

hie,
ille, iste, is, idem. Hie, this, is declined as follows:
114 LATIN FOR THE FIRST YEAR

351. VOCABULARY
cupidus, -a, -um, desirous, hie, haec, hoc, this; he, she, it

eager ille, ilia, illud, that (yonder);

cupiditas, -tatis, F., desire he, she, it

memoria, -ae, F., memory, iste, ista, istud, that (of

recollection yours)
1
spes, spei, F., hope diu, adv., long, for a long
induco (in + duco), lead on, time

influence
a. Decline hie nauta, haec legio, ilia domus, istud pilum.

352. THE OBJECTIVE GENITIVE

i. Victoriam cupiunt, they desire the victory.
2. Cupidi victoriae sunt, they are desirous of {eager for)
victory.

3. Magna cupiditas victoriae est, there is great desire for

(of) victory.
In the illustrations the genitive victoriae is related as an

object to the adjective cupidus and the noun cupiditas, just

as victoriam is the object of cupiunt. Victoriae is called an
objective genitive.
353. Rule. The genitive is used with certain nouns and
adjectives to denote the object of an action or feeling implied.

EXERCISES

354. 1. Huic servo. 2. Ad hanc insulam. 3. Cum his

ducibus. 3. Apud hos equites. 5. Haec castra. 6. Istud

opus. 7. Ilia animalia. 8. Illorum lacuum. 9. Illls nautls.

10. Ab illo principe. 11. Illlus aciei. 12. Sine isto gladio.
355. 1. Hae puellae venerunt; illae afuerunt. 2. 111! opus
1
Long in time, opposed to longe, far.
 THE DEMONSTRATIVE PRONOUNS HIC, ILLE, ISTE 115

fecerunt, non hi. 3. Memoria huius victoriae diu manebit.

4. Hi fuerunt cupidl regnl. 5. Hie locus erit castrls idoneus.

6. Cum hac natione Roman! pacem fecerant. 7. IllI servl

cupiditate libertatis in-

duct! sunt. 8. Nuntius

ab illls civitatibus, quae

trans flumen incolebant,
1
venit. 9. Unus ex his,

qui nunti! venerant, erat

frater centurionis.
10. Neutrum illorum
librorum, quos mlsistl,
vlderam. 11. Istud
consilium, quod ab ex-
ploratore nuntiatum est,
est bonum. 12. Hanc

terram, quam amamus,

defendemus. 13. Hoc
facere didicimus.
14. Illud facere debeo.
15. Nautas spe praedae
indue! dlcunt.

356. 1. Who will do this?

2. This river is deep, that
isbroad. 3. We shall re-
main in that village all win-
ter. 4. I have not seen
those cities. 5. Who is not
desirous of liberty? 6. The
memory of these things will Statue of a Roman dressed in the Toga
be pleasant. 2 7. The en-
emy are attacking these towns; those they have captured. 8. The
soldiers of that legion fought bravely. 9. We have often written
letters to that man concerning these things.

2
1
See 529, b. Iucunda.
Il6 LATIN FOR THE FIRST YEAR

THE BELGAE
357. Horum omnium fortissiml sunt Belgae, propterea 3
x 2

quod a cultti provinciae Romanae longe absunt, et merca-

tores vlnum non important; proximlque 4 sunt Germanls,
qui trans Rhenum incolunt, quibuscum bellum gerunt.

LESSON XLV
THE PERFECT INFINITIVE. THE ABLATIVE OF CAUSE

358. The Perfect Infinitive. The

perfect infinitive is
formed in the active voice by adding -isse to the perfect
stem; in the passive by combining the perfect participle and
esse.
Active Passive

amavisse, to have loved amatus esse, to have been loved

monuisse, to have warned monitus esse, to have been warned
rexisse, to have ruled rectus esse, to have been ruled
audivisse, to have heard auditus esse, to have been heard
fuisse, to have been

359. Meaning of the Perfect Infinitive. The perfect in-

finitive denotes time before that of the main verb. It is
to be translated by the perfect or the pluperfect indicative:
1. Dicit mllites vicisse, he says {that) the soldiers con-

quered, or have conquered.

2. Dixit mllites vicisse, he said {that) the soldiers con-
quered, or had conquered.
3. Dicit milites victos esse, he says {that) the soldiers were

conquered, or have been conquered.

1
The three divisions of the Gauls.
2
The bravest.
3
Propterea quod ; for the reason that.
4
See 229 a.
 THE PERFECT INFINITIVE 117

4. Dixit mllites victos esse, he said {that) the soldiers

were conquered or had been conquered.

a. The participle in the perfect passive agrees with the

subject accusative in gender, number, and case.

360. VOCABULARY
bonitas, bonitatis, F. (bonus), angustus, -a, -um, narrow
goodness, excellence ob,prep., w. ace, on account of
causa, -ae, F., cause, reason convoco, -are, -avi, -atum
cibus, -1, M.,food (con + voco), call together

inopia, -ae, F., lack, scarcity fugio, fugere, fugi, fugitum,

timor, timoris, M. (timeo), flee
fear

361. THE ABLATIVE OF CAUSE

Spe victoriae fortiter pugnaverunt, because of the hope of
victory they fought bravely.

The ablative here answers the question Why? For what

reason? and is called an ablative of cause or reason. The idea
of cause shown in English by because
is
of, on account of,from.
362. Rule. The ablative without a preposition is used to
express cause or reason.
a. Cause may also be expressed by de or ex with the abla-
tive and by ob or propter with the accusative: multis de
causis, for (from) many reasons; qua ex re, because of (from)
this fact; ob has causas, for these reasons; propter tempus
anni, on account of the time of the year.

EXERCISES
363. i. Legatum fuisse fortem scio. 2. Legatos fuisse
fortes sclvi. 3. Regem nautas laudavisse dicit. 4. Rex
principes convocaverat. Regem principes convocavisse
5.
dixit. 6. Quis nuntiabit Romanos castra movisse? 7. Hel-
vetios fines angustos habuisse discimus. 8. Nostra consilia
n8 LATIN FOR THE FIRST YEAR

hostibus nuntiata esse dicit. 9. Oppidum munitum esse

nuntiamus. 10. Epistulas scriptas esse putavit. Pu- 11.

tasne pacem conflrmatam esse? 12. Incolas monitos esse

audlverunt. Multis de causis pontem in 1 flumine Rheno

13.
fecit. 14. Incolae inopia cibl erant miserl. 15. Hostes ino-
pia navium magno in perlculo fuerunt. 16. Puerum arma-
ria monebo. 17. Agricolae propter bonitatem agrorum in
ilia terra manebunt. 18. Ob hanc causam oppidum non ex-

pugnatum erat. 19. Timore hostium oppidan! fugerunt.

20. Explorator mintiat oppidanos fugisse.

364. 1. He says the boys have come. 2. He said the boys had
come. 3. The girls know (that) the letter was written. 4. I heard

(that) the citizens had been called together. 5. The captives will
flee, because there are few soldiers in the camp. 6. They said the

captives were fleeing because-of a desire for (of) liberty. 7. The

general is said to have been a large man. 8. Between the mountains

there is a narrow road. 9. Does the leader fear the lack of food?
10. Whose work did you praise?

LESSON XLVI
THE DEMONSTRATIVE PRONOUN IS

365. The demonstrative is, this, that; pi. these, those, is

declined as follows:
 THE DEMONSTRATIVE PRONOUN IS 119

366. The Use of Is. Like hie and ille (350), is may be
used as a demonstrative pronoun or adjective, or as a per-
sonal pronoun.

a. As a demonstrative is is less definite than hie or ille

and may denote any person or thing mentioned: is liber,
this book or that book (of which I am speaking); hie liber,
this book (here); ille liber, that book (there).
b. Is is often used as the antecedent or in agreement with
the antecedent. of a relative pronoun:
1. Ei, qui castra defendunt, those who are defending the

camp.
2. Ea legio, quae in castris est, that legion which is in the
camp.

367. Is as a Personal Pronoun. There is no special word

in Latin for thepronouns of the third person, he, she, it, they.
Of the four demonstratives, hie, ille, iste, is, which may b?
used as personal pronouns, is is the most common.

Singular

Nom. is, he; ea, she; id, it

Gen. eius, his, her, its; of him, of her, of it

Dat. ei, to (or for) him; to (or for) her; to (or for) it

Ace. eum, him; earn, her; id, it

AM. edyfrom, etc., him; ea. } from, etc., her; e6 from,

y etc., it

Plural

Nom. ei (ii), eae, ea, they

Gen. eorum, earum, eorum, their, of them
Dat. eis (iis), to (or for) them
Ace. eos, eas, ea, them
Abl. eis (iis), from, etc., them

368. Eius and Suus Compared. When his, her, its, their
refer to the subject of the verb, suus is used. When a person
120 LATIN FOR THE FIRST YEAR

or thing other than the subject is meant, his, her, or its is ex-

pressed by eius their is expressed by eorum or earum.

;

i. Consul fllium suum laudavit, the consul praised his

(own) son.
2. Consul filium eius laudavit, the consul praised his

(another man's) son.

3. Eius filii in oppido sunt, his sons are in town.

4. Pueri amicos suds vlderunt, the boys saw their (own)

friends.
5. Amicos eorum vidimus, we saw their friends.

369. VOCABULARY
initium, -1, N., beginning obtineo, -tinere, -tinui, -ten-
is,ea, id, this, that, he, she, it turn (ob + teneo), hold, oc-
verus, -a, -um, true cupy
memoria teneo, {hold in mem- persuaded, -suadere, -suasi,
ory), remember -suasum, persuade
a. In the phrase memoria teneo, the noun remains un-
changed; the verb is conjugated regularly.
b. Persuaded means "I give a persuasive reason to" and

so takes an indirect instead of a direct object, requiring

the dative case instead of the accusative: Viro persuadet, he
persuades the man.
c. Decline is lacus, ea legio, id flumen.

Memorize :
Leve fit quod bene fertur onus.
The burden which is well borne becomes light.
Ante victoriam ne" canas triumphum.
Do not sing your triumph before your victory.

EXERCISES
370.Eas puellas laudat.
i. 2. Eas laudat. 3. Eos

pueros vocabit. 4. Eos vocabit. 5. Fratrem tuum vldl,

 THE DEMONSTRATIVE PRONOUN IS 121

et el libros dedi. 6. Fratrl eius persuasl. 7. Fratri suo

persuadebit. 8. Puellae in ea urbe habitant; domus earum

est pulchra. 9. Liberl tui venient; quis cum els veniet?
10. Incolae sunt miseri; cibum els dare debemus. 11. Is fuit

prlnceps civitatis. 12. Helvetii ad eum legatos miserunt.

13. Caesar eas quas legati dlxerunt, memoria tenebat.
res,

14. Ob 15. Ea de causa pacem cum

earn rem niintium misi.
flnitimis suls facient. 16. Mult5s eorum, qui vulnerati

erant, vidimus. 17. Pater eius consul creatus esse dlcitur.

18. Scio eos fuisse amlcos mult5s annos. 19. Scio ea esse
vera. 20. Celtae earn partem Galliae obtinent. 21. Omnia,
quae discimus, memoria non tenemus.
1. His daughter was at home.
371. 2. Their country is famous.

3. Brave men defend their country. 4. Do you not praise them?

5. Did you persuade your neighbor?
6. Who remembers the man's

name? 7. Three cohorts of that legion were in Gaul. 8. Those

boys, whom you see, are the merchant's sons. 9. Some fled into
the forest, others across the river.

THE BOUNDARIES OF GAUL

372. Ea
pars Galliae, quam Celtae obtinent, initium
x

capit a, flumine Rhodano; continetur Garumna, flumine,

2
Oceano, finibus Belgarum; attingit flumen Rhenum.
3
Belgae ab finibus Celtarum ad Inferiorem partem flu-
minis RhenI pertinent.
Aquitania a# Garumna flumine ad Pyrenaeos montes et
4
earn partem Ocean! quae est ad Hispaniam, pertinet.
Answer in Latin : 1. Qui Galliam incolebant? 2. Qui erant
fortissimi Gallorum? 3. Cur ill! erant fortissimi? 4. Quae
flumina sunt in Gallia? 5. Ubi erat Aquitania?

1
Initium capit a (takes a beginning from), begins at.
2
Borders on.
3 4
Lower. Near.
122 LATIN FOR THE FIRST YEAR

LESSON XLVII
THE FUTURE INFINITIVE. REVIEW OF THE INFINITIVE
THE ABLATIVE OF SPECIFICATION

373.Future Active Participle. The future active partici-

ple is formed by adding -urus to the supine stem and is
1

•declined like bonus: amaturus, about to love; moniturus,

•about to warn; recturus, about to rule; auditurus, about to

hear. The future participle of sum is futurus, about to be.

374. The Future Infinitive. The future infinitive active
is the future participle with esse; the future infinitive pas-
sive is the supine with Iri. 2

Active Passive
amaturus esse, to be about to amatum iri, to be about to be
3
love loved
moniturus esse, to be about to monitum iri, to be about to be
warn warned
recturus esse, to be about to rectum iri, to be about to be
rule ruled
auditurus esse, to be about to auditum Iri, to be about to
hear be heard
futurus esse, to be about to be

375. Meaning of the Future Infinitive. The future in-

finitive denotes time after the main verb on which it depends.
It is to be translated by will or shall, would or should?
1. Dicit milites victuros esse, he says (that) the soldiers
'
will conquer.

The supine stem is found by dropping -um of the supine amat-,

1
:

monit-, rect-, audit-.

2
Iri is the present passive infinitive of eo, go.
3 The " "
phrase to be about to is used only to give the literal mean-

ing of the infinitive form. See 375.

 THE FUTURE INFINITIVE 1 23

2. Dixit mllites victuros esse, he said {that) the soldiers

would conquer.
3. Dicit mllites victum iri, he says (that) the soldiers will
be conquered.

4. Dixit mllites victum iri, he said (that) the soldiers would

be conquered.

a. The participle in the future active infinitive agrees

with the subject accusative.

376. TABLE OF INFINITIVE ENDINGS

Active Passive
Present -re -ri (-1)
l
Perfect -isse -us esse
Future -urus esse 1
-um iri

a. Write the infinitives of do, voco, habeo, video, mitto,

capio, scio, venio.

377. THE ABLATIVE OF SPECIFICATION (OR RESPECT)

i . Puer virtute fratrem superat, the boy excels his brother
in courage.
2. Romani et hostes numero pares erant, the Romans
and the enemy were equal in number.

In the illustrations the ablatives answer the questions:

In what respect does the boy excel? In what respect were
the Romans equal? They are called ablatives of specification.
378. Rule. The ablative without a preposition is used to
show in what respect the meaning of a verb, noun, or adjective
applies.
1
Esse is often omitted in the perfect passive and future active in-
finitives.
 tn

a
a
a
o

w ^
W a
< Si
M a
<
-a

124
 THE FUTURE INFINITIVE 1 25

379. VOCABULARY
auctoritas, -tatis, F., influ- reliquus, -a, -um, remain-
ence, authority ing, rest of; M. pi., as
potestas, -tatis, F., power noun, the rest

lex, legis, F., law spero, -are, -avi, -atum, hope

magnitudo, -tudinis, F. (mag- incendo, incendere, incendi,
nus), greatness, size incensum, set fire to, bum,
undique, adv., from all sides, , , coepi, ,
have
on all sides begun, began

a. The
defective verb coepi is used only in the perfect,
pluperfect, and future perfect tenses.

EXERCISES

380. Helvetii oppida incendent.

1. 2. Dicit Helvetios
oppida incensuros esse. 3. Explorator dixit Helvetios iter
trans provinciam facturos esse. 4. Sorores tuas Ven-
turas esse spero. 5. Nautas ad portum perventiiros esse

speramus. 6. Reglnam copias missiiram esse nuntiant.

7. Niintiatur copias a reglna missum Iri. 8. Pila iacere coe-

perunt. 9. Urbs undique defendl dicitur. 10. Via esse

longa dicitur. 11. Ubi imperator haec didicit, signum dari

iussit. 12. Caesar scribit mercatores ad Belgas non saepe
venisse. 13. Galli et German! erant lingua legibusque dissi-
miles. 14. Hie prlnceps reliquos potestate superavit.
15. Puto eum auctoritate non superatum esse.

381. 1. He says the boys will come. 2. He said the boys would
remain. 3. They are hoping that their friends will be at home.
4. We had begun to call the men
together from-all-sides. 5. Our
plan is to make friendship. 6.Did you know that your sons would
see the camp? 7. In the village there was a sailor, Cornelius by
name. The houses are unlike in size. 9. I know that the law
8.

was good. 10. I knew that the bridge had been burned.
126 LATIN FOR THE FIRST YEAR

THE HELVETII
382. Helvetil sunt clvitas potens Galliae. Reliquos Gallos
virtute superant, quod saepe proeliis cum Germanis con-
*
tendunt. Undique Helvetil continentui una ex parte :

flumine Rheno, qui agrum Helvetium a Germanis dividit;

altera ex parte monte Iura, qui est inter Sequanos et Hel-
vetios; tertia (ex parte) lacu. Lemanno et flumine Rhodano,
qui provinciam Romanam ab Helvetiis dividit.

LESSON XLVIII
PERSONAL AND REFLEXIVE PRONOUNS

383. Personal Pronouns. The personal pronouns are

ego, /, of the first person, and tu, thou, you, of the second.
For the third person the demonstratives, as already learned,
and the reflexive sui (384) are used.

First Person
Singular Plural
Norn, ego, / nos, we
Gen. mei, of me nostrum (nostri) , of us
Dat. mini, to
{for)
me nobis, to {for) us
Ace. me, me nos, us
Abl. me, from, etc., me nobis, from, etc., us

Second Person
Nom. tu, you vos, you
Gen. tui, of you vestrum, (vestri), of you
Dat. tibi, to {for) you vobis, to {for) you
Ace. te, you vos, you
AM. te, from, etc., you vobis, from, etc., you
a. The nominative forms ego, tu, nos, vos are used only
for emphasis or contrast :Tu es miles, ego sum nauta.
1
Una ex paTte = ex una parte; ex here means on (p. 40, foot note).
 personal and reflexive pronouns 1 27

384. the reflexive pronoun

Third Person
Singular and Plural

Gen. sui, of himself, herself, itself, themselves

Dat. sibi, to {for) himself, herself, itself, themselves
Ace. se (sese), himself, herself, itself, themselves
Abl. se (sese), from, etc., himself, herself, itself, themselves

385. The personal pronoun sui is called reflexive, because

it refers back to the subject of the main verb for its meaning:
1. Puer se defendit, the boy defends himself.
2. Puella se defendit, thegirl defends herself.

3. Liberi se defendunt, the children defend themselves.

a. For the first and second persons ego and tu are used in
the predicate as reflexives: Me
defendo, / defend myself; te
defendis, you defend yourself; nos defendimus, we defend our-
selves; vos defenditis, you defend yourselves.

386. Comparison of Sui and Is. When he, she, it, or they
refers to the subject of the main verb, Latin uses a form of
sui; when
these pronouns refer to a person or thing other
than the subject, a form of is (or of another demonstrative)
is required:
1. Puer dicit se audire, the boy says he (himself) hears.
2. Puer dicit eum audire, the boy says he (another
person) hears.

387. VOCABULARY
coniuratio, -onis, F., conspir- nobilitas, -tatis, F. (nobilis),
acy (a swearing together) nobility; the nobles (collec-
fortitudo, -tudinis, F., (for- tively)
tis) , bravery nobilis,-e, noble, distinguished
fuga, -ae, F., (fugio) flight , numquam, adv., never
128 LATIN FOR THE FIRST YEAR

ego, / praecedo, (prae + cedo, go

tu, you before), surpass
sui, of himself, herself, itself recipio, recipere, recepi, re-
cedo, cedere, cessi, cessum, ceptum, (re + capio), take
go; give way, yield back; se recipere, (betake
discedo, (dis + cedo), go one's self), retreat, with-
away, depart draw

EXERCISES

388. i. Ego te laudo. Quis nos laudavit? 3. Marcus

2.

se non laudabit. 4. Persuasitne tibi? l 5. Nonne vobls per-

suaserunt? 6. Liberi amicorum meorum vobiscum 2 venient.

7. Mihi dedit epistulam, quam tu scripsisti. 8. Hostes se

recipiunt; fuga se recipiunt. 9. Eo die fuga se in proxima

oppida receperunt. 10. Helvetil copiam fnimentl se-
cum 2
portaverant. n. Dicunt se terram parvam habere.
12. Fllia legati dlcit se Lucium vocaturam esse. 13. Scio
earn Lucium vocavisse. 14. Hi puerl sunt nobiles; sunt
filil
prlncipis. 15. Prmceps coniurationem nobilitatis fecit.

16. Hi milites sunt fortes; illos fortitiidine praecedunt.

17. Fortiter vos patriam vestram defendistis. 18. Caesar

legionem ab ea parte vici discedere iussit. 19. Ubi dux

Helvetiorum haec dixit, discessit.

389. 1. I have done this; you ought to do that. 2. This work

is pleasing
3
to me; is it not pleasing to you? 3. These men are
called Gauls by us, Celts by themselves. 4. Lucius hopes you will

surpass all the rest. 5. (Because of) these things

4
we will make
peace with you.
2
6. The flight of the horsemen has been reported.
7. These brave soldiers have never learned to retreat. 8. Our
leader has persuaded us.

1
See 369 b.
2
Cum used as an enclitic (18) with the ablative of personal and
is
reflexive pronouns, as well as with that of the relative.
Gratus, -a, -um.
1

* See
362.
 THE DEMONSTRATIVE PRONOUN IDEM 129

LESSON XLIX
THE DEMONSTRATIVE PRONOUN IDEM. THE INTENSIVE
PRONOUN IPSE

390. Idem. The demonstrative pronoun or adjective

idem, the same, is the demonstrative is + the suffix dem. Dis-
tinguish the masculine idem from the neucei idem and note
the accent of other forms. In the declension is changed m
to n before d: eundem, not eumdem.
130 LATIN FOR THE FIRST YEAR

noun, ipse is used in Latin; when these English words are

used alone, referring to the subject, sui is required in Latin:
He himself defended the bridge, ipse pontem def endit ; but He
defended himself, se defendit.
393. The pronouns thus far learned are of six classes:
1. Relative, qui 4. Personal, ego, tu
2. Interrogative, quis 5. Reflexive, sui
3. Demonstrative, hie, ille, 6. Intensive, ipse
iste, is, idem
a. Notice the connection of the possessive adjectives
meus, tuus, suus, noster, vester with ego, tu, sui, nos, vos.

394. VOCABULARY
ascensus, -us, M., ascent, prohibeo, -hibere, -hibui,
climbing -hibitum, (pro + habed,
facilis, -e, easy hold forward), keep away,

perfacilis, -e, very easy keep (from) ; prohibit

idem, eadem, idem, the same statuo, statuere, statu!,

aut, or; aut aut, conj.,. . . statutum, set up, station;

either . . . or resolve

pro, prep., w. abl., in front of, constituo, -stituere, -stitui,

before; in proportion to -stitutum, (con + statuo,

ipsum, himself, etc.
ipse, ipsa, , put together), station; deter-
demonstro, -are, -avi, -atum, mine, decide
point out, explain
EXERCISES
395. 1. Consul ipse in eo proelio vulneratus est. 2. Eas-
dem memoria tene5. 3. Domum regis ipslus videbimus.
res

4. Naves in eundem portum pervenerunt. 5. Mercatorl

ipsi persuasimus. 6. Non omnes sumus cupidl earundem

7. Haec epistula a regina ipsa scripta

1
rerum. esse dicitur.
8. Consilia nostra ab elsdem nuntiantur. 9. Nos ipsi haec
didicimus. 10. Iter per provinciam erat facile. 11. Ascen-
1
See 353.
 REVIEW OF LESSONS XL.ll-M.lX 131

sus montis est facilis. 12. Perfacile erit expugnare illud

oppidum. 13. Explorator demonstrat perfacile futurum

esse expugnare oppidum. 14. Caesar naves exspectare
statuit. 15. Una
pro castrls constituta est.
legio 16. Post

castra erat flumen latum. 17. Helvetil convenlre ad rlpam

RhenI constituerunt. 18. Helvetil aut suis flnibus 1 Ger-
manos prohibent aut ipsi in eorum flnibus bellum gerunt.
2
19. Semper Idem.

396. 1. Marcus and Quintus were living in the same city. 2. Cor-
nelia herself is ready to aid her mother. 3. These girls are daughters
of the same man. 4. Have you seen the sailors themselves? 5. We
shall come (by) an easy road. 6. You
yourselves have often con-
quered. 7. The lieutenant explained the same things to me.
8. Some* were fighting on the bank, others* in the river itself.

LESSON L
REVIEW OF LESSONS XLLT-XLIX
397- VOCABULARY
ascensus
132 LATIN FOR THE FIRST YEAR

REVIEW QUESTIONS
398. i. What are the chief uses of the Latin infinitive?
2. What the difference in meaning of the three tenses of
is

the infinitive, depending on a verb of saying? 3. Give all

 DEPONENT VERBS 133

used as object; of an ablative of cause; of an ablative of

specification.

Memorize :
Tii,quamcumque Deus tibifortunaverit h5ram,
Grata sume manu; nee dulcia differ in annum.
Horace.
Enjoy thankfully any happy hour Heaven may send you,
nor think that your delights will keep till another year.

ORGETORIX
399. Helvetios fuit prmceps, Orgetorlx n5mine, qui
Apud
reliquos prlncipes potestate et auctoritate superabat.
Cupidus regnl erat, et coniurationem nobilitatis fecit. Dixit
Helvetios virtute omnes praecedere, et totlus Galliae per-
l 2 3 4
facile potituros esse. Facilius els persuasit, quod fines
su5s esse angustos pro
5
multitiidine hominum proet 5

6
gloria belli atque fortitudinis putabant. Itaque Helvetil de
flnibus suis cum omnibus copiis exire constituerunt.
7

LESSON LI
DEPONENT VERBS. THE ABLATIVE WITH CERTAIN
DEPONENTS

400. Deponent Verbs. Some verbs are passive in form,

but active in meaning. They are called deponent, because
" "
they have laid aside (depono, lay aside) their active form.
Deponent verbs are conjugated like the passive of other

verbs, except that the future infinitive is active in form as

well as in meaning. The principal parts of the model de-
ponents are:
1 4
Adverb, very easily. I.e. (id est), Helvetiis.
2 5
Would- get-control (of) with gen. Considering.
6
3
More easily. Their renown (for).
7
To go out, emigrate.
134 LATIN FOR THE FIRST YEAR

Conjugation Pres. Ind. Pres. Inf. Perf. Ind.

I conor cdnarl conatus sum, try, attempt
II
 DEPONENT VERBS 135

403. Rule. The ablative is used like a direct object with the

deponent verbs utor, fruor {enjoy), fungor (perform), potior,

and vescor (eat).
a. Potior sometimes takes the genitive.

404. VOCABULARY
Sequanus, -l, M., a Sequa- polliceor, polliceri, pollicitus
nian; pi., the Sequani, the sum, promise
Sequanians proficiscor, proficlsci, profec-
hortor, hortari, hortatus tus sum, set out, depart, go
sum, urge, exhort, en- sequor, sequi, secutus sum,
1
courage follow

EXERCISES
405. 1. Hoc facere 2
conabimur. 2. Imperator suds
mllites hortatus est. Imperator dlcit se milites hortatu-
3.
rum esse. 4. Nautae altum mare non verentur. 5. Nautae
dicunt se altum mare non vereri. 6. Pollicetur se ventiirum
3
esse. 7. PollicitI erant se hoc facturos. 8. Aliis consilils

usl sumus; nonne hoc consilio titi debemus? 9. Quae legio

imperatorem sequetur? 10. Caesar decimam legionem

secutiiram esse dixit. 11. Legatum cum una legione sequi
iussit. 12. Illae civitates erant fortes, quod vlnum ad se
importarl non patiebantur. 13. Sequani erant proximi Hel-
4
vetiis. 14. Sequani Helvetios iter per fines suos facere

passl sunt. 15. Tertia vigilia e castris proriclscentur.

16. Explorator eos profectos esse nuntiat. 17. Amid nostrl
his agrls potiti sunt. 18. Scio amlcos nostros his agris

potltos esse.

406. 1. Do you fear the dangers of the journey? 2. They have

not tried to persuade us. 5 3. We ought to encourage these boys.
1
The present tense is sequor, sequeris, sequitur, sequimur, sequi-
mini, sequuntur.
2
A complementary infinitive (no).
4
See 246.
3
See page 123, footnote 1.
6
What case?
136 LATIN FOR THE FIRST YEAR

4. The men promised would defend) 1 the

to defend (that they

city. 5. The citizens will use many things that the merchants
have brought-in. 2 6. The ambassadors are said to have gone (set
out) from Rome at the fourth hour. 7. These men will follow
3 4

the others into the province. 8. They will allow us to do this.

5
9. The Romans got possession of the bridge which was near
Geneva.

LESSON LII

THE PRESENT SUBJUNCTIVE ACTIVE. CLAUSES OF

PURPOSE

There are three moods in Latin: the indicative, the

407.
subjunctive, and the imperative. In the subjunctive there
are four tenses: the present, the imperfect, the perfect, and
the pluperfect.

408. THE PRESENT SUBJUNCTIVE ACTIVE

6
may love
 THE PRESENT SUBJUNCTIVE ACTIVE 137

conjugations final -a- and -e- of the stem (ama-, rege-) are
dropped before the tense sign (am-em, reg-am) in the sec- ;

ond and fourth conjugations final -e- and -1- of the stem are
shortened (mone-am, audi-am). Capio forms its present
subjunctive like audio.
410. Meaning and Use of the Subjunctive. The sub-
junctive in Latin has many uses, some of which are expressed
in English by the subjunctive, but most by the indicative
or the potential. The Latin present subjunctive is rendered
not only by may, as in the models (408), but by should,
would, or by the indicative present or future, according to
the nature of the clause in which the subjunctive stands.
411. Clauses Expressing Purpose. When we say,." He
comes to see the city," the infinitive expresses the purpose
of his coming. In Latin prose the infinitive is not used to
express purpose, but a subjunctive clause with the conjunc-
tion ut, that, in order that: Venit ut videat, he comes to see
(or that he may see).

The present subjunctive is used when the main verb

a.

present, present perfect, future, or future perfect: Venio

is

(veni, veniam, venero) ut videam, / come {have come, shall

come, shall have come) to see {that I may see).
b. Instead of ut, the relative pronoun qui may be used as

the connective, if there is a convenient antecedent: Viros

mittit, qui videant, he is sending men to see {who shall see).

412. VOCABULARY
iumentum, -1, N., yoke-ani- deligo, deligere, delegi, de-
ma/, beast of burden lectum, choose, select

profectio, -onis, F., depar- emo, emere, emi, emptum,

ture buy
coemo, coemere, coemi, co- de, prep., w. abl., about, con-
emptum (co + emo), buy up cerning, of; see 218
comparo (com + paro, 108), ut, conj., that, in order that
prepare, get ready
138 LATIN FOR THE FIRST YEAR

EXERCISES

413. i. Pugnant ut vincant. Frumentum importabo,

2.

lit copiam habeatis. 3. Magna cum celeritate navigamus,

ut ad portum perveniamus. 4. Imperator pontem facit ut :

exercitum traducat. 5. Mllites castra muniunt, ut se de-

6. Haec
1
fendant. dlcimus, ut te laudemus. 7. Nuntios

mittemus, qui haec dlcant. 8. Dux tres legiones mittit, quae

oppidum oppugnent. 9. Viri Romam venerunt,
2
ut novum

Temple in the Forum Boarium

templum videant. 10. Prlncipes mittuntur, qui dlcant

civitatem Caesarl obsides daturam esse. 11. BritannI

magnas naves comparant. 12. Cives frumentum ement.

13. Mercatores omne frumentum non coemerunt. 14. Mar-

cus dux deligetur; cur non delectus est Quintus? 15. Ex-
1 2
See 319. Present perfect, see 411 a.
 THE PRESENT SUBJUNCTIVE PASSIVE 139

ploratores locum castrls idoneum deligunt.

1
16. Multa 2 de
profectione Helvetiorum audiemus.

414. 1. Galba sends his slave to buy food. 2. The men are as-
sembling to hear the orator. 3. The boy will write a letter to per-
suade his brother. 3 4. We have sent ambassadors to make peace.
5. These are the friends of (de) whom I have spoken. 6. He says
that the farmers have carts and beasts of burden. 7. In what

country did Orgetorix live? 8. They are coming to praise the

victor. 9. He will come to advise the lieutenant. 10. He does
not say this, in order that he may persuade you.

THE PLAN OF THE HELVETIANS

415. Helvetil omnes 4 res ad 5 profectionem comparare

constituunt, iument5rum et carrorum magnum numerum
coemere, magnas sementes frumentl facere, ut in itinere
copiam habeant, cum proximls civitatibus pacem et aml-
citiam conflrmare. Profectionem in 6 tertium annum lege
conflrmant et Orgetorigem ducem 7 deligunt.

LESSON LIII

THE PRESENT SUBJUNCTIVE PASSIVE. NEGATIVE

PURPOSE

416. TENSE ENDINGS OF THE PRESENT SUB-

JUNCTIVE
140
 THE PRESENT SUBJUNCTIVE PASSIA'E I4I

417. THE PRESENT SUBJUNCTIVE PASSIVE

1 1
/ may be loved, etc. I may be warned, etc.

amer monear
ameris monearis
ametur moneatur
amemur moneamur
amemini moneamini
amentur moneantur

a. Conjugate also regar, I may be ruled; capiar, I may be

taken; audiar, / may be heard; coner, / may try; verear, /

may fear; utar, / may use.

418. PRESENT SUBJUNCTIVE OF SUM

l
sim, / may be simus, we may be
sis, you may be sitis, you may be
sit, (he, etc.) may be sint, (they) may be

419. Negative Purpose. In the sentence " They are

fortifying the town, that it may not be captured," the de-
pendent clause expresses purpose negatively. The connec-
tive for negative purpose in Latin is ne, that not, lest: . . .

Oppidum muniunt, ne expugnetur.

420. Rule. The Subjunctive in Clauses of Purpose.
The subjunctive is used with ut, ne, or a relative^ in clauses
expressing the purpose of an action.

421. VOCABULARY
fides, fidel, Y., faith, pledge (co + ago, drive together),
nihil, N. (indecl.), nothing collect, compel
ago, agere, egi, actum, loquor, loqui, locutus sum,
(drive), do, act speak, talk
cogo, cogere, coegi, coactum,
1
This is only one of the subjunctive meanings, as explained in 410.
142 LATIN FOR THE FIRST YEAR

EXERCISES
422. Hostes fugiunt, ne capiantur. 2. Mllites fortiter
i.

pugnant, ne vincantur. 3. Liberos defendemus, ne in perl-

culo sint. 4. Hoc facimus, ne ab els videamur. 5. Pater
fllias suas vocat, ut eas hortetur. 6. Consul ipse exercitum
diicet, ut urbe potiatur. 7. Prmceps conhlrationem facit,
ut sit rex Helvetiorum. 8. Coniiirationem facit, ut appelle-
tur rex. Magistrates exercitum cogent, ne hie vir sit r£x.
9.
10. In Italiam, ut cum consule loquar, contendam. 1 11. Heri
multa hodie hoc ago; eras nihil agam.
egl; 12. Dlcit se
nihil eras acturum esse. 13. SequanI obsides regl Germano-
rum dederunt. 14. Rex Sequanos obsides dare coegit. 2
15. Hi duces Galliae inter se 3 fidem dant.

423. 1. I shall send a slave to give you the book. 2. The soldiers
are using good shields, that they may not be wounded. 3. My
friend desires to speak 4 with you. 4. I have sent him to speak 5
with you. 5. The slaves are remaining in the forest, that they may
not be seen. 6. Who will compel them to remain?
6

Memorize :
Qui non proficit, deficit.
He who does not advance falls behind.
Nil desperandum.
Never despair. Nothing should be despaired of.

LESSON LIV
THE IMPERFECT SUBJUNCTIVE. PRIMARY AND SEC-
ONDARY TENSES
424. Formation of the Imperfect Subjunctive. The im-
perfect subjunctive may be formed by adding the personal
endings to the active infinitive. The tense sign, therefore,
is -re-.

The words of an independent clause

1
may be separated, the de-
pendent clause standing between them. 4
See 109.
2 6
Compelled. See 420.
*
To one another (between themselves). 8
See 343.
 the imperfect subjunctive 143

425. the imperfect subjunctive

First Conjugation
Active Passive
1 1
I might love, etc. I might be loved, etc.

ama'rem ama'rer
ama'res amare 'ris
ama'ret amare 'tur
amare 'mus amare 'mur
amare 'tis amare 'mini
ama'rent amaren'tur

Second Conjugation
1 1
7"
might warn, etc. I might be warned, etc.

mone'rem mone'rer
mone'res monere 'ris
mone'ret monere'tur
monere 'mus monere 'mur
monere'tis monere 'mini
mone'rent moneren'tur

a. Conjugate regerem, regerer; caperem, caperer; audl-

rem, audirer, as given on pages 282 and 285.

b. Form the imperfect subjunctive of do, video, duco,
venio ; conor, vereor, utor, patior, potior.

426. imperfect subjunctive of sum

essem, / might be 1 essemus, we might be
esses, you might be essetis, you might be
esset, (he, etc.) might be essent, (they) might be

427. Meaning of the Imperfect Subjunctive. In most

subordinate clauses the imperfect subjunctive is to be trans-
lated like the imperfect indicative, as will be explained later.
1
See 427.
144 LATIN FOR THE FIRST YEAK

In purpose clauses, might or should is used to form the

English equivalent, as in the following:
i. Venerunt, ut viderent, they came that they might see,
or they came to see.
2. Viros misit, qui viderent, he sent men who should see,
or he sent men to see.
3. Venerunt, ne viderentur, they came that they might
not be seen.

He comes (he has

'

428. As was shown in 411 a, we say,

come, he will come, he will have come), that he may see,"
venit (venit, veniet, venerit), ut videat. So we say, "He was
coming (he came, he had come), that he might see," venie-
bat (venit, venerat), ut videret.
A present subjunctive, then, is used in a purpose clause
when it depends on a main verb of present 1 or future action;
an imperfect subjunctive is used when it depends on a main
verb of past action.
429. Primary and Secondary Tenses. The tenses of pres-
ent and future action are called primary tenses. They in-
clude the present, present perfect, future, and future perfect
indicative, the present and perfect subjunctive.
The tenses of past action are called secondary tenses.
They include the imperfect, historical perfect, and pluper-
fect indicative, the imperfect and pluperfect subjunctive.

430. Rule. The Sequence 2 (or Harmony) of Tenses.

In complex sentences primary tenses are used in clauses depend-

ing upon primary tenses, secondary tenses in clauses depending

upon secondary tenses.

a. This general rule will be more fully illustrated in follow-
ing lessons.

431. The Historical Present. The present indicative is

often used to state or describe a past event more vividly,
1
Including the present perfect.
2
From sequor.
 THE IMPERFECT SUBJUNCTIVE J 45

and is then called the historical present: Orgetorix dux deli-

gitur, Orgetorix is (was) chosen leader.

432. VOCABULARY
iugum, -1, N., yoke Haeduus, -1,M., a Haeduan;
1
legatio, -onis, F., mission, pi., Ilaeduans, the Haedui.
embassy Haeduus, -a, -um, Haeduan
equitatus, -us, M. (eques),
2
sub, prep., w. ace., under,
cavalry up to;- w. abl., under, at
principatus, -us, M. (prin- the foot of

ceps), leadership pono, ponere, posui, positum,

Diviciacus, -1, M., Diviciacus place, put, pitch (a camp)
(div-i-shi-a/kus) suscipio, suscipere, suscepl,
Dumnorix, Dumnorigis, M., susceptum, (sub -f-capio),
Dumnorix undertake

EXERCISES
433. i. Puerum vocavT, lit cum eo loquerer. 2. Puer
venit, ut audiret. 3. Cur Galli oppidum incenderunt?
4. incenderunt, ne ab hostibus expugnaretur.
Oppidum
5. Caesar 3
equitatum miserat, qui hostes a castrls prohibe-
ret. 6. Pontem faciebat, ut trans flumen exercitum tradu-

ceret. 7. Servl pugnaverunt, ut essent llberi. 8. Idem 4

coniurationem fecit, ut esset rex.
Mllites castra ponunt.9.
10. Idoneum locum deligunt, ut castra ponant. 11. Helvetil
exercitum Romanum sub iugum mlserunt. 12. Sub monte
5

6
erat vlcus parvus. 13. Quis erit legatus ad clvitates?
1
A
Gallic tribe west of the Helvetii.
2
Sub, like in, takes the accusative to denote motion, the ablative to
denote rest.
3
See 221.
4
The same man.
6
The yoke, under which a conquered army was made to pass, was
either an ox-yoke, or a spear resting across two other spears fixed upright
in the ground.
6
Ambassador.
146 LATIN FOR THE 'FIRST YEAR

Charles Gleyrc
Romans passing under Yoke of Helvetians

14. Orgetorlx legationem ad clvitates proximas suscipiet.

15. Haedul erant proximi Helvetils. 16. Dlviciacus erat

princeps Haeduorum. 17. PrTncipatum civitatis suae obti-

nebat. 18. Dumnonx erat frater Diviciaci.

434. 1. He says they are pitching the camp. 2. He said they

would pitch the camp. 3. He thinks they have pitched the camp.
4. He knew the camp had been pitched. 5. These legions had been
sent to pitch the camp. 6. The sailor was using this trumpet, 1 that
he might give the signal. 7. This is the trumpet that he used.
8. We fled that we might not be in
danger.
1
See 403.
 THE DATIVE WITH SPECIAL VERBS 147

LESSON LV
THE DATIVE WITH SPECIAL VERBS. NOUN CLAUSES WITH
UT OR NE

435- VOCABULARY
classis, classis, F., fleet indulged, indulgere, indulsi,
imperium, impe'ri (96), N., indultum, favor, indulge
command, control noceo, nocere, nocui, noci-
matrimdnium, -1 (96), N., tum, harm, injure
marriage pared, parere, parui, ,

telum, -1, N., missile, weapon obey, submit to

verbum, -1, N., word studeo, studere, studui, ,

antea, adv., before, formerly be eager for

item, adv., likewise permittd, (per+mittd), per-

impero, -are, -avi, atum, mit, allow
command resisto, resistere, restiti,

,
resist

436. The Dative with

Special Verbs. Such verbs as com-
mand, persuade, resist require a direct object in English, but
an indirect object in Latin: Mflitibus imperavit, he com-
manded (gave orders to) the soldiers; suis arnlcis persuasit,
he persuaded (made something agreeable to) his friends;
hostibus resistent, they will (stand against) the enemy.
resist

437. Rule. The dative of the indirect object is used with

verbs meaning favor, help, please, trust and their opposites;
believe, persuade, command, obey, serve, resist; envy,
threaten, pardon, spare.
a. These verbs include credo, impero, noceo, pared, per-

suaded, placed {please), resisto, studeo; but iubed and

iuvd govern the accusative.

438. Noun Clauses with Ut or Ne. Clauses introduced by

ut or ne are often used as nouns, depending on principal
11
148 LATIN FOR THE FIRST YEAR

verbs meaning advise, command, persuade, urge, and the like.

The mood of the subordinate verb is the subjunctive, and
the tense is the present or imperfect, as explained in 428:

1. EI persuasi, ut venlret, / persuaded him to come.

2. Eum monebo, ne hoc faciat, / shall advise him not to

do this.

a. Notice in these illustrations that the English subordi-

nate verb is in the infinitive; to come, to do.
b. Such noun clauses are sometimes called volitive clauses,

or clauses of volition, denoting something that is wanted.

439. Rule. Noun clauses with ut or ne are used as objects

of verbs meaning advise, command, demand, induce, permit,

persuade, urge.
a. These verbs include hortor, imperd, moneo, permittd,

persuaded, peto (request), postulo (demand); but iubeo and

patior take an infinitive with subject accusative (343).

Memorize :
Stultus, ab obliquo qui cum descendere possit,
Pugnat in adversas ire natator aquas. Ovid. —
He a foolish swimmer who swims against the stream,
is

when he might take the current sideways.

EXERCISES
440. His puerls persuadere conabor. 2. Sagittae copi-
i.

arum oppidanis non nocuerunt. 3. Mllites imperatori parere

debent. 4. Caesar decimae legion! indulsit. 5. Nonne
credis huic servo, qui Roma venit? 6.Principes eius clvi-
tatis novls rebus 1
studebant. 7. Bonus imperator suos 2
semper hortatur, ut fortes sint. 8. Legatus els imperabit,
ut castra muniant. 9. Hi virl nobis persuaserunt, ne in
vico remaneremus. 10. Monuistlne flnitimos, ut tuo consilio
1
A change of government; literally, new things.
2
See 319.
 THE DATIVE WITH SPECIAL VERBS 1
49

uterentur? 11. Helvetil imperio 1 totius Galliae potirl conati

sunt. 12. Caesar classem convenire iussit. 13. Orgetorix
flliam suam in matrimonium Dumnorlgl, principi Haedu-
orum, dedit. 14. Dicit se clvibus esse persuasurum, ut
legatos mittant. 15. Rex equitatul suo permiserat, ut agros
Gallorum vastaret.

441. 1. You have persuaded me by these words. 2. He says he

will command the sailors. 3. These tribes will resist the Roman
army. 4. We
obeyed the chief, and sailed out-of the harbor with
2

3
the whole fleet. 5. They will urge these boys to come. 6. They
were urging them to come. 7. The lieutenant ordered 4 the fleet
to sail. 8. The magistrate will warn the traders not to set out from
the city to-day. 9. The general used these weapons to conquer 5
the forces of the enemy. 10. These men, who love their country,
are not eager for a revolution (new things). 11. Did you hear all
the words of the consul?

THREE GALLIC CHIEFS

442. Orgetorix legationem ad clvitates suscipit. Persua-
det Castico Sequano, 6 cuius pater regnum multos annos 7
obtinuerat et a. senatu popull RomanI amicus appellatus
erat, ut regnum in clvitate sua occuparet, 8 quod pater antea
habuerat; itemque Dumnorlgl HaeduS, fratrl DlviciacI, qui
eo tempore prlncipatum in clvitate obtinebat, ut idem cona-
retur 8 persuadet, elque flliam suam in matrimonium dat.
9
Itaque hi tres prlncipes inter se fidem dant, et totius Galliae
10
imperio sese potlturos esse sperant.
1
See 403.
2
Denoting accompaniment (136).
8
Accusative.
4
Use iubeo.
6
Expressing purpose.
6
In apposition with Castico.
7
See 291.
8
The imperfect is used because persuadet here has the force of a
past tense (431).
9
Inter se, to one another.
10
Emphatic form of se.
15° LATIN FOR THE FIRST YEAR

LESSON LVI
THE VERB POSSUM. CLAUSES OF RESULT

443. The verb possum, / am able, I can, is composed of

the adjective potis, able, and the verb sum. The principal
parts are possum, posse (to be able), potui ( I have been
able).
a. Learn the conjugation of possum in the indicative, the

subjunctive (present and imperfect), and the infinitive, as

given on pages 290 and 291. The participle potens, powerful,
is used as an adjective, as already learned (242).

444. Possum is usually found with a complementary

infinitive (no):
1. Hoc facere possumus, we can (are able to) do this.
2. Hoc facere poteramus, we could (were able to) do this.

445. VOCABULARY
auxilium, auxi'H, N., aid, terreo, -ere, -ui, -itum,
help frighten, terrify
sapiens, sapientis, wise accido, accidere, accidi, ,

talis, tale, such (ad + cado, fall to), happen

tantus, -a, -um, so great, so ascendo, ascendere, ascendi,
much ascensum, climb, ascend
tot, indecl. adj., so many efficio, efficere, effeci, effec-

ita, adv., so tum (ex + facio, work out),

sic, adv., so, in such a manner bring about, effect

tarn, adv., so, used w. adjec- lego, legere, legi, lectum

tives and adverbs (gather), read

"
446. Result Clauses. In the sentence The soldiers

fought bravely, that they might conquer," the subordinate

clause, as we know, expresses purpose, the will of the soldiers;
"
but if we say, They fought so bravely that they con-
 THE VERB POSSUM. CLAUSES OF RESULT 151

quered," the clause expresses a fact resulting from the main

action and is called a clause of result.
The verb in a result clause is indicative in English, but
subjunctive in Latin. The connective is ut, as in purpose
clauses; but in negative result clauses ut non is used, not
ne.
1. Ita fortiter pugnaverunt, ut vincerent, they fought so

bravely that they conquered.

2. Sic oppidum muniebatur, ut non expugnaretur, the
town was so fortified that it was not captured.
3. Tarn altus est mons, ut non ascendere possimus, the
mountain is so high that we cannot climb (it).
a. The main clause upon which a clause of result depends
often contains an adverb meaning so (ita, sic, tarn) or an
adjective meaning such, so great (talis, tantus). The pres-
ence of such a word helps to distinguish a clause of result
from one of purpose.
b. The tense in result clauses follows the rule stated in 430.

447. Rule. The subjunctive is used with ut or ut non in

clauses expressing result.

448. Noun Clauses of Result. The clauses illustrated in

446 are adverbial. Other clauses of result are used as nouns,
being the subject of verbs meaning happen and the subject
or object of verbs meaning accomplish, cause, bring about.

1. Accidit ut consul esset in castris, it happened that the

consul was in the camp.
2. Consul effecit ut esset copia frumentl, the consul
brought it about that there was a supply of grain.

449. Summary of Ut Clauses. We have seen that ut may

introduce the following:
a. Purpose clauses (420). The negative is ne.
b. Result clauses (447). The negative is ut non.
c. Noun clauses depending on verbs meaning advise, com-
mand, persuade, urge, and the like (439). The negative is ne.
152 LATIN FOR THE FIRST YEAR

d. Noun clauses depending on verbs meaning happen,

cause, accomplish (448). The negative is ut non.

EXERCISES

450. 1. Quis ilium montem ascendere potest? 2. Legatus

hoc oppido potlrl poterit. 3. Equites hostibus resistere

poterant. 4. Multa facere non potueram. 5. Galba dlcit

se telum iacere posse. 6. Dlcit se audire non potuisse.
7. Potesne slgna videre? 8. Nonne els persuadere potestis?

451. 1. We can. 2. You could. 3. They will not be able.

4. They have not been able. 5. He had been able. 6. I shall have
been able. 7. He says that you can. 8. He said that you could.

452. 1. Ita hostes territl sunt, ut in silvas fugerent.

2. Milites se tarn celeriter receperunt, 1 ut paucl caperentur.

3. Tantum erat perlculum puerorum, ut auxilium mittere-

mus. 4. Haec puella tot libros habet, ut omnes legere non
possit. 5. Orator tarn longe aberat, ut eum audire non pos-
semus. 6. Talem consulem habetis, ut timere non debeatis.
7. Accidit ut flumen sit altum. 8. Tanta est altitudo flumi-

nis, ut agmen sine navibus transire

2
non possit. 9. Dum-
3
norlx perfecit ut civitates inter se obsides darent. 10. Quis
4
est tarn sapiens, ut omnia sciat? n. Verbum sapientl sat
est. 12. Quos libros legistl?

453. 1. He is so brave that he fears nothing. 2. He was so

brave that he feared nothing. 3. So great is their valor that they

always conquer. 4. The Romans fortified the city in-such-a-way
that the enemy were not able to take (capture) it. 5. It happened
that the journey was not long. 6. Caesar ordered the scouts to
climb the mountain. 7. The king will send the cavalry to frighten
the enemy's troops. 8. I have read the letter that you wrote at
Geneva. 9. Can you throw the javelin across the field?
1
See 387. 8
Inter se, to each other.
8
To cross. 4
Enough, sufficient.
 COMPOUNDS OF SUM 1 53

LESSON LVII
COMPOUNDS OF SUM. THE DATIVE WITH COMPOUND
VERBS. THE DATIVE OF THE POSSESSOR

454. Compounds of Sum.

Verbs formed by combining
sum with prepositions are conjugated like the simple verb
sum. Among these are:

absum, be away, be absent praesum, be at the head of, be

adsum, be near, be present in charge {command) of

desum, be lacking, fail supersum, be over, remain,
intersum, be between survive

455. VOCABULARY
iudicium,-!, N., judgment, trial praesto, praestare, praestiti,
ius, iuris, N., right praestitum, stand before,
mors, mortis, F., death excel

munitio, -onis, F., (munio), curro, currere, cucurri, cur-

fortification sum, run
vinculum, -i, N., bond, fetter occurro, occurrere, occurri,
tamen, adv., however, never- occur sum, (ob + curro, run
theless against), meet
morior, mori, mortuus sum, praeficio, -ficere, -feci, -fec-
die turn (prae + facio, put be-
sto, stare, steti, statum,5/awJ fore), put in command

456. THE DATIVE WITH COMPOUND VERBS

i. Marcus legion! praeest, Marcus is-in- command- of the

legion.
2. Imperator legion! Marcum praefecit, the general put
Marcus in-command-of the legion.

3. Marcus omnibus virtute praestat, Marcus excels all

in valor.
a. The datives in these sentences depend upon verbs com-

pounded with prae and are regarded as indirect objects.

154 LATIN FOR THE FIRST YEAR

457. Rule. Some verbs

compounded with ad, ante, con, de,
in, inter, ob, post, prae, pro, sub, super take a dative of the
indirect object.

a. Among the verbs so used are adsum, desum, praesum ;

occurro, praeficio, praesto.

b. The dative of indirect object, as now
learned, is used with:
1. Transitive verbs (59).
2. Verbs of special meaning (437).

3. Verbs compounded with certain prepositions (457).

458. The Dative of the Possessor. We may express the

"
sentence The trader has a horse " in two ways in Latin:
Mercator equum habet, or Equus mercatori est. In the
latter sentence, which literally means A horse is (belongs) to
the trader, the possessor is expressed by the dative, and that
which is owned by the nominative.
459. Rule. The dative is used with the verb sum to de-
note the possessor.
EXERCISES
460. 1. Multl hodie adsunt; pauci absunt. 2. Heri afuit
Qulntus; eras eum adfuturum spero. 3. Magna pars aesta-
tis superest. 4. Quod pars aestatis supererat, Caesar cum
copils suls in Britanniam navigare constituit. 5. Ex eo
proelio multl mllites superfuerunt. 6. Equites et naves et

frumentum Romanls deerant. 1

7. Nostrl hostibus occurre-

runt, et eos celeriter superaverunt. 8. Imperator nuntium

ad Labienum, legatum Romanum qui decimae legion!
praeerat, misit. 9. Caesar el munltionl, quam fecerat,
Labienum praefecit. 10. Orgetorlx dixit Helvetios reliquls
Gallls praestare. 11. Huic mllitl sunt scutum et quattuor

plla. 12. Helvetils erant duodecim oppida et multl vlcl.

13. Postquam explorator has res vldit, ad castra cucurrit et

legatos monuit. 14. Decima legio in sinistra parte aciei

proxima nonae stetit. 15. Ubi Caesar flumen non longe

abesse vldit, exercitum tradiixit.
1
See 7 a.
 REVIEW OF LESSONS LI-LVII 155

461. i. The Romans

did not have a large fleet. 1 2. Labienus
had-been-in-command-of the army. 3. Brutus was-put-in-com-
mand-of the fleet. 4. Many men 2
urged Caesar to put Brutus in-
command-of the fleet. 5. Can you see the fortification that our
(men) have constructed (made)? 6. After the death of the chief,
the tribe was conquered. 7. Did the conqueror send the army
under the yoke? 8. Who is absent today?

THE DEATH OF ORGETOKIX

462. Ea coniuratio principum est Helvetils nuntiata.
Orgetorlgem ex 3 vinculis causam dlcere 4 Ad
roegerunt.
indicium omnes suds clientes, quorum magnum numerum
habebat, conduxit. Per eos se eripuit.
5
Cum 6
cl vitas armls
ius suum exsequi conaretur, 7
Orgetorix mortuus est. Post
eius mortem tamen Helvetil id, quod constituerant, facere
8
conantur, et e finibus suis exire parant.

LESSON LVIII
REVIEW OF LESSONS LI-LVII

463. VOCABULARY
auxilium
156 LATIN FOR THE FIRST YEAR

sto
 COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES 1
57

THE HELVETIANS CONTINUE THEIR PREPARATIONS

465. Ubi se ad earn rem 1
paratos esse arbitrate sunt,
oppida sua omnia, vlcos, reliqua prlvata aedificia incendunt.
Frumentum omne, praeter (id) quod secum portaturl 2 erant,
combiirunt, ut domum reditionis spem tollerent. Persua-
3

dent flnitimls, ut eodem consilio utantur et cum els proficls-

cantur.

LESSON LIX
COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES. THE ABLATIVE OF COM-
PARISON

466. Comparison. Adjectives in Latin, as in English,

have three degrees: positive, comparative, and superlative.
The comparative is formed by adding to the base of the posi-
tive -ior for the masculine and feminine, -ius for the neuter:

alt-ior, alt-ius, higher. The

superlative is formed by adding
-issimus (-a, -urn) to the base of the positive: alt-issimus,
-a, -um, highest.
Positive Comparative Superlative

altus, high altior, higher altissimus, highest

fortis, brave fortior, braver fortissimus, bravest
audax, bold audacior, bolder audacissimus, boldest
sapiens, wise sapientior, wiser sapientissimus, wisest
a. Compare densus, latus, longus ; brevis, gravis, nobilis ;

potens.

467. Adjectives in -er form the superlative by adding

-rimus to the nominative of the positive:

acer, sharp acrior, sharper acerrimus, sharpest

liber, free liberior, freer llberrimus, freest
a. Compare miser, pulcher.
1
Rem, movement, the migration.
i.e.,
2
Portaturi, about tocarry (See 373).
•
Domum, denoting place to which, modifying reditionis (282).
I58 LATIN FOR THE FIRST YEAR

468. The
following adjectives in -lis form the superlative
by adding -limus to the base of the positive: facilis, easy;
difficilis, difficult; similis, like; dissimilis, unlike; humilis,
low:

facilis, easy facilior, easier facillimus, easiest

a. Compare difficilis, similis.

469. Declension of Comparatives. Adjectives of the com-

parative degree belong to the third declension. Learn the
declension of the model altior, page 272.
a. Decline facilior and the phrases manus longior, oppi-
dum longius.
b. Adjectives of the superlative degree are declined like

bonus.

470. VOCABULARY
pes, pedis, M.,foot celer, celeris, celere, swift
turris, turns, F., tower ferax, feracis, fertile
vadum, -1, N.,ford utilis, -e, (utor), useful

fluo, fluere, fluxl, fluxum, propinquus, -a, -urn, near

flow quam, conj., than

471. THE ABLATIVE OP COMPARISON. THE MEASURE

OP DIFFERENCE
the sword was
i. Gladius brevior fuit quam pilum,
shorter than the
2. Gladius brevior fuit pflo,
javelin.
. Gladius brevior fuit quam pflum quattuor pedibus,
the sword was four feet shorter (shorter by four feet)
than the javelin.
a. In the sentence comparison is expressed with the
first

conjunction quam, than, gladius and pilum being in the same

case; in the second sentence without quam, pild being in the
ablative case, the ablative of comparison.
b. In the third sentence the ablative phrase quattuor pedi-

bus denotes the measure or degree of difference, answering

the question By how much?
 COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES J 59

472. Rule. A comparative without quam is followed by

the ablative; when quam is used, the words denoting
but the

things compared are in the same case.

473. Rule. The ablative is used with comparatives to ex-

press the measure of difference.

View of the Rhine River

EXERCISES

474. i. Agri latiores. 2. Flumina latiora. 3. Miiris alti-

oribus. 4. Per silvas densiores. 5. In oppida pulchriora.
6. Lacus longioris. 7. Lacuum longiorum. 8. Militi forti-
ori. 9. Militi fortissimo. 10. Cum militibus fortissimis.
11. Celerrimae naves. Dimcillimum iter.
12.

475. 1. Omnium Gallorum fortissimi erant Belgae.

2. Apud Helvetios nobilissimus fuit Orgetorix. 3. Caesar
l6o LATIN FOR THE FIRST YEAR

Rhenum esse latissimum atque altissimum putavit. 4. Sci-

mus agros huius clvitatis esse feracissimos. 5. Tres potentis-

simae nationes totius Galliae potlrl conatl sunt. 6. Terram
l

pulchriorem quam nostram non vidimus. 7. Hoc iter multo 2

facilius est quam illud. 8. Iter per Alpes erit difficile merca-
toribus, qui Roma veniunt.
3
9. Consul epistulam portarl
a nuntio celeriore iussit. 10. Centuriones imperatorem alii
Galbam praefectiirum esse putaverunt. 11. Apud
legion!
Romanos quis fuit clarior quam Caesar? 12. Nonne sapi-
4
entes putant libros esse utiliores pills?

476. 1. Who was the most famous orator of the Romans?

2. Was he much 5
more famous than his brother Quintus? 3. We
know that in winter the days are shorter than the nights. 4. You
have never seen braver soldiers. 5. They will resist 6 the most
powerful enemy. 6. The Gauls were conquered by a more powerful
nation. 7. The tower was ten feet higher than the wall. 8. The
7
king will use his swiftest ships, that he may reach the province
in a few days. 9. The shortest road is not always the easiest.

Memorize:
Silent leges inter arma.
The laws are silent in time of war,

TWO EOADS FROM HELVETIA

477. Erant itinera duo quibus domo exlre 8
possent: tinum
per Sequanos, angustum et difficile, inter montem Iuram et
flumen Rhodanum (mons tarn propinquus erat, ut facile 9
10
paucl prohibere possent) ;
alterum per provinciam, multo
facilius, propterea quod inter fines Helvetiorum et Allobro-
n Rhodanus 12
gum fluit isque vado transltur.

7
1
See 403 a. Pervenio ad.
2
See 473.
8
Domo exlre, to emigrate.
8 9
See 223. Adv., easily.
10
4
See 319. To prevent (a passage).
6 u The
By much. u
Allobroges (a-lob'ro-jez).
*
See 437. Is crossed.
 IRREGULAR COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES l6l

LESSON LX
IRREGULAR COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES

478. The following adjectives are compared irregularly:

bonus, good melior, better optimus, best

malus, bad peior, worse pessimus, worst
magnus, great maior, greater maximus, greatest
parvus, small minor, smaller minimus, smallest
multus, much, pi. many plus, more plurimus, most

a. Decline the comparatives: melior, melius; maior,

maius (gen. maioris); peior, peius (gen. peioris); minor,
minus (gen. minoris).
b. Learn the declension of plus, as given on page 273. In
the singular this word is used only as a noun.

479. The positive forms of the following are rarely used:

exterus, outside exterior, outer extremus (extimus),

outermost
inferus, below inferior, lower lnfimus (Imus), lowest
posterus, following posterior, later postremus (postumus),
last

superus, above superior, higher supremus (summus),

highest

480. Some adjectives are compared by using the adverbs

magis, more, and maxime, most, with the positive; especially
adjectives in -us preceded by e or i: idoneus, dubius:

dubius magis dubius maxime dubius

481. Special Meanings. The comparative is sometimes

to be translated by too or rather: longior, too long, or rather

long; the superlative by very: longissimus, very long.

1 62 LATIN FOR THE FIRST YEAR

482. VOCABULARY
collis, collis, M., hill amicus, -a, -um, friendly, de-
laus, laudis, F., praise voted
servitus, -tutis (servus), F., inimicus, -a, -um, unfriendly,
slavery hostile

nuper, adv., recently mereor, mereri, meritus

existimo, -are, -avi, -atum, sum, deserve, merit
think, believe
EXERCISES
483. 1. Consilium melius. 2. Cives optimi. 3. Insula
minor. 4. Domus minima. 5. Maius cornu. 6. Maiora
cornua. 7. Maior spes. 8. Maximus numerus. 9. Plures
clvitates. 10. Plurimae naves. 11. Extremi fines. 12. In-
ferior pars. 13. Postero die. 14. Magna cum laude.
15. Summa cum laude. 16. Altissimus mons. 17. Summus l

mons. 18. E pluribus unum.

484.Homines nihil peius esse servitute putant. 2. Hie
1.

puer maiorem laudem quam ille meretur. 3. Scio te maxi-

mam laudem meriturum esse. 4. Existimasne milites mino-
rem laudem quam imperatorem meritos esse? 5. Belgae sunt
proximl Germanis. 6. Ad
Inferiorem partem fluminis Rheni
pertinent. 7. Haec clvitas populo Romano inimica erat.
8. Naves Gallicae multo humiliores erant quam Romanae.
9. In summo x
hostium vlsae erant. 10. Explo-
colle copiae
ratores mittentur, ut locum magis idoneum castris deligant.

485. 1. Peace is better than war. 2. We think this plan is

better than that. 3. Italy is much larger than Helvetia. 4. I

heard that the danger would be very great. 5. The tenth legion
was very-friendly to Caesar. 6. He
hears that those slaves are
2
most suitable for the work. 7. It often happens that a smaller
nation excels in valor. 8. This man has many horses and carts. 3
1
Summus here means the highest part of, the top of.
2
See 448.
1
Express in two ways (459).
 adverbs: their formation and comparison 163

the way through the province

486. Allobroges, clvitas provinciae, a, populo Romano
nuper pacati erant et ob earn rem non erant amid.
1
Extre-
mum«~oppidum Allobrogum proximumque Helvetiorum fini-
bus est Genava. Ex
eo oppido pons ad Helvetios pertinet.
Helvetii se Allobrogibus persuasuros exlstimabant, ut per
suos fines e5s iter facere paterentur. Diem dlcunt 2
qua die 3

ad rlpam RhodanI omnes conveniant. Is dies erat ante diem

qulntum (i. e., quintus dies ante) Kalendas Aprlles. Turn
Lucius Plso et Aulus Gabmius erant consules Romani.

LESSON LXI

ADVERBS: THEIR FORMATION AND COMPARISON

487. Formation of Adverbs. Adverbs are derived chiefly

from adjectives.

a. Some adverbs are formed from adjectives of the first and

second declension by adding -e to the base: latus, wide,
late, widely.
b. Some adverbs are formed from adjectives of the third
declension by adding -ter (-iter) to the base: audax, bold,
audacter, boldly; fortis, brave, fortiter, bravely.
c. Some adverbs are case forms of adjectives or nouns,
as the neuter accusative: facile, easily, multum, much; the
ablative: primo, at first, una, together.

488. Comparison of Adverbs. Adverbs are regularly com-

pared thus: The comparative
the neuter singular of the
is

comparative of the adjective; the superlative is the superla-

tive of the adjective with final -us changed to -e.

1
Adjective.
2
They appoint.
3 A repeated antecedent.
12
164 LATIN FOR THE FIRST YEAR

Positive Comparative Superlative

late, widely latius, more widely liitissime, most widely

libere, freely liberius, more freely llberrime, most freely
acriter, sharply acrius, more sharply acerrime, most
sharply
sapienter, wisely sapientius, more sapientissime, most
wisely wisely
facile, easily facilius, more easily facillime, most easily

a. Form adverbs from the following adjectives and com-

pare them: audax, brevis, celer, clarus, miser.

489. Irregular Comparison. The following adverbs are

irregular in comparison:

Positive Comparative Superlative

bene, well melius, better optime, best

male, badly, ill peius, worse pessime, worst
magnopere, greatly magis, more maxime, most
multum, much plus, more plurimum, most
parum, little minus, less minime, least
diu, long (in time) diutius, longer diutissime, longest
prope, near propius, nearer proxime, nearest, next

490. In the expressions fortiter pugnat, magis idoneus,

minus facile, notice that the adverbs modify the verb pugnat,
the adjective idoneus, and the adverb facile.

a. An adverb normally stands before the word it modifies.

491. Rule. Adverbs modify verbs, adjectives, or other ad-

verbs.

492. A superlative adjective or adverb may be used with

the adverb quam to denote the highest possible degree:
quam maximus, as large as possible, the largest possible; quam
fortissime, as bravely as possible.
 adverbs: their formation and comparison 165

493. VOCABULABT
nemo, dat. nemini, ace. nemi- maturo, -are, -avi, -atum,
nem, M. and F., no one
1
hasten
omnino (omnis), adv., in all, rescindo, rescindere, rescidi,
altogether, only rescissum, break down, de-
quam, adv.,w. superlatives, as stroy
as possible (492)

exercises
494. 1. Legiones diu atque acriter pugnaverunt. 2. Cae-
2
sar prlncipes clvitatis graviter accusavit. 3. Servus tarn
celeriter cucurrit, ut non caperetur. 4. Uter niintius celerius

pervenit? 5. Nemo sapientius quam Sextus dixit. 6. Pater

meus puerls facilius persuadebit. 7. Domus amlcl mei ab
urbe longissime abest. 8. Ubi captlvi legatum vlderunt,
liberrime dlxerunt. 9. Helvetil quam maximum numerum
carrorum coemerunt. 10. Haec parva natio quam fortissime
restitit. n. Hoc faciemus, illud minime facile.
facillime
12. Haec puella omnia maxima cum cura facit.
495. 1.This boy reads better than he writes. 2. These farmers
have more fields than their neighbors. 3. We ought to attack the

camp more boldly. 4. The legion fought less fiercely, 3 because

many had been wounded. 5. The sailors could not remain home
longer. 6. The town was captured very easily. 7. The messenger
came as quickly as possible. 8. Caesar was most friendly to the
Haedui.

CAESAR GOES TO GENEVA

496. Caesari ubi id nuntiatum est eos per provinciam iter
facere conarl, matiirat Roma proficiscl et quam maximls
itineribus in Galliam contendit et Genavam pervenit. Pro-
4

1
The genitive and ablative are not used.
2
Severely.
8
Acriter.
4
Presses on.
1 66 LATIN FOR THE FIRST YEAR

quam maximum militum numerum

1
vinciae toti imperat;
erat omnino in Gallia legio una. Pontem, qui erat ad
Genavam, iubet rescind!.

LESSON LXII
THE PERFECT SUBJUNCTIVE. INDIRECT QUESTIONS

497. Formation of the Perfect Subjunctive. The perfect

subjunctive is formed in the active voice by adding the
tense sign -eri- and the personal endings to the perfect stem;
in the passive by combining the perfect participle with sim.

498. THE PERFECT SUBJUNCTIVE. FIRST CONJU-

GATION
ama'verim amatus (-a) sim
ama'veris amatus (-a) sis
ama'verit amatus (-a, -urn) sit
amaveri'mus amati (-ae) simus
amaveri'tis amati (-ae) sitis
ama'verint amati (-ae, -a) sint

a. In the same way conjugate monuerim, monitus sim;

rexerim, rectus sim; ceperim, captus sim; audiverim, au-
ditus sim. The perfect subjunctive forms of sum and possum
are fuerim and potuerim.

499. Meaning of the Perfect Subjunctive. The perfect

subjunctive usually has the same meaning as the perfect
indicative: amaverim, / have loved, I loved; amatus sim, /
have been loved, I was loved. Special meanings and the uses
of the tense are to be explained later.

1
Provinciae imperat, he levies upon the province.
 THE PERFECT SUBJUNCTIVE. INDIRECT QUESTIONS 1
67

500. VOCABULARY
adventus, -us, M. (a coming cognosco, cognoscere, cog-
to), arrival, approach novi, cognitum, learn, find
Idus, -uum, F., the Ides (i.e., out
the fifteenth day of March, rogo, -are, -avi, -atum, ask
May, July, and October, the
1
revertor, revertl, revert!,
thirteenth of other months) reversum, turn back, return
animus, -I, M., mind, spirit

501. Indirect Questions. If a question is dependent on a

verb such as ask, say, see, tell, wonder, it is an indirect ques-
tion. The verb of an indirect question in Latin is in the sub-

junctive: Rogo quid faciat, 7" ask what he is doing.

a. In former lessons direct questions have been introduced
by nonne, or num. In indirect
quis, uter, cur, ubi, -ne,
questions the same words are used, except nonne, but -ne and
num mean whether, without distinction.
b. The tense in indirect questions depends on the rule for
sequence (430):

1. Rogo (rogabo, rogavero) quid faciat, / ask (shall ask,

shall have asked) what he is doing.
2. Rogo (rogabo, rogavero) quid fecerit, / ask (shall ask,
what he has done (what he did).
shall have asked)

3. Rogabam (rogavi, rogaveram) quid faceret, / was

asking (asked, had asked) what he was doing.

502. Rule. The verb of an indirect question is in the sub-

junctive.
EXERCISES
503* Quis fuit consul Romanus? 2. Rogat quis fuerit
1.

4. Rogant num
consul. 3. Potesne in portu naves videre?
naves videre possis. 5. Utra puella laudata est? 6. Sclsne
utra puella laudata sit? 7. Ubi mllites castra ponebant?
1
In the present, imperfect and future of revertor, passive forms are
used with active meanings. Other tenses are active in form.
1 68 LATIN FOR THE FIRST YEAR

8. Non vidimus
ubi castra ponerent. 9. Cur Helvetil omnia
oppida sua incenderunt? 10. Discemus ciir oppida incen-
derint. n. Nonne RomanI pulchram urbem habuerunt?
12. Legimus urbem fuisse pulcherrimam. 13. Adventus
Caesaris non cognitus erat. 14. Hostes de eius adventu cog-
noscere non potuerant. 15. Hostes in animo iter per agros
flnitimorum facere habebant.
504. 1. Which road is the easier? 2. Do you know which road
is the easier? 3. What does the leader intend (have in mind) to do?
4. We
asked the leader what he intended to do. 5. Did you learn
who wrote the letter? 6. The scouts will be sent to find out the
depth of the river. 7. I think the river is not very deep. 8. The

lake is many feet deeper than the river.

THE HELVETII SEND AMBASSADORS TO CAESAR

505.Ubi de adventu Caesaris Helvetii cognoverunt, le-
gatos ad eum mittunt, nobilissimos civitatis, qui dlcerent
1

se in animo habere sine filla iniuria iter per provinciam facere,

2
propterea quod aliud iter haberent nullum; se rogare ut
id sibi facere liceret. 3 Caesar, quod memoria tenebat exer-
citum Romanum temporibus antlquls ab Helvetils victum et
sub iugum missum, els nihil pollicitus est. Tamen legates
ad 4 Idiis Aprlles ad se revertl iussit.

LESSON LXIII
THE PLUPERFECT SUBJUNCTIVE. REVIEW OF THE SUB-
JUNCTIVE. TEMPORAL CLAUSES WITH CUM

506. Formation of the Pluperfect Subjunctive. The plu-

perfect subjunctive is formed in the active voice by adding
1
See 420.
2
Se rogare depends on dlcerent.
3
Sibi liceret, they might be permitted (lit., it might be permitted to
them).
4
Ad Idus Apriles, on the Ides of April.
 THE PLUPERFECT SUBJUNCTIVE 1 69

the tense sign -isse- and the personal endings to the perfect
stem; in the passive by combining the perfect participle
with essem.

507. THE PLUPERFECT SUBJUNCTIVE, FIRST CON-

JUGATION
Active Passive
amavis'sem amatus (-a) essem
amavis'ses amatus (-a) esses
amavis'set amatus (-a, -urn) esset
amavisse 'mus amati (-ae) essemus
amavisse'tis amati (-ae) essetis
amavis'sent amati (-ae, -a) essent

a. In the same way conjugate monuissem, monitus essem ;

rexissem, rectus essem; cepissem, captus essem; audi-

vissem, auditus essem. The pluperfect forms of sum and
possum are fuissem and potuissem.

508. Meaning of the Pluperfect Subjunctive. The

plu-
perfect subjunctive may have the meaning of the pluperfect
indicative: amavissem, / had loved; amatus essem, / had
been loved; or it may be translated with should {would) have:
I should {you would) have loved, I should {you would) have
been loved.

509. subjunctive endings

First Person Singular
Active Passive
Present -em, -am -er, -ar

Imperfect -rem -rer

Perfect -erim -us sim

Pluperfect -issem -us essem

a. What stems of the verb are used with these endings?

170 LATIN FOR THE FIRST YEAR

510. SYNOPSIS OF THE SUBJUNCTIVE OF AMO AND SUM

 THE PLUPERFECT SUBJUNCTIVE 171

b. When cum
not only states the time, but
a clause with
describes the circumstances under which a past main action
occurred, the subordinate verb is in the imperfect or plu-
perfect subjunctive, as poneret and venisset in sentence 2.

513. Rule. Cum Temporal. Cum meaning when is used

with the indicative time of
to define the an action; and with the
subjunctive to describe the circumstances under which the action
occurred.

Memorize:
Vincit qui patitur.
He conquers who endures.
Vincit qui se vincit.
He conquers who overcomes himself,

EXERCISES
514. 1. Cum legatus haec audivisset, ad Caesarem nun-
tium mlsit. 2. Cum amici nostri in Italia essent, llberos regis
vlderunt. 3. Cum imperator milites cohortatus esset, slg-
num proell dedit. 4. Cum
copiae multas horas fortissime
pugnavissent, castrls hostium potltl sunt. 5. Helvetil Cum
oppida sua incendissent, ex finibus profecti sunt. 6. Cum
Roman! castra munirent, hostes in eos impetum fecerunt.
7. Fuistlne in Britannia? Hie vir dicit se ibi quattuor annos
habitavisse. Legatus dicit se in castellls praesidia dispo-
8.

siturum esse. 9. Explorator collem ascendit, quo 1 facilius

munitiones hostium videret. 10. Turn rex partem copiarum,
quae castellum oppugnaret, mlsit. 11. Hi
elves, qui magno
in perlculo sunt, auxilium petent. 12. Sclsne cur auxilium

petant? 13. Sclsne cur auxilium petierint?

515. 1.When my friend was living in Italy, he wrote many let-

ters to me. 2. When I had read these letters, I desired to see the

country. 3. On that day when the consul spoke

2
in the senate,
very many were present. 4. The men who live there are very
1
See 511 a.
2
Use the indicative, according to 512 a.
172
 CARDINAL NUMERAL ADJECTIVES x
73

friendly to us. 5. They say they will defend us. 6. They will send
troops, that we may be defended. 7. Who commanded the garrison?

CAESAR FORTIFIES HIS POSITION

516. ea legione, quam secum habebat, mlliti-
Interea
busque, qui ex provincia convenerant, a lacu Lemanno, qui
in flumen Rhodanum ad montem Iuram, qui fines
Influit,

Sequanorum ab Helvetiis dlvidit, murum fossamque per-

1
ducit. Ibi praesidia disponit et castella munit, quo 2 facilius
3
itinere Helvetios prohibere possit.

LESSON LXIV
CARDINAL NUMERAL ADJECTIVES. THE ACCUSATIVE OF
EXTENT

517. Classes of Numerals. There are three classes of

numeral adjectives: cardinal, denoting how many, as unus,
one; ordinal, denoting which one of a series, as primus, first;
distributive, denoting how many at a time, as singuli, one at
a time.

5l8. CARDINAL NUMERALS

1, unus, -a, -um 9, novem 17, septendecim
2, duo, duae, duo 10, decern 18, duodeviginti
3, tres, tria 11, undecim 19, undeviginti
4, quattuor 12, duodecim 20, viginri
5, quinque 13, tredecim 30, triginta
6, sex 14, quattuordecim 100, centum
7, septem 15, quindecim 200, ducenti, -ae, -a
8, octo 16, sedecim 1000, mflle; pi. mllia

a. Other cardinals are given on page 275.

1
Constructs.
2
See 511 a.
3
Ablative of separation.
174 LATIN FOR THE FIRST YEAR

519. Declension. The only cardinals declined are unus,

duo, tres, the hundreds above centum, and the plural
of mllle. Tres is declined like the plural of f ortis ; ducenti,
like the plural of bonus.

a. Learn the declension of duo and mllle, page 273.

520. Mllle in the singular is usually an adjective and is

not declined: cum mllle viris, with a thousand men. The
plural milia is a neuter noun followed by a limiting genitive:
cum quattuor milibus virorum, with four thousand men (lit.,

thousands of men).

521. VOCABULARY
longitudo, -tudinis, F. (Ion- quot, indecl. adj., how many?
gus), length circiter, adv., about
1
passus, -us, M., pace (about quam, interrog. adv., how?
five feet) pateo, patere, patui, ,

mllle passus, a mile (a thou- extend, lie open

sand paces)
milia passuum, miles (thou-
sands of paces)

522. THE ACCUSATIVE OP EXTENT

i. multos pedes altus est, the hill is many feet high.
Collis
2. Oppidum Belgarum aberat milia passuum octo, a
town of the Belgae was eight miles away.

The accusatives pedes and milia, which are used in answer-

ing How high is the hill ? How far is the town ? are called
accusatives of extent of space. An accusative of extent is sim-
an accusative of duration (290).
ilar to

523. Rule. The accusative is used to denote extent of

space.
1
By passus the Romans meant the distance between two successive
positions of the same foot. It is therefore longer than the English pace.
 CARDINAL NUMERAL ADJECTIVES 1
75

EXERCISES
524. i. Fuerunt in exercitu Caesaris sex legiones. Labie-
nus iini legionl praefuit. 2. RomanI mllia passuum tria ab
castrls hostium castra posuerunt. 3. Fines Helve tiorum in
longitudinem mllia passuum CCXL (ducenta quadraginta)
patebant. 4. Orgetorlx mllia hominum decern coegit.

5. Circiter mllia hominum CXXX (centum trlginta) super-

fuerunt. 6. Hanc puellam rogavimus quot libros legisset.
7. Sclsne quot amlcos
habeas? 8. Hi puerl multos passus
current. 9. Scio eos ducentos passus cucurrisse. 10. Marcus
centum passibus longius quam Qulntus currere potest.

525. The army marched (for) five days. 1 2. The army

1.

marched three miles. 3. The lake extends a mile in (into) breadth

and two miles in length. 4. The length of the camp will not be
much 2 greater than the breadth. 5. When they had built (made)
ships as possible, they were ready to
3
as many sail. 6. Cornelia
was the mother of two famous sons. 7. Lucius will come home with
three other boys. 8. The brave leader was holding the fort with

three hundred men. 9. When the trader was in Gaul, he bought

eight horses and four carts. 10. There were twenty-five ships in the
fleet.

Answer in Latin the following questions: 1. Quam

526.
longus est murus? 2. Quam latum est flumen? 3. Quam

longa est via? 4. Quot puerl hodie adsunt? 5. Quot puerl

absunt?

THE HELVETIANS ARE UNABLE TO CROSS THE ROMAN

PROVINCE
527. Ubi ea quam Caesar cum legatis constituerat,
dies,

venit, et legati ad eum reverterunt, dlcit se non posse iter

iilll per provinciam dare. Turn Helvetii Rhodanum navibus
4 5
et vadls, qua minima altitudo rluminis erat, transire conatl

sunt, sed munitione et militum tells repulsi sunt.

2 3
1
See 290. See 473- See 49 2 -

4
Where. 6
To cross.
176 LATIN FOR THE FIRST YEAR

LESSON LXV
ORDINAL ADJECTIVES. THE GENITIVE OF THE WHOLE.
THE GENITIVE AND ABLATIVE OF DESCRIPTION

528. Ordinal adjectives end in -us (-a, -um): primus,

first, secundus, second; distributives in -1 (-ae, -a): singuli,
one at a time, bini, two at a time. These adjectives are de-
dined like bonus, the distributives in the plural only.
a. Learn from page 275 the first ten ordinals and notice
the formation of the others.

529. THE GENITIVE OF THE WHOLE

i. Pars terrae, part of the land.
2. Quis eorum, who of them?
3. Multi puerorum, many of the boys.
4. Minus timoris, less (of) fear.
5. Fortissimi mllitum, the bravest of the soldiers.

In these expressions the genitive denotes the whole, modi-

fying a word denoting a part. A genitive so used is called a
genitive of the whole.
a. The word denoting a part may be a noun, a pronoun
(interrogative or indefinite), an adjective, or an adverb (of
quantity, degree, or place).
b. The ablative with de or ex is sometimes used instead of

the genitive, especially after cardinal numbers: unus ex

pueris, one of the boys.

530.Rule. The genitive may denote the whole, depending

on a word denoting a part.

531. THE GENITIVE AND ABLATIVE OF DESCRIPTION

i. Virmagnaevirtutis,
a man of great courage.
2. Vir magna virtute,
3. Belgae erant magna virtute, the Belgae were (men) of
great courage.
4. Fossa trium pedum, a ditch of three feet.
 ORDINAL ADJECTIVES 1 77

Notice in the illustrations that Belgae, and fossa are

vir,
described by genitive or ablative phrases and that there is an

adjective in each phrase. Genitives and ablatives so used

are called genitives of description (or descriptive genitives)
and ablatives of description (or descriptive ablatives).

a. Measure, and weight are expressed by the geni-

size,
tive; physical characteristics by the ablative. Other de-
scriptive phrases may be in either case.

532. Rule. The genitive or the ablative, with an adjective

in agreement, may be used to describe a noun.

533. VOCABULARY
hiberna, -drum, N., winter conscribo, (con + scribo,
quarters write together), enroll, enlist

Santones, -um, M., the San- hiemo, -are, -avi, -atum,

tones (san'to-nez) (hiems), pass the winter
satis, indecl. noun and adv., Instru5, instruere, Instruxi,
enough, sufficiently instructum, arrange, mar-
circum, prep., w. ace, around shal

EXERCISES

534. 1. Un5 anno duodecim menses sunt. Secundus men-

sis brevior est quam tertius. 2. Quarta hora classis Romana
ad Britanniam pervenit. 3. Acies legionum quattuor In-
structa est. 4. Legio octava in
conscrlpta erat. Italia

5. Labienus militibus decimae legionis imperavit, ut hiberna

munlrent. 6. Mercator dlcit satis frumenti esse in oppido.
7. Nuntiatum est multitudinem Germanorum agros Galliae
8. Helveth erant inimico animo in
1
vastavisse. populum
Romanum. 9. C5nsul elves futuros esse meliore animo
sperat. 10. Meo amlco persuadere conabor ut mecum
R5mae hiemet.
1
Toward.
178 LATIN FOR THE FIRST YEAR

535. 1. The soldiers are ready to-pass-the-winter. 2. Three

legions are in winter quarters. 3. The new winter quarters are

large enough
(sufficiently large) 4. They are fortified by a wall of
.

ten feet. The wall is ten feet x high. 6. The commander is a

5.
man of great influence. 7. Three of his sons 2 are soldiers. 8. Many
thought the Germans were (men) of greater bravery than the Hel-
vetians.

536. Answer in Latin the following questions: 1.

Quern
domi vldisti? 2. Quocum loctitus es? 3. Cuius virtus lau-
dabitur? 4. Cui legion! Caesar indulsit? 5. Quis erat lega-
tus huius legionis?

CAESAR REINFORCES HIS ARMY

537. Caesar! nuntiatur Helvetios in animo habere per

agrum Sequanorum et Haeduorum iter in fines Santonum
facere. Haec civitas non longe a provincia, abest. Ob earn
causam sciebat provinciam magno in perlculo futuram.
3
Itaque el munition!, quam fecerat, Labienum legatum prae-
fecit. Ipse in Italiam magnls itineribus contendit, duasque
4
ibi legiones conscribit; tres, quae circum Aquileiam hiema-
bant, ex h!bern!s educit. Cum h!s qumque legionibus per
Alpes in Galliam !re 5
contendit, et trans Rhodanum exer-
citum ducit.

LESSON LXVI
INDEFINITE PRONOUNS. REVIEW OF PRONOUNS. REVIEW
OF PREPOSITIONS

538. Indefinite Pronouns. The indefinite pronouns refer

to some person some thing without indicating the par-
or
ticular one. They include quis, any, any one, any thing, and
1
What case? (See 523.)
2
What case? (See 529 &.)
3
Why is the dative used?
4
A town situated at the head of the Adriatic.
6
To go.
 INDEFINITE PRONOUNS 179

its compounds. The compounds used most frequently are

aliquis, some, some one, some thing; quisquam, any at all;
quisque, each, every, each one, each thing; quidam, a certain,
a certain one, a certain thing.

Like other pronouns, the indefinites may be used as ad-

a.

jectives: quidam miles, a certain soldier.

b. Quis is used chiefly after certain conjunctions (si, nisi,

ne, num). Quisquam is used chiefly in negative sentences.

As an adjective quisquam is not used, ullus taking its place.

539. Declension of Indefinite Pronouns. The nominative

singular is as follows:

Pronouns Adjectives
M. N. M. F. N.
quis quid qui qua (quae) quod
aliquis aliquid aliqui aliqua aliquod
quisquam quidquam
(quicquam)
quisque quidque quisque quaeque quodque
quidam quaedam quiddam quidam quaedam quoddam
a. The full declension of these words is given on page 278.
b. Quisquam has no plural. The plural of the other words
is complete and is the same for pronouns and adjectives.

Review of Pronouns. The indefinites form the sev-

540.
enth and last class of pronouns. Review the declension of
the six classes given in section 393.
541. Review There are about thirty
of Prepositions.
Latin prepositions used with the accusative and twelve with
the ablative. The following have been given in the preced-
ing lessons:

a. With the accusative: ad, ante, apud, circum, contra,

in, inter, ob, per, post, praeter, propter, sub, trans.
b. With the ablative: a (ab), cum, de, e (ex), in, pro,
sine, sub.
13
l8o LATIN FOR THE FIRST YEAR

542. VOCABULARY
angustiae, -arum, F. (angus- iam, adv., already, by this time
tus), pass, defile paene, adv., almost
conspectus, -us, M., sight

EXERCISES

Quis erit dux? 2. Puto quendam ex his pueris

*
543. 1.

ducem futurum. 3. Quaedam nationes, quae Alpes incole-

2
bant, itinere exercitum prohibere conatl sunt. 4. Hoc
consilium cuiquam non nuntiabimus. 5. Dlcit se sine con-
sensu omnium non facturum esse quicquam. 6. Quisque

domum revert! paratus erat. 7. Ubi mercatores a Britannia

reverterunt, Caesar quemque rogavit quid vidisset. 8. In con-
spectu imperatoris quisque miles fortius pugnavit. 9. Hae
naves non sunt eaedem quas herl vidisti. 10. Hie collis

multo altior est quam ille. 11. Marco ipsl persuadebimus,

ut ad urbem veniat. 12. Quot nova verba hodie didicimus?

$44. 1. Some friends have come to see you. 2. I have not

3

seen any one to-day, but I shall try to see many friends to-morrow.
3. Do you know the name of each girl? 4. We shall send certain
men (as) guides. 5. There were two consuls at Rome each year.
6. The king had his son with him. 7. Those ships are almost in

sight of land. 8. There was no one in the field except the slaves.

9. On account of the scarcity of water the camp will be moved.

10. There is a beautiful village at the foot of the hill.

A PARLEY
545. Helvetii iam per angustias et fines Sequanorum suas
copiastraduxerant, et in HaeduOrum fines pervenerant eorum-
que agros vastabant. Haedul cum se ab els defendere non
4

possent. legatos ad Caesarem mittunt, qui auxilium rogarent.

1
See 529 b. 3
What mood and tense?
1
4
Ablative of separation (220). Since, expressing cause.
 REVIEW OF LESSONS LIX-LXVI 181

Hi dlcunt depopulo Romano meritos esse, utagrl paene

l
se ita
in conspectu exercitus RomanI vastarl, puerl in servitutem
abducl, oppida expugnarl non debuerint. Eodem tempore
socii Haeduorum nuntiant se non facile ab oppidls vim
hostium prohibere. Propter has iniurias Caesar cum Hel-
vetils bellum gerere constituit.

LESSON LXVII
REVIEW OF LESSONS LIX-LXVI. CERTAIN NOUN SUFFIXES

546. VOCABULARY
adventus
l82 LATIN FOR THE FIRST YEAR

4. Compare bonus, magnus, multus. 5. Compare exterus,

superus. 6. Decline Kberior. 7. Decline plus. 8. How are
adverbs formed? 9. Compare the adverbs formed from
acer, bonus, facilis, Decline unus, duo, tres.
latus. 10.
11. Decline ducenti, mflle. 12. Decline aliquis as a pro-

noun; as an adjective. 13. How is the perfect subjunctive

formed? The pluperfect? 14. Write a synopsis of duco in
the active indicative and subjunctive, third person singular.
15. Write a synopsis of hortor in the third person plural.
16. Illustrate by a Latin sentence the ablative of comparison;
the measure of difference. 17. Illustrate the accusative of
extent; the genitive of the whole the ablative of description.
;

18. What is an indirect question? 19. When does cum, when,

introduce a subjunctive clause?
548. Noun Suffixes. Many nouns, as we have seen, are
formed by adding to stems a common suffix, such as -tor,
-tas, -men. These suffixes have definite meanings, as the
English -er in writer, one who writes. The following are
important noun suffixes:
P a. -tor, denoting the agent or doer of an action: impera-
tor, one who commands; explorator, mercator, orator, victor.
-io (-sio, -tio), -tus (-sus), -ium, denoting action:
b.

leg-io, lit. a collecting; ora-tio, a speaking; adven-tus, a com-

ing imper-ium, a commanding; coniuratio, munitio;
to;

auxilium, indicium, praesidium, studium.

c. -men, -mentum, denoting action, the means or the re-

sult of action: flu-men, a flowing; ag-men, that which is led;

fru-mentum, that which is enjoyed; nomen, iumentum.

-tudo, forming abstract nouns de-
d. -ia (-tia), -tas, -tus,

noting quality or condition: audac-ia, boldness, amici-tia,

friendship; boni-tas, goodness; vir-tus, manliness; magni-
tudo, greatness; iniuria, memoria, victoria, vigilia; civitas,

cupiditas, libertas; servitus; altitudo, fortitudo, longitudo,

multitudo.
 THE IMPERATIVE MOOD. THE VOCATIVE CASE 1
83

LESSON LXVIII
THE IMPERATIVE MOOD. THE VOCATIVE CASE

549.The imperative in Latin, as in English, expresses a

command. The present tense has only the second person.

550. THE PRESENT IMPERATIVE

Active
1 84 LATIN FOR THE FIRST YEAR

552. VOCABULARY
ratis, ratis, F., raft concido, concidere, concidi,
citra,prep., w. ace, this side of concisum (con + caedo, cut
nam, conj., for to pieces), kill

nondum, adv., not yet iungo, iungere, iunxi, iunc-

abdo, abdere, abdidi, abdi- tum, join
tum (ab + do, put away),
hide, conceal
EXEECISES
553. 1 Fortissime urbem defendite. 2. Nuntium ad con-
sulem celeriter mitte 3. Hortare elves, ut in Forum conve-

The Meta Sudans

A fountain near the Colosseum

niant. 4. Edtic, legate, omnes copias tuas. 5. Legatum

monul, ut omnes copias educeret. 6. Dlcite nobis, amid,
cur non venerltis. 1 7. Persuade fratrl tuo, ut noblscum

1
Why subjunctive?
 participles: the present and the perfect 185

maneat. 8. Principes Helvetiorum multas rates iungl

iusserunt. 9. Puerl parvam ratem in 1 flumine habebunt.
2
10. Ascendite montem, ut videatis quam in partem agmen
iter faciat.

554. 1. Boys, be brave. 2. Praise the farmer's sons. 3. Come

to the harbor, sailor. 4. Throw the javelins, soldiers. 5. Use

longer arrows, Marcus. 6.

3
Fight so bravely that you will con-
quer. 7. Tell me, Cornelia, what books you have read. 8. Learn
all these words with great care.

CAESAR DEFEATS PART OF THE HELVETIAN FORCES

555. Flumen est Arar, quod per fines Haeduorum et

Sequanorum in Rbodanum Influit. Id Helvetii ratibus, quas

4
iunxerant, translbant. Tres partes copiarum iam traduo
tae erant; quarta pars citra flumen reliqua erat. Ea pars
clvitatis appellabatur Tigurlnus; nam omnis cl vitas Hel-
vetia in quattuor pagos dlvisa est.
Caesar de 5 tertia vigilia cum tribus legionibus e castris
profectus ad earn partem, quae nondum flumen transierat,
6 7

pervenit, et magnum numerum concldit. Reliqui fugerunt

atque se in proximas silvas abdiderunt.

LESSON LXIX
PARTICIPLES: THE PRESENT AND THE PERFECT

556. Tense Endings of Participles. Participles, as defined

in section 259, are verbal adjectives. There are four:

1. The present active in -ns.

2. The perfect passive in -us (260).
1 2 5
On. Direction. In the course of.
3
What tense in a result clause? (See 43°-)
6
Having set out.
4
Were crossing.
7
Had crossed.
i86 LATIN FOR THE FIRST YEAR

3. The future active in -urus (373).

4. The future passive in -ndus.
a. The endings of the present active and of the future

passive are added to the present stem: ama-ns, ama-ndus.

557.
 participles: the present and the perfect 187

a. A present or perfect participle is often best translated

by a relative clause, or by an adverbial clause with when,
after, since, although, if:
1. Pontem a Romanis factum vldi, / saw the bridge {that
was) built Romans.
by the
2. Exercitus victus sub iugum mittetur, (if) the army (is)
defeated, (it) will be sent under the yoke.
3. Miles vulneratus fortiter pugnavit, the soldier fought
bravely (though he was) wounded.

560. VOCABULARY
calamitas, -tatis, F., disaster repentinus, -a, -um, sudden
Divico, -onis, M., Divico commoveo (con + moveo,
vesper, vesperi, M., evening move thoroughly) alarm ,

si, conj., if consequor (con + sequor),

sin, conj., but if follow up, overtake

EXERCISES
561. 1. Nonne audlvistl consulem mllites laudantem?
2. Marcus multos libros a Romanis scrlptos legit. 3. Servus
territus ex urbe fugit. 4. Mercatores domo prima hora

profectl
x 2
Genavam sub vesperum pervenerunt. 5. Celtae
hostes oppidum munientes terruerunt. 6. Imperator suos

cohortatus^Ignumproelldedit. 7. OrgetorIx,regnI cupiditate

inductus, coniurationem fecit. 8. Flnitiml HelvetiOrum,
eodem usl consilio, oppida sua vlcosque incenderunt. 9. Cas-
tra in loco natura munlto ponunt. Magnus numerus
10.

vulneratorum in castrls erat. n. Magnum numerum ani-

malium currentium trans agros videre poteris. 12. Fllia

prlncipis, ab hostibus capta, ad reglnam ducebatur.

562. 1. The boys (having been) sent by their father were aiding
the sailors. 2. Did you see the boys aiding the sailors? 3. (While
I was) living in Italy, I learned many things about 3 the Romans.
4. The lieutenant has a beautiful sword, given by his friends.
5. Divico was a man of great authority among the Helvetians.
6. He had been a leader of the army for many years.

1 % 3
See 557 a. Towards. De.
1 88 LATIN FOR THE FIRST YEAR

THE HELVETIANS SEND DIVICO AS ENVOY TO CAESAR

563. Post hoc proelium Caesar, ut reliquas copias Hel-
vetiorum consequl posset, pontem in Ararl facit atque ita
exercitum tradiicit. Helvetii repentlno eius adventu com-
motl, legatos ad eum mittunt, quorum Divico prlnceps fuit.
"
Dlvico, qui bello superiore dux fuerat, dixit: Si populus
Romanus noblscum pacem manebimus ubi nos
faciet, ibi
1

manere iubes; sin noblscum bellum gerere vis, 2 memoria tene

Helvetios a patribus suls fortitudinem didicisse, et omnes
inimlcos superare posse. Si in proelio contendes, locus ex
calamitate popull RomanI nomen capiet."

LESSON LXX
THE ABLATIVE ABSOLUTE

564. Observe the following sentences:

1. Galba imperante, legio vicit, with Galba commanding

(or, Galba commanding; when Galba commanded;
since Galba commanded; if Galba commanded), the

legion conquered.
2. Civitate victa, legio in Alpibus hiemavit, the tribe hav-

ing been conquered (or, after the tribe had been con-
quered; since the tribe had been conquered; having

conquered the wintered in the Alps.

tribe), the legion

3. Galba duce, legio proficiscetur, with Galba as leader

(or, Galba being leader; under the leadership of
Galba), the legion will set out.

The ablative phrases in these sentences illustrate the

ablative absolute;that is, an ablative loosely connected with
the rest of the sentence, like the English nominative abso-
1
In that place. 2
You wish.
 THE ABLATIVE ABSOLUTE 1
89

lute. The be defined as a phrase con-

ablative absolute may
sisting of a noun or pronoun in the ablative, and a noun, an
adjective, or a participle in agreement.

a. The absolute phrase may be rendered best by a clause

expressing time {when, while, after), cause {since, because),
concession {though, although), condition {if), as shown in the
model sentences. The ablative absolute, in other words,
is often a substitute for a subordinate clause.

Rule. A noun or pronoun in the ablative, with a

565.
noun, an adjective, or a participle in agreement, may be used
to express time, cause, condition, or other relation.
566. Observe also the following:

1. Having said these things, the chief went away, his

rebus dictis, princeps discessit.
2. Having spoken thus, the chief went away, ita locutus,

princeps discessit.

a. The tense of the participle in an ablative absolute is

either present or perfect. Since the Latin verb lacks the
perfect active participle, an active phrase, such as having
said these things, must be changed in translation to the passive
form, these things having been said.
b. The
perfect participle of deponent verbs, as locutus in
2, being active in meaning, is an exception to this
sentence
rule, and takes the same construction as the participle in the
English sentence.

3. The town having been fortified, the troops resisted the

enemy, oppido munito, copiae hostibus restiterunt.
4. The town having been fortified was easily defended,
oppidum munitum facile defensum est.

Compare sentences 3 and 4, and notice that the noun

c.

and
participle (oppidum munitum) are not in the absolute
construction in the last sentence, because the noun is also the
subject of the main verb (defensum est).
190 LATIN FOR THE FIRST YEAR

567. VOCABULARY
Piso, Pisonis, M., Piso responded, respondere, re-
responsum, -1, N., reply spondl, responsum, reply
invitus, -a, -um, unwilling depono (de + pono), put
recens, recentis, new, fresh, down, put away
recent satisfacio (satis + facio) make
,

tempto, -are, -avi, -atum, amends, satisfy

try, attempt etiam, adv., even, also
a. Decline hoc responsum; compare recens;
give a syn-
opsis of tempto in the active, third person singular, and of
depono in the passive, third plural.
Memorize :
Carpe diem.
Enjoy the present day. Seize the opportunity.
Cave quid dicis, quando, et cui.
Be cautious as to what you say, when, and to whom.

EXERCISES
(Translate each ablative absolute literally; then form a better
English equivalent phrase or clause.)

568. 1. Navibus vlsis, domum revertemur. 2. Vicls in-

censls, Helvetil cum omnibus copils profecti sunt. 3. Hel-
vetil, cum vicos suos incendissent, proficisci erant parati.

4. Urbe capta, elves fiigerunt. 5. Hoc oppidum, paucis

1
defendentibus, expugnare non potuimus. 6. Potitl oppido,
2

id miinire coepimus. 7. Slgno dato, legio decima impetum

fecit. 8. Pills iactls, milites gladiis Gsi sunt. 9. His rebus
inductus, rex captlvos liberavit. 10. Nuntius, a consule mis-
3
sus, quam celerrime cucurrit. 11. Caesare consule, clvitas
superata est. 12. Orgetorix, Messala, et Pisone consulibus,
coniurationem fecit.
1
Translate with though (564 a).
2
See 566 b, and 403.
1
See 492.
 THE FUTURE PARTICIPLES 191

1. (With) Marcus (as) commander, we shall easily conquer.

569.
2. The
centurions having been called together, the lieutenant ad-
vised them. 3. Having written the letter, I called the messenger.
4. The letter having been written was given to the messenger.
5. After reading the letter (i.e., the letter having been read) I per-
suaded the messenger l to remain. 2 6. I saw the consul's daughter
reading a new book.

CAESAR'S REPLY TO DIVICO

Huic legato Caesar ita respondit: " Eas res, de qui-
570.
bus locutus es, memoria teneo. Etiam recentium iniuria-
rum memoriam deponere non possum; me invito, Helvetil
iterper provinciam temptaverunt, agros sociorum popull
Roman! vastaverunt. Sin obsides mihi dabunt, et si Hae-
duis de iniurils satisfacient, quas els sochsque eorum intu-
lerunt, cum clvitate Helvetia pacem faciam."
3

Dlvico respondit: " Helvetil obsides accipere, non dare

solent." 4 Hoc responso dato, discessit.

LESSON LXXI
THE FUTURE PARTICIPLES. THE DATIVE OF THE AGENT

571. Active Periphrastic. The

future active participle is
used with forms of sum, to express action about to occur, or
intended: Laudaturus sum, / am about to praise, I am going
to praise, I intend to praise.

a. The combination of the future active participle and

sum (in the indicative, subjunctive, and infinitive) is called
the active periphrastic 5 conjugation.
1
What case?
2
What mood (439)?
3
Have inflicted upon.
4
Are accustomed.
" "
6
A
periphrastic form is a form consisting of more than one word.
The compound tenses of the passive voice (261) are therefore periphrastic,
but the word is limited to the above use.
192 LATIN FOR THE FIRST YEAR

572. Passive Periphrastic. The future passive participle

is used with forms of sum to express action as necessary or
proper: Laudandus est, he is to be praised, he has to be praised,
he must be praised.

a. The combination of sum with the future passive par-

ticiple is called the passive periphrastic conjugation.

573. THE DATIVE OF THE AGENT

i. Mihi nauta monendus est, the sailor is to be (must be)
warned by me, I must warn the sailor.
2. Mihi nauta monendus erat, the sailor was to be {had
to be) warned by me, I had to warn the sailor.

3. Mihi nauta monendus erit, the sailor will have to be

warned by me, I shall have to warn the sailor.
Witha passive periphrastic form the agent or doer of the
action is expressed by the dative instead of the ablative.
574. Rule. The dative of the agent is used with the passive

periphrastic conjugation.

575. VOCABULARY
iniquus, -a, -um (uneven), insequor (in + sequor), (fol-

unfavorable low on), pursue

quingenti, -ae, -a., five hun- pello, pellere,pepuli,pulsum,
dred drive, put to flight

cado, cadere, cecidi, casum, praemitto(prae+mittd),se;zd

fall in advance

EXERCISLS
576. 1. Slgnum daturl sunt. 2. Slgnum tuba dandum
est. 3. Caesarl omnia tino tempore erant agenda. 4. Nonne
epistulam scrlpturus es? 5. Epistula tibi scrlbenda erit.

6. frumentum comportaturl erant. 7. Nationes

Agricolae
hiiius terrae pacem conflrmaturae sunt. 8. Nonne putas

pacem his nationibus conflrmandam esse? 9. Legio decima,

 THE GERUNDIVE. THE GERUND 1 93

cui 1
Labienus praeest, castra de quarta. vigilia motura fuit.
10. Sextus dlcit se oratorem in Foro audlturum esse. 11. Die
mihi, Sexte, quid acturus sis. 12. Die mihi quid agendum sit.

577. 1. The boys are going-to-choose a leader. 2. The boys

must choose a leader to-day. 2 3. The lieutenant
was about-to-
advise the traders. 4. The traders had to be advised by the lieu-
tenant. 5. Caesar himself is going-to-command the legions. 3
6. He said that Caesar himself was going-to-command the legions.

A CAVALRY SKIRMISH
578. Postero die castra ex eo loco movent. Idem facit

Caesar, et equitatum omnem ad numerum quattuor milium

4 5
praemittit, qui videant quam in partem hostes iter faciant.
agmen InsecutI inlquo loco cum equitatu
6
Qui cupidius
Helvetiorum contendunt, et paucl de equitibus Romanls
cadunt.
Hac victoria sublatl 7
Helvetii, quod qulngentls equitibus
tantam multitudinem pepulerant, audacius resistere coepe-
runt. Caesar suos a proeli5 continebat. Ita dies qulndecim
iter fecerunt, ut hostium agmen a Romano qulnque aut sex
mllia passuum abesset.

LESSON LXXII
THE GERUNDIVE. THE GERUND

579. The Gerundive. The future passive participle (557),

when used as an attributive adjective, is called a gerundive.
The gerundive is used chiefly in the genitive, accusative, and
ablative cases, singular and plural; rarely in the dative.
1
See 457.
2
Change this sentence to the passive form before translating.
3
What case?
4 6
See 420. Too eagerly.
6 7
Direction. Elated.
194 LATIN FOR THE FIRST YEAR

i .
Cupidi urbis videndae sumus, we are desirous of see-

ing the city (lit., of the city to be seen).

2. De urbe videnda locutus est, he spoke about seeing
the city (lit., about the city to be seen).

a.Purpose is expressed by causa, for the sake, for the pur-

pose, with the genitive of the gerundive, or by ad with the
accusative. Causa always follows the genitive phrase.

3. Urbis videndae causa venimus, we have come for the

purpose of seeing the city.

4. ParatI ad urbem videndam sumus, we are ready to
see the city (lit., for the city to be seen).

580. The Gerund. The neuter

singular of the gerundive
is used as a verbal noun, called the gerund. The gerund is
active in meaning and is equivalent to the English verbal in
-ing. The nominative is supplied by the present infinitive.

Noni. (amare, to love)

Gen. amandi, of loving
Dat. amando, for loving
Ace. amandum, loving
Abl. amando, by (etc.) loving

a. Decline monendi, regendi, capiendi, audiendL

b. Deponent verbs have gerunds, as well as gerundives
(557 a): conandi, of trying; verendi, of fearing; iitendi, of
using.

581. Uses of the Gerund. The genitive of the gerund is

used like other genitives: difficultas audiendi, the difficulty of

hearing. Followed by causa the genitive expresses purpose:

Audiendi causa venimus, we have come for the purpose of
hearing. The dative is rare. The accusative is used with
ad to express purpose: Ad audiendum venimus, we came to
hear. The ablative is used like other ablatives: Audiendo
discimus, we learn by hearing.
 THE GERUNDIVE. THE GERUND 1 95

a. Remember that the gerund is a noun, the gerundive a

participle; that the gerund is active, the gerundive passive;
that the gerund is singular and neuter only, the gerundive
singular or plural, and of all genders.

582. VOCABULARY
statim, adv., at once ostendo, ostendere, ostendi,
conficio, -ficere, -feci, -fectum ostentum, show, explain
(con + facio),
accomplish renuntio (re -f nuntio), re-
consido, -sidere, -sedi, -ses- port
sum, settle, take position

Memorize:
Verbum sat sapient!.
A word to the wise is sufficient.

EXERCISES
583. i. Cives audiendl consulis causa convenerunt. 2. Ad
portum navium videndarum causa venient. 3. Cum nullam
spem vincendl haberent, fugerunt. 4. Quis ad has res con-
ficiendasdeligetur? 5. Hae civitates ad obsides dandos

paratae sunt. 6. Legatus dlcit legionem esse paratam ad

bellum gerendum. 7. Dux putavit hunc locum esse ido-
neum ad aciem Instruendam. 8. Nemo fortem virum loquen-
tem de fugiendo audivit. 9. Nonne is, qui alios docet,
x
ipse docendo discit? 10. Hortare fratrem tuum, Quinte;
persuade el ut hoc faciat.

584. 1. We learn to do by doing. 2. They will aid the king by

2

sending grain. 3. The boys are ready to climb the mountain.

3

4. Is the trader ready to sail? 5. The envoys had been sent to

make 4
peace. 6. This place is most suitable for pitching a camp.
5

7. Having sent ahead the cavalry, Caesar followed with the legions.
1
See 550.
2
Agere.
3
With paratus, either an infinitive or gerund (gerundive) may be
used.
4
Express to make in different ways.
6
See 480.
14
I96 LATEST FOR THE FIRST YEAR

CAESAR PREPARES FOR BATTLE

585. Exploratores Caesarl nuntiant hostes sub monte
1

consedisse mllia passuum ab ipslus castrls octo. Caesar

statim homines mlsit, qui cognoscerent quae esset nattira
montis. Renuntiatum est ascensum esse facilem. Tertia
vigilia Labienum legatum, cum duabus legionibus et els du-
cibus 2
qui iter cognoverant, montem ascendere iubet; quid
3 4
sibi sitanimo ostendit. Ipse quarta, vigilia eodem
in
5
itinere, quo hostes ierant, ad eos contendit, equitatumque
omnem ante se mittit.

LESSON LXXIII
THE SUPINE. REVIEW OF EXPRESSIONS OF PURPOSE
THE THREE STEM SYSTEMS

586. The Supine. Three forms of the verb are used as

nouns: the infinitive (109), the gerund (580), and the supine.
The supine has two case forms, the accusative in -um and
the ablative in -u. The accusative supine has been given as
the fourth of the principal parts: amatum, monitum, rectum,
captum, auditum.
a. Deponent verbs have supines, which may be formed
from the perfect participle: conatum, veritum, usum.

587. Uses of the Supine. The supine in -um is used with

iri to form the future passive infinitive (374). It is more com-

monly used with verbs motion to express purpose: Vic-

of
toriam nuntiatum venimus, we have come to report the victory.
a. The supine in -u is used chiefly as an ablative of speci-
fication (378), with adjectives meaning easy, good, strange, or
the opposite: Difficile factu est, it is hard to do (lit., with re-
spect to the doing).
1
At the foot of. 2
As guides.
3
See 458.
4
See 502. B
Had gone.
 THE SUPINE. THE THREE STEM SYSTEMS 1 97

588. Expressions of Purpose. We have seen that four

different forms of the verb may express purpose:

1. The subjunctive with ut, ne, qui, or quo (420): Mitti-

mur ut (or qui) videamus.
2. The gerundive with ad or causa (579 a): Mittimur
urbis videndae causa.
3. The gerund with ad or causa (581): Mittimur videndi
causa.
4. The supine (587): Mittimur visum.

589. Three Stem Systems. The various forms of the

verb may be grouped into three systems, according to the
stem from which they are derived. Thus for amo we may
arrange:

The Present System

Active
198 LATIN FOR THE FIRST YEAR

The Supine System

Ind. Subj. Inf. Part.

Per/. amatus sum amatus sim amatus esse amatus

Plup. amatus eram amatus essem
Fut. P. amatus ero amaturus esse amaturus
p .

amatum
amatum Irl
Supine

590. VOCABULARY
impedimentum, -1, N. (impe- frumentor, -ari, -atus sum,
dio), hindrance; pi., bag- (frumentum), procure grain,
gage (military) forage
mulier, muli'eris, F., woman gratulor, -ari, -atus sum, con-
salus, salutis, F., safety gratulate
tempestas, -tatis, F., storm, impedio, -ire, -Ivi, -Itum,
weather (pes), hinder, incumber
arbitror, -ari, -atus sum,
think, consider
EXERCISES
591. Quid, Galba, est optimum factii? 2. Vos moni-
i.

tum venimus. 3. Legati pacem petltum missl sunt. 4. Prin-

ceps Haeduorum Romam
l
auxilium rogatum fugerat.
5. Castella fecerunt, quominore numero militum locum
2

defenderent. 6. Multl amlci ad consulem gratulatum vene-

runt. 7. Una legio frumentatum missa erat. 8. Magna pars
equitatus frumentandi causa missa est. 9. Ad haec cognos-
cenda Marcum esse idoneum arbitramur. 10. Rogasne quis
hoc praemium mereatur? 11. Difficile est dictu. 12. His
rebus confectis, domum revertar. 13. Hostes non facile

impedlmentls potientur. 14. Caesar dlcit sex mllia Helve-

tiorum salutem fuga petlvisse. 15. Puerl mulieresque a
Romanls pacem petierunt. 16. Arbitrabamur propter
tempestatem difficultatem navigandl futuram esse sum-
2
1
See 282. See 511 a.
 REVIEW OF LESSONS LXVIH-LXXIII 199

mam. 1
17. Tempestas non est idonea ad navigandum.
18. Iter agminis densissimis silvls impedltum est.

592. 1. It is easy to see. 2. I shall send men to do this. 3. He

will to the city to see his brother. 4. The soldiers are about-
come
to-forage in the neighboring fields. 5. We
must learn these things 2
before evening. 6. I think you will see these things within a few
days. 7. Tell the women and children that there is safety in the
town. 8. The baggage of the whole army could be seen by the
scouts.

LESSON LXXIV
REVIEW OF LESSONS LXVIH-LXXIII. ADJECTIVE SUFFIXES
593- VOCABULARY
calamitas
200 LATIN FOR THE FIRST YEAR

Adjective Suffixes. Among the suffixes used to form

595.
adjectives are the following:
a. -ax, -idus, forming adjectives with an active meaning:
audax, daring (audeo, dare); cupidus, desiring, desirous
(cupio).
b. -ilis, -bilis, -tivus, forming adjectives with a passive
meaning: facilis, that may be done, easy (facio); credibilis,
that may be believed (credo);
captivus, captured (capio).
c. -cus, -ius, -nus, -lis, -ris, -timus, -ter, forming adjec-

tives meaning belonging to, pertaining to, derived from: belli-

cus, pertaining to war (bellum) patrius, pertaining to a father
;

(pater); fraternus, pertaining to a brother (frater); navalis,

pertaining to a ship (navis) mllitaris, pertaining to a soldier
;

(miles); maritimus, pertaining to the sea (mare); equester,

pertaining to a horseman (eques).

596. Answer in Latin the following: 1. Arbitrarisne

Romanos saepe pulsos esse? 2. Ubi hostes se abdiderunt?
3. Cur equites praemissl sunt? 4. Nonne recentem calami-
tatem audlvistl? 5. Quis has res conficere temptabit?

Memorize :
Quid magis est durum saxo? Quid mollius unda?
Dura tamen molli saxa cavantur aqua. Ovid. —
What is harder than stone ? What more soft than water ?
Nevertheless, hard though the rock be, it is hollowed by
the wave.

LESSON LXXV
THE IRREGULAR VERB FIO. IDIOMS

597. The Passive of Facio. The passive of facio in the

present system is formed from the irregular verb fid. The
supine system is regular. Learn from page 292 the conjuga-
tion of fid, fieri, f actus sum, be made, be done, happen, result.

Notice that -i- is long, except in fit and before -er-.

 THE IRREGULAR VERB FIO. IDIOMS 201

a. Prepositional compounds of facio, as conficio, perficio,

are usually conjugated regularly in the passive: conficior,
confici, confectus sum.
b. Write in review a synopsis of the active forms of facio,

including the three moods, the infinitives, the participles,

and the gerund.

598. Certior, the comparative of certus, certain, sure, is

used as a predicate adjective in the phrases certiorem facio,
I inform (lit., make more sure), and certior fio, I am in-
formed (lit., I am made more sure):

1. Eum certiorem feci, I informed him; eos certiores

feci,I informed them.
2.Certior fid (certiores fimus) equites venire, I am in-
formed {we are informed) that the horsemen are coming.
a. Notice that certior agrees with the person informed, and
that the information in sentence 2 is expressed by an infin-
itive with subject accusative, just as after a verb of saying.

599. Idioms. Every language has constructions or ex-

pressions peculiar to itself, called idioms. Thus in English
we say How do you do? in French, Comment vous portez-
vous? (How do you carry yourself?)
Latin has many idioms, such as equus est militi (a horse
has a horse; iter faciunt (they
is to the soldier) for the soldier

make a march) for they march; Messala consule (Messala

consul) for in the consulship of Messala; certior fio (7 am
made more sure) for I am
informed; in spem venio (I come
into hope) for I have hope, I entertain hope.

600. VOCABULARY
beneficium, -1, N., kindness, dUigens, dfligentis, careful,
favor diligent
maleficium, -1, N., evil deed, dUigenter, adv., diligently,
harm, damage faithfully
diligentia, -ae, F., carefulness, certus, -a, -urn, certain, sure
diligence contra, prep., w. ace, against
202 LATIN FOR THE FIRST YEAR

accurro, accurrere, accurri, interficio, interficere, inter-

accursum (ad + curro), run feci, interfectum (inter +
to, hasten to facio), kill
coniuro, -are, -avi, -atum sustineo, sustinere, sustinui,
(con + iuro, swear together), sustentum (sub + teneo) ,

conspire endure, sustain

flo, fieri, f actus sum, be made,
be done, happen, become
EXERCISES
601. Caesar pontem in flumine Rheno
i. fieri iussit.
2. Helvetii de eius adventu certiores factl sunt. 3. Caesar

A ndrca Mantegna
Panel from the Painting "The Triumph of Caesar"
Showing captives and war elephants
 THE IRREGULAR VERB FIO. IDIOMS 203

certior flebatomnes Belgas contra populum Romanum con-

iurare. 4. Factum est multls de causls ut hostes impetum
sustinere non possent. 5. Duae legiones reliquum exercitum
exspectabant, ut uno tempore in hostes impetus fieret.
6. Nauta me certiorem fecit flumen esse altissimum. 7. Sum-
mam in spem victoriae venimus. Fide inter se data,
8.

reges copias suas iunxerunt. 9. His rebus confectls, de

tertia vigilia proficlscemur. 10. Haec facta sunt Marco
Messala et Marco Plsone consulibus. n. Niintiatum est
multos interfectos esse. 12. Quis legionl decimae praefectus
est? 13. Helvetil dicunt se sine iillo maleficio per provinciam

iter facturos esse. 14. Tuum beneficium semper memoria

Andrea Mantegna
"
Panel from the Painting The Triumph of Caesar"
Showing captives and spoils of war
204 LATIN FOR THE FIRST YEAR

tenebo. 15. Omnia magna, cum dlligentia nobis facienda

sunt.
602. 1. 2. He said that peace had been
Peace has been made.
made. 3. Having made
peace, the leaders returned to their (own)
countries. 4. Who will inform the leader (make the leader more
certain) that the road is narrow. 5. The leader will be informed by
the scout. 6. I think the scout will inform the leader. 7. The
scout is coming to inform the leader. 8. No one will do that with
greater diligence than this boy. 9. The children must be protected
most faithfully.

THE BLUNDER OP CONSIDIUS

603. Prima luce,
1
cum summus 2 mons a Labieno tene-
retur, et Caesar ipse non longius mille
ab hostium castrls
et qumgentls passibus abesset, Considius equo admisso 3
ad Caesarem accurrit; dicit montem, quern a Labieno occu-
4
pari voluerit, ab hostibus teneri; id se Gallicis armls atque a,

insignibus cognovisse. Caesar suas copias in proximum

collem subdiicit, aciem Instruit. Labienus, monte occupato,
nostros exspectabat proelioque abstinebat.
Multo die 5 Caesar certior f actus est montem a suls
6
tenerl, et Considium, timore perterritum, quod non vidisset
7
pro vlso nuntiavisse.

LESSON LXXVI
THE VERB EO. TEMPORAL CLAUSES

604. Learn the conjugation of the irregular verb eo, ire,

ii (or ivi), itum, go, page 292. Stems: present, 1-, perfect,
i- (Iv-), supine, it-. Note the contracted forms.
1
Prima luce, at daybreak.
2
The wp of.
3
Equo admisso, at full speed (lit., his horse having been let go).
4
He wished.
5
Multo die, late in the day.
6
Timore perterritum, thoroughly frightened.
7
Pro vlso, as if seen.
 THE VERB EO. TEMPORAL CLAUSES 205

Certain compounds of eo, as ad-eo, go to, visit, trans-eo,

a.

go across, cross, may be transitive and therefore may be con-

jugated in the passive: adeor, adiris, aditur, adlmur, adi-
mini, adeuntur, etc.

605. Temporal Clauses. Clauses expressing time are intro-

duced chiefly by the conjunctions cum, when, ubi, when,
postquam, after, priusquam, before, dum, as long as, while,
until. Review 513, and 310 a.

a. as long as, takes the indicative:

Dum, Dum
anima est,
spes est, as long as there is life, there is hope.
b. Dum, while, takes the indicative historical present, in-

stead of a past tense: Dum

loquitur, venerunt, while he was
speaking, they came.
Dum, until, and priusquam, before, take the indicative
c.

of an actual event, but the subjunctive of an expected event:

Mansit domi dum veni, he stayed at home until I came; ex-
spectavit dum venirem, he waited for me to come (until I
should come).

606. VOCABULARY
vox, vocis, F., voice eo, ire, ii (ivi), itum, go
citerior, citerius, comp. adj., exeo (ex + eo), go -out
nearer, hither redeo (red + eo), go back, re-

ulterior, ulterius, comp. adj., turn

farther transeo (trans + eo) , go across,
dum, conj., as long as, while, cross
until moror, -ari, -atus sum, delay
antequam, conj., before

Memorize:
Nam genus et proavos et quae n5n fecimus ipsi,
Vix ea nostra voco. Ovid. —
Pedigree and ancestry and what we ourselves have not
achieved,
I scarcely recognize as our own.
206 LATIN FOR THE FIRST YEAR

EXERCISES
607. i. Pueri domum Ibant. 2. Pater nobiscum ibit.

3. Pater dicit se nobiscum iturum esse. 4. Roma

venerunt
et Genavam 5. Ieramus Ibunt. ut hortum videremus.
6. Persuade tecum eant.els ut 7. Ite cum els, amid.
8. Ire non possunt. 9. Galba iturus est. 10. Cur ierunt?
11. Non cognovi cur ierint. 12. Puto eum Isse. 13. Eos
euntes vldi. 14. Hoc fhlmen vado transltur. 15. Ex op-
pido exeunt. 16. Ante vesperum redlbo.
608. 1. Provincia Romana Alpibus in duas partes divisa
erat. 2. Hae partes Gallia citerior et Gallia ulterior appel-
latae sunt. 3. Cum Caesar esset in Gallia citeriore, Belgae
coniurabant. 4. Cum venies, nostra consilia cognosces.

5. Hostes, ubi impedimenta exercitus viderunt, celeriter

impetum fecerunt. 6. Postquam id audlvit, Caesar in proxi-

mum collem copias suas duxit. 7. Dum paucos dies fru-
menti causa moratur, de incolis certior factus est. 8. Non
exspectare statuit, dum
provinciam Helvetil pervenirent.
in

9. Imperator Genavae manebit, dum milites conveniant.

10. Voce imperatoris audita, milites fortius pugnant.

609. 1. We
they have gone. 2. He has gone out he
shall go; ;

had gone out. 3. We

were crossing the bridge; we had crossed.
4. The messenger is now going to the camp. 5. The king said he
would go with a larger army. 6. When they had gone three miles,
they decided to return. 7. Remain in the village until we come.
8. The traders are about to go into farther Gaul.

CAESAE GOES TO BIBRACTE FOE, SUPPLIES

610. Postero die Caesar frumenti causa iter ab Helvetils
contendit, quod erat maximum
et Bibracte 2 ire
1
avertit
oppidum Haeduorum. Ea res per fugitlvos hostibus nun-
1
tiatur. Helvetil, quod Romanos timore perterritos discedere
1
a se existimabant, mutato 1 consilio et itinere converso
nostros sequl coeperunt.
1
a Accusative.
See general vocabulary.
 THE VERB FERO. CAUSAL CLAUSES 207

LESSON LXXVII
THE VERB FERO. CAUSAL CLAUSES

611. Learn from page 293 the conjugation of the irregular

verb fero, ferre,
tuli, latum, bear, bring; passive, feror, ferri,
latus sum, be borne, be brought. Stems: fer-, tul-, lat-.
612. Causal Clauses. Clauses expressing cause or reason
are introduced chiefly by the conjunctions quod, because, and
cum, since, as. Cum, when so used, is called cum-causal, in
distinction from cum-temporal.

a. Quod takes the indicative to state the reason of the

speaker or writer; the subjunctive to state the reason of

another: Vicerunt quod fortes erant, they conquered because
(as I know) they were brave; Eos accusavit, quod fortes non
essent, he accused them because (as he said) they were not brave.
b. Cum-causal takes the subjunctive: Facile erat oppidum

expugnare, cum non defenderetur, it was easy to capture the

town, since it was not defended.

613. VOCABULARY
onus, oneris, N., load, burden differo, differre, distuli, dfla-
subsidium, -1, N., aid, assist- turn (dis+ fero), bear apart,
ance difer, postpone
medius, -a, -um, middle, the effero, efferre, extuli, elatum
middle of (ex + fero), bear out, take
veteranus, -a, -um, veteran along
cum, conj., since, as infero, inferre, intuli, inlatum
fero, ferre, tuli, latum, bear, (in + fero), bring upon,
bring make upon
confero, conferre, contuli, refero, referre, rettuli, rela-
conlatum (con + fero), bring turn, bring back; pedem
together; se conferre, betake referre, withdraw
one's self
208 LATIN FOR THE FIRST YEAR

EXERCISES
614. i. Fers; feres; ut feras. Fert; ferunt.
2. 3. Tule-
runt; tulerant; tulerint. 4. Ferebat; ferebatur. 5. Tu-
lisse; ferri. 6. Latus; laturus. 7. Slgnum fertur. 8. Signa
relata sunt. 9. Ferte signa, mllites. 10. Subsidium nobis

ferebant. 11. Qui eorum arma ferre possunt?

615. 1.
Agricolae f rumentum conferunt. 2. Nautae se in

conferunt. Prlnceps eos hortatus ut se in

portum 3. est,
silvas conferrent. 4. Omnia impedimenta in unum locum
conlatasunt. 5. GermanI bellum Gallls intulerunt. 6. Civi-
tates Galliae lingua inter se distulerunt. 7. Propter onera,
quae ferimus, celerius ire non poterimus. 8. Dux quemque
frumentum sibi domo efferre iussit. 9. Perfacile erat totlus
Galliae potirl, cum Helvetii virtute omnibus praestarent.
10. Genavam ibimus, quod sumus cupidl videndae terrae
Helvetiorum.
616. 1. Bearing; we are bearing. 2. To have borne; to have
been borne. 3. You have borne; you were bearing. 4. Bear the
standard bravely. 5. The consul will bring aid to you. 6. The
inhabitants of that city did not make war on the Romans. 7. When
the farmers had brought together the grain, they sent it to the
city. 8. Since we are not able to go, we will send a message.

9. Caesar built (made) a bridge, because he had no ships.

CAESAR PREPARES FOR BATTLE

617. Postquam Caesar id vidit, copias suas in proximum
collem dtixit equitatumque, qui sustineret hostium impetum,
Ipse interim in colle medio aciem instruxit legionum
x
mlsit.

quattuor veteranarum; sed in summo iugo duas legiones

novas, quas in Gallia citeriore
conscripserat, conlocavit.
Totum montem hominibus complerl et sarcinas in unum locum
conferrl et eum ab els, qui in superiore acie erant, muniri
iussit.
1
The middle of, half way up.
 THE VERBS VOLO AND NOLO 209

LESSON LXXVIII
THE VERBS VOLO AND NOLO. CONDITIONAL SENTENCES

618. Learn from page 295 the conjugation of the irregular

verbs volo, velle, volui, wish, be willing, and nolo, nolle,
nolui, be unwilling.
a. Notice that the irregular forms are the present indica-
tive, the present infinitive, and the present and imperfect
subjunctive.
b. These verbs may take a complementary infinitive, or
an with subject-accusative: Venire voluit, he wished
infinitive
to come; eos venire voluit, he wished them to come.

619. The irregular verbs, as given in the preceding lessons,

are:sum, eo, fio, fero, volo, and their compounds including
possum and nolo.
620. Conditional Sentences. A conditional sentence is a
complex sentence one clause of which expresses a condition,
the other a conclusion: // he tries, he will succeed. If he tries
is the condition, he will succeed, the conclusion. The Latin
conjunctions used in such sentences are si, if; sin, but if;
nisi, if not, unless.
621. Conditions may be of the following kinds:
a. Present condition:
1. Stated as a fact; present indicative:
Si vincit, bene est, if he is conquering, it is well.

2. Contrary to fact; imperfect subjunctive:

Si vinceret, bene esset, if he were conquering, it

would be well.
b. Past condition:
1. Stated as a fact; a past indicative:
Si vicit, bene
fuit, if he conquered, it was well.
2. Contrary to fact; pluperfect subjunctive:
Si vicisset, bene fuisset, if he had conquered, it

would have been welL

>
 THE VERBS VOLO AND NOLO 211

c. Future condition:
i. More probable {shall, will); future or future per-
fect:
Si vincet, bene erit, if he conquers (shall conquer),
it will be well.
2. Less probable (should, would); present or perfect
subjunctive:
Si vincat, bene sit, if he should conquer, it would be
well.
EXERCISES
622. 1. Quis hoc facere vult? 2. Dlcit se velle. 3. Dixit
te nolle. 4. Putat eos voluisse. 5. Manere nolunt. 6. Ami-
cus meus domum redlre volebat. 7. Cum mercatore loqul
voluimus. 8. Pueros esse in perlculo nolebamus. 9. Si
velit.
1
11. Si vellet. 2 12. Si voluisset. 3

623. 1. Si eris dux, sequar. 2. Si amlcos tuos laudaveris,

ab els laudaberis. 3. Si sunt amid regis, erunt fortes. 4. Si

patriam amatis, este fortes. 5. Si fuit Romae, domum Marcl

vldit. 6. Si vis, te certiorem de itinere me5 faciam. 7. Si
translre conabuntur, Caesar eos prohibebit. 8. Si obsides
ab Helvetils dentur, 1 Caesar cum els pacem faciat. 9. Si
3
proelio contendere voluissent, vlcissent. 10. Si urbs capta
3
esset, multl elves interfectl essent.

624. 1. We shall be willing to go to-morrow. 2. To-day we are

unwilling to go. 3. I wished to see the consul's sons. 4. You are
always willing to send aid. 5. If the soldiers are brave, they are
praised. 6. If the soldiers are (will be) brave, they will be praised.
x
7. If the soldiers should be brave, they would be praised. 8. If
the soldiers had been 3 brave, they would have been praised.

THE BATTLE OF BIBRACTE

625. Helvetia cum omnibus suls carrls sectitl impedimenta
in unum locum contulerunt; ipsl confertissima
4
acie, reiecto
1 3
See 621, c 2. See 621, b 2.
2
See 621, a 2. 4
See 626 for new words.
15
212 LATIN FOR THE FIRST YEAR

nostro equitatu, sub prlmam nostram aciem successerunt.

Caesar, equis omnium ex conspectu remotis, ut spem fugae
1
tolleret, cohortatus suos proelium commlsit.
2
Milites, e loco superiore pills missis, facile hostium aciem
reppulerunt.
3
Ea perturbata, gladils in eos impetum fece-
4
runt. Tandem vulneribus confectl, Galll pedem referre et
se recipere coeperunt ad montem, qui circiter mille passiis
aberat.
Cap to monte et succedentibus nostrls, socii Helve tiorum
nostros circumvemre conatl sunt. Id conspicatl Helvetil,
5
qui in montem se receperant, nostrls restiterunt et proelium

renovarunt. 6
626. VOCABULARY
vulnus, vulneris, N., wound turn (re + iacio), throw back,
confertus, -a, -um, crowded, drive back
in close order renovo, -are, -avi, -atum, re-
tandem, adv., at last, finally new
conspicor, -an, -atus sum, succedo,succedere, success!,
observe, catch sight of successum (sub + cedo),
perturbo, -are, -avi, -atum, advance
throw into confusion tollo, tollere, sustuli, subla-
reicio, reicere, reieci, reiec- turn, take away, remove

LESSON LXXIX
IMPERSONAL VERBS. REVIEW OF SUBORDINATE CLAUSES

627. Impersonal Verbs. An

impersonal verb is one that
has no personal subject, and hence is used in the third person
singular only. In English such verbs are often introduced
by the expletive it: it rains, it happens.
4
1
Began (committd). Exhausted.
2
Hurled. B
From resisto.
8 From repello.
6 A contraction of renovaverunt.
 IMPERSONAL VERBS 213

In Latin impersonal verbs include chiefly:

1. Intransitive verbs in the passive voice: pugnatur, there

is fighting (lit., it is fought).

2. Verbs taking a phrase or a clause as their subject, as
accidit, it happens; dicitur, it is said; fit, it comes to pass;
licet, it is permitted; oportet, it is necessary:
Hoc facere licet, it is permitted to do this.
Accidit ut flumen sit altum, it happens that the river is

deep.

a. Impersonal verbs are found in the indicative, sub-

junctive, and infinitive.

628. Review of Subordinate Clauses. We have learned

the following kinds of clauses:
a. Clauses used as nouns:

1. With a subject accusative + an infinitive (341).

2. With ut or ne + a subjunctive (438).
3. With an interrogative word + a subjunctive (501).
b. Clauses used as adverbs, expressing purpose (411), re-
sult (446), time (605), cause (612), condition (620).
c. Clauses used as adjectives, usually beginning with
relative pronoun.

629. VOCABULARY
aurum, -I, N., gold oportet, oportere, oportuit, it

oculus, -1, M., eye is necessary

poena, -ae, F., punishment iudico, -are, -avi, -atum,
scelus, sceleris, N., crime judge, determine
accidit, accidere, accidit, it trado, tradere, tradidi, tradi-
happens turn (trans + do), give over.
fit, fieri, factum est, it comes surrender
to pass
licet, licere, licuit, it is per-
mitted
214 LATIN FOR THE FIRST YEAR

EXERCISE
630. 1. Acriter eo die pugnatum est. 2. Dictum est nihil
esse potentius auro. 3. Oportet poenam sequl scelus. 4. Hel-
ve tils iter per provinciam facere non licuit. 5. Accidit ut im-
perator de perlculo certior fieret. 6. Dlcitur Caesarem fuisse
(virum) magna dlligentia. 7. Oculls itidicarl non potest in
utram partem Arar fluat. 8. Factum est ut Helvetii ad
fines suos reverterentur. 9. Victores pacem non facient,
nisi arma tradita erunt. 10. Cum arma tradita essent, vic-
tores pacem cum civitate fecerunt. 11. Armls traditls, elves
se defendere non poterant. 12. Si hostes fortiores fuissent,

pacem non petissent. 13. Legatus missus est, ut novam

legionem conscrlberet. 14. Nautae in portum salutis peten-
dae causa contenderunt. 15. Putasne poenam fuisse gra-
\4orem?

DEFEAT OF THE HELVETII

631. Diu atque acriter pugnatum est. Diutius cum sus-
tinere nostrorum impetus non possent, alterl 1
se, ut 2
coe-
perant, in montem receperunt, alterl
3
ad impedimenta et
carros suos se contulerunt. Ad multam noctem 4 ad im-
pedimenta pugnatum est, propterea quod pro vallo carrls
utebantur et de els in nostros tela coniciebant. 5 Diu cum
pugnatum esset, castris nostrl potltl sunt.
Helvetii omnium rerum inopia inductl legatos de deditione
ad Caesarem mlserunt. Obsides et arma poposcit. 6 Helve-
tios et socios in fines suos, unde erant profectl, 7 revertl,
et oppida vlcosque, quos incenderant, restituere iussit.

1
One division (the Helvetii).
Ut sometimes means as when followed by an indicative.
8
The other division (the allies of the Helvetii).
4
Far into the night.
6
Con + iacio.
6
From posed.
7
From proficiscor.
 REVIEW OF CONJUNCTIONS 215

LESSON LXXX
REVIEW OF CONJUNCTIONS. REVIEW OF THE NOMINATIVE
AND GENITIVE

632. Conjunctions Classified. Conjunctions are either

coordinate, connecting similar constructions, or subordinate,
connecting subordinate clauses with principal clauses.
a. Coordinate conjunctions:
1. et, atque (ac), -que, and; neque (nee), and not.

2. aut aut, either

. . .
or; neque . . . neque, neither
. . .

. nor ; et
. . et, both
. . and.
. . . .

3. autem, but, moreover; sed, but; enim, nam, for;

tamen, nevertheless.
b. Subordinate conjunctions:
1. Temporal, cum, ubi, dum, postquam, priusquam.
2. Causal, quod, cum.
3. Conditional, si, sin, nisi.

4. Final, denoting purpose, ut, ne, quo.

Consecutive, denoting result, ut.
5.

633. Uses of the Nominative Reviewed. The nominative

is used chiefly as follows:
a. Subject nominative (26).

b. Predicate nominative (99).

634. Uses of the Genitive Reviewed. The genitive is

used chiefly as follows:

a. With nouns. General Rule : A noun limiting another
noun, not meaning the same person or thing, is in the genitive.
1. Genitive of possession (51).

2. Genitive of description (532).

3. Genitive of the whole (530).
4. Objective genitive (353).
b. With adjectives (353).
2l6 LATIN FOR THE FIRST YEAR

635. VOCABULARY

corpus, corporis, N., body iuvenis, iuvenis, young; as

deus, del, M., god noun, youth
facultas, facultatis, F., oppor- senex, senis, old; as noun,
tunity, means old man
mos, moris, M., custom, man- militaris, -e, military
ner peritus, -a, -um, expert-
ingens, ingentis, vast, huge enced (in), skillful

EXERCISES

636. 1. Genava erat oppidum ulterioris pro vinciae. 2. Tu-

lingl dlcuntur fuisse socii Helve tiorum. 3. Multitudo iu-
venum convenerunt, ut patriam defenderent. 4. RomanI
haec consilio deorum facta esse crediderunt. 5. Legatus
l
erat peritus rei militaris. 6. Accidit ut multl elves essent
cupidl rerum novarum. 7. Tanta opera Galli neque vide-
rant neque audierant. 2 8. Helvetil aut suis flnibus Germa-
nos prohibent aut ipsl in eorum flnibus bellum gerunt.
9. Facultas regnl obtinendl fllio regis data est. 10. Caesar
multa de moribus Britannorum cognovit. 11. German! di-
cebantur esse ingentl magnitudine corporum. 12. Senes de
multls rebus iuvenes monere 3 possunt. 13. Facultas incen-
dendae urbis hostibus non danda est.

637. 1. The hill was not of great height. 2. Who was the most
famous of the Helvetians? 3. The daughter of Orgetorix is said to
have been captured. 4. The consul will either go himself or send
his son. 5. Neither the boys nor the girls had been informed about
the customs of Gauls. 6. Did not the Romans believe there were
many gods? 7. I hear that this man is very skillful. 8. Tell me
who of these boys is most skillful.

1
In science. Peritus governs the genitive (353).
2
Heard of. 3
Advise.
 REVIEW OF THE DATIVE AND THE ACCUSATIVE 21 7

LESSON LXXXI
REVIEW OF THE DATIVE AND THE ACCUSATIVE

638. Uses of the Dative Case. The following uses have

been given for the dative:
1. Dative of the indirect object, with transitive verbs (60).
2. Dative of the indirect object, wT ith special verbs (437).
3. Dative of the indirect object, with compound verbs
(457)-
4. Dative of the possessor, with sum (459).
5. Dative of the agent, with passive periphrastic forms
(574).
6. Dative with certain adjectives (245).
639. Uses of the Accusative Case. The following uses
have been given for the accusative:
1. Accusative of the direct object (42).

2. Accusative with prepositions (541).

3. Accusative of place to
which (133).
4. Subject of an infinitive (342).
5. Predicate accusative (190).
6. Accusative of duration of time (291).
7. Accusative of extent of space (523).

64O. VOCABULARY
arbor, arboris, F., tree intellego, intellegere, intel-

dominus, -1, M., master lexi, intellectum (inter +

donum, -1, N. (do), gift lego), understand
publicus, -a, -urn, of the people, progredior, progredi, pro-
public gressus sum (pro + gra-
res publica, rei publicae, F., dior, step), go forward,
state, republic advance
dedo, dedere,dedidi, deditum
(de + do) , give up, surrender
2l8 LATIN FOR THE FIRST YEAR

EXERCISES
641. i. Prlnceps Haeduorum fuit amlcissimus populo Ro-
mano. 2. Cui legion! Caesar indulsit? 3. Tibi, legate, locus
castrls deligendus est. 4. Rex dlcit sibi nullam cum els
amicitiam esse posse. 5. Dumnorix equitatui Romano prae-

fuit. 6. Duas horas navigavimus. 7. Duo mllia passuum

trans lacum navigavimus. 8. Perlculum esse maximum in-
tellegit. 9. Se suaque omnia imperatorl Romano dedide-
runt. 10. Milites multas arbores ex silva portabant, quibus

pontem facerent. 11. Dlcitur dominum habuisse multos

servos. Pro re piiblica, milites, pugnatis.
12. 13. Progre-
diemur, legati, ad locum magis idoneum.

642. 1. The slaves call these men masters. 2. The farmer has
a hundred trees in the field. 3. They will remain in the city a few
hours and return home to-morrow. 4. The Belgians were next to
the Celts. 5. Caesar understood that this man was wishing to
make war on the Romans. 6. Will you surrender yourselves and
your property to this nation?

LESSON LXXXII
REVIEW OF THE ABLATIVE

643. Uses of the Ablative Case. The following uses have

been given for the ablative case:
1. Ablative with prepositions (541).
2. Ablative of means (66).
3. Ablative of agent (149).
4. Ablative of separation (220).
5. Ablative of place from which (222).
6. Ablative of place in which (67).
7. Ablative of time when (292).
8. Ablative of accompaniment (136).
9. Ablative of manner (137).
 REVIEW OF THE ABLATIVE 219

0. Ablative of cause (362).

1. Ablative of specification (378).
2. Ablative of description (532).
3. Ablative of comparison (472).
4. Ablative of measure of difference (473).
5. Ablative with certain deponent verbs (403).
6. Ablative absolute (565).

644. VOCABULARY
fumus, -1, M., smoke carus, -a, -um, dear
ignis, Ignis, M.,fire egredior, egredi, egressus
latitudo, -tudinis, F. (latus), sum (e + gradior), go out,
breadth, width march out
luna, -ae, F., moon significo, -are, -avi, -atum,
Crassus, -1, M., Crassus show, indicate
Pompeius, Pompel (dat. Pom- vivo, vivere, vixi, victum, live
peio), Pompey

J. Coomans
A Roman Woman and her Maids
220 LATIN FOR THE FIRST YEAR

EXERCISES

645. i. Latitudo castrorum fumo et ignibus slgnificata

est. 2. Ab els, qui iter cognoverant, ductl sumus. 3. Vlcus
non longius quingentis passibus abest. 4. Exercitus ex
Labieno duce, egressus est. 5. Quis
castrls de tertia vigilia,
erat Labienus? 6. Sex annis erit consul. 7. Pompeio et
Crasso consulibus, GermanI Rhenum transierunt. 8. Pom-
1
peius erat magna auctoritate. 9. Hostes et equitibus et

peditibus utentur. 10. Nihil est hominibus carius llber-

tate. 11. Potes ita vlvere ut omnibus carissimus sis.

12. Die mihi quis esset Pompeius. 13. Die mihi ubi Pom-
peius vlxerit. 14. Domus parva sub arboribus -altissimls
stetit. 15. Tu non capiendus es. 16. Si ante vesperum ad
illud oppidum perveneris, non capieris.

646. 1. We know that the moon is smaller than the sun. 2. Go

with me to the Forum at the fourth hour. 3. You will not be able
2
to cross on-account-of the width of the river. 4. Caesar wrote
many things about the tribes of Gaul. 5. In a few months we shall
read these things. 6. I am going- to-speak with the general in-be-
half-of those whom he has conquered. 7. They went to the city for-

the-purpose of (getting) supplies. 8. The lake is three feet deeper

than the river. 9. Where was the standard of the tenth legion?

1
Predicate ablative of description (531, 3).
2
Propter.
• • • I

> •
 THE WAR WITH THE HELVETII
Gaius Julius Caesar, the Roman statesman, general, and writer,
was born about ioo B.C. After an education in Rome and Greece
and a short career in the army, he held the important political of-
fices of the Roman republic, the last of which was the consulship
for 59 B.C. At the close of this year he became governor of Gaul, a
large territory now including France, Belgium, Switzerland, and
northern Italy. During the following eight years (58-51) he
subdued the tribes of western Gaul, and also invaded Germany and
Britain. The history of his conquest was written by Caesar himself
"
in his Commentaries on the Gallic Wars."
The first war was fought with the Heivetii, or ancient Swiss,
who in the early part of 58 B.C., with men, women, and children,
had left their country to conquer the rest of Gaul. The Latin
text following is Caesar's account simplified, and repeats in a
connected way the paragraphs for reading as given in the pre-
ceding lessons.

THE NATIONS OF GAUL

I. Gallia est omnis dlvlsa in partes tres, quarum unam
incolunt Belgae, aliam Aqultanl, tertiam Celtae, qui lingua
nostra Galli appellantur. Hi omnes lingua legibusque inter
se differunt. Gallos ab Aqultanls Garumna flumen, a Belgls
Matrona et Sequana dividit. Horum omnium fortissiml 5
sunt Belgae, propterea, quod a. cultu atque humanitate pro-
vinciae longissime absunt; proximlque sunt Germanls, qui
trans Rhenum incolunt, quibuscum continenter bellum ge-
runt. Eadem de causa 1
Heivetii reliquos Gallos virtu te
praecedunt, quod fere cotldianls proelils cum Germanls con- 10

tendunt, cum aut suls flnibus eos prohibent aut ipsl in

eorum flnibus bellum gerunt.
1
For the same reason.
221
 222 LATIN FOR THE FIRST YEAR

THE PLAN OF ORGETORIX, THE HELVETIAN

2. Apud Helvetios
longe nobilissimus fuit Orgetorlx.
Regni cupiditate inductus coniurationem nobilitatis fecit, et
civitati persuasit, ut de flnibus suls cum omnibus copils exl-
rent. Dixit perfacile esse totlus Galliae imperio potlri, cum
5 virtiite omnibus praestarent.
Facilius els persuasit, quod undique loci natura Helvetii
continentur: una ex 1 parte flumine Rheno latissimo atque
altissimo, qui agrum Helvetium a Germanls dlvidit; altera
ex parte monte Itira altissimo, qui est inter Sequanos et
io Helvetios; tertia
2
lacii Lemanno et flumine
Rhodano, qui
provinciam nostram ab Helvetils Pro 3 multittidine
dlvidit.
hominum et pro gloria 4 fortitudinis angustos se fines habere
5
arbitrabantur, qui in longitudinem mllia passuum ccxl, in
latitudinem clxxx 6 patebant.
1
Una ex parte, on one side.
4
Renown (for).
2
Tertia (ex parte). 5
Ducenta quadraginta.
3
Considering.
6
Centum octoginta.

THE HELVETII PREPARE TO LEAVE THEIR COUNTRY

3. His rebus adductl et auctoritate Orgetorlgis permotl
constituerunt omnes res ad profectionem comparare, atque
cum proximls clvitatibus pacem et amlcitiam conflrmare.
Ad eas res conficiendas Orgetorlx deligitur. Is legationem

5 ad clvitates suscipit. In eo itinere persuadet Castico, duel

Sequanorum, ut regnum in clvitate sua occuparet, quod
pater ante habuerat; itemque Dumnorlgl Haeduo ut idem
conaretur persuadet.
1
probat id esse perfacile factu, quod ipse suae civi-
Illls

iotatis imperium obtenturus esset. Hac oratione adductl

inter se fidem dant, et regno occupato sese totlus Galliae

potlri posse sperant.

1
See 587, a.
 WAR WITH THE HELVETII 223

THE TRIAL AND DEATH OF ORGETORIX

4. Ea res 1 Helvetiis est enuntiata. Moribus 2 suls Orge-
torigem ex vinculis causam dlcere coegerunt; damnatum
3 4

poenam sequl oportebat ut igni cremaretur. Die constitute

causae dictionis 5 Orgetorlx ad indicium omnes clientes

obaeratosque suos, quorum magnum numerum habebat

condiixit; per eos se eripuit. Cum ci vitas armis ius suum
exsequl conaretur, multitudinemque hominum ex agrls ma-
gistratus cogerent, Orgetorlx mortuus est. Helvetil arbi-
trantur ipsum sibi mortem consclvisse.
1
The conspiracy of Orgetorix, 3
To plead his case (stand trial).
4
Dumnorix, and Casticus. // condemned.
2 5
According to their customs. For the pleading.

THE HELVETII CONTINUE THEIR PREPARATIONS

5. Post eius mortem tamen Helvetil id quod constituerant
facere conantur, ut e finibus suls exeant. Ubi se ad earn rem
paratos esse arbitrati sunt, oppida sua omnia numero ad 1
duodecim, vlcos ad quadringentos, reliqua prlvata aedi-
ficia incendunt. Trium mensium frumentum sibi quem-
que domo
2
efferre iubent. Persuadent finitimis ut oppidis
suls vlclsque incensis una 3 cum els proficiscantur; Boiosque,
qui trans Rhenum 4
incoluerant, socios recipiunt.
1 3
Adv., about. Together (in company).
2
Each man. 4
As allies.

TWO ROUTES FROM HELVETIA

6. Erant itinera duo quibus domo exire possent: finum
per Sequanos, angustum et difficile, inter montem Iuram et
flumen Rhodanum; alterum per provinciam nostram, multo
facilius, propterea quod inter fines Helvetiorum et Allobro-
gum, qui nuper pacati erant, Rhodanus fluit, isque nonnullis 5
Locls vad5 transltur.
 224 LATIN FOR THE FIRST YEAR

Extremum oppidum Allobrogum proximumque Helvetio-

rum flnibus est Genava. Ex eo oppido pons ad Helvetios
pertinet. Allobrogibus se persuasiiros esse exlstimabant, ut
per suos fines eos ire paterentur, quod nondum bono animo 1

*in 2 populum Romanum viderentur. 3 Omnibus rebus ad

4
profectionem comparatls, diem dlcunt qua die ad ripam
RhodanI omnes conveniant. 5
1
Well-disposed (of kindly feeling) .
4
A p point.
2 3 5
Toward. Seemed. See 420.

CAESAR GOES TO GENEVA

7. Caesari cum
nuntiatum esset, eos per provinciam
id
nostram iter facere conari, ab urbe 1 proficiscitur et quam 2
maximls itineribus in Galliam ulteriorem contendit et ad 3
Genavam pervenit. In provincia quam 2 maximum militum
5 numerum conscribit (erat omnino in Gallia ulteriore legio
una). Pontem qui erat ad Genavam iubet rescind!.
Ubi de eius adventu Helvetii certiores factl sunt, legafos
ad eum mittunt, n5bilissimos civitatis, qui dicerent se velle
sine ullo maleficio iter per provinciam facere, propterea
10 quod aliud iter haberent nullum. Rogaverunt ut id sibi
facere liceret.Caesar homines inimlco animo, 4 itinere per
pr5vinciam dato, temperaturos esse a maleficio non existima-
Tamen, ut spatium intercedere posset dum milites
5
bat.
6 7
quos imperaverat convenlrent, legatis respondit diem se
15 ad deliberandum sumpttirum. Diem constituit, qua rever-
terentur, quid vellent.
si

5 7
1
I.e., from Rome. 3
In (to) the vicinity of. Until. Time.
2
See 492. 4
See 532. 6
Had levied.

CAESAR CONSTRUCTS FORTIFICATIONS

8. Interea, a lacu Lemanno, qui in flumen Rhodanum In-

fluit, ad montem Iuram, qui fines Sequanorum ab Helvetils

dlvidit, murum fossamque perducit. Eo opere perfects prae-

 WAR WITH THE HELVE Til 225

sidia disponit, castella munit, ut hostes prohibere posset, si

translre conarentur.
Ubi ea dies quam constituerat cum legatls venit, et legatl
ad eum reverterunt, dicit se non posse
per provinciam iter ulll

dare; et, si vim

conentur,facere
prohibittirum ostendit. 5
1
Helvetil, ea spe deiectl, navibus ratibusque atque vadis
Rhodanum translre conatl sunt. Munltione et mllitum
tells repulsl hoc conatu. destiterunt.
1
Disappointed in (lit., cast down from).

THE ROUTE THROUGH THE LAND OF THE SEQUANI

Relinquebatur una per Sequanos
1
9. via, qua Sequanls
invltls 2
propter angustias non poterant. His cum ipsl
Ire

persuadere non possent, legatos ad Dumnorlgem Haeduum

mittunt. Dumnorlx apud Sequanos plurimum poterat, 3 et
Helvetils erat amicus, quod ex ea clvitate Orgetorlgis flliam S

in matrimonium duxerat; et cupiditate regnl adductus novls

rebus 4 studebat, et quam plurimas clvitates suo beneficio
conciliare volebat. Itaque rem suscipit et a Sequanls im-
petrat ut per fines suos Helvetios Ire patiantur.
2 4
1
By which. See 565. Novis rebus, for a change of
3
Plurimum poterat, was very government (lit., for new things).
powerful (lit., was able very much).

CAESAR REINFORCES HIS ARMY

10. Caesarl nuntiatur Helvetios habere in animo per
agrum Sequanorum et Haeduorum iter facere in earn partem
Galliae, quae non longe a provincia absit. Id si fieret, in-
tellegebat provinciam homines bellicosos flnitimos
1
habi-
turam esse. Ob eas causas el munltionl quam fecerat La- S

bienum legatum praeficit. Ipse in Italiam magnls itineribus

contendit duasque ibi legiSnes conscrlbit, et tres, quae circum
(As) neighbors, in apposition with homines.
1
 226 LATIN FOR THE FIRST YEAR

1
Aquileiam hiemabant, ex hlbernls educit, et, qua proximum
iter in ulteriorem Galliam per Alpes erat, cum his qulnque

legionibus Ire contendit. In Segusiavos exercitum ducit,

qui sunt prlml extra provinciam trans Rhodanum.
1
Where.

THE HAEDUI AND OTHERS ASK FOR AID

11. Helvetil iam per angustias et fines Sequanorum suas
copias traduxerant, et in Haeduorum fines pervenerant eo-
rumque agros vastabant. Haedul, cum se suaque ab els
defendere non possent, legatos ad Caesarem mittunt roga-
5 turn auxilium. Dlcunt paene in conspectu exercitiis nostrl
agros suos vastarl, llberos in servitutem abducl, oppida
expugnarl non debere.
E5dem tempore Haeduorum Caesarem certiorem
socil
faciunt sese non facile ab oppidls vim hostium prohibere.
ioltem Allobroges, qui trans Rhodanum vlcos possessionesque
habebant, se ad Caesarem recipiunt et demonstrant
fuga,
sibipraeter agrl solum nihil esse reliqul. His rebus adductus
Caesar Helvetils bellum Inferre constituit.

THE ROMANS DEFEAT PART OF THE HELVETII

12.Fliimen est Arar, quod per fines Haeduorum et Se-
quanorum in Rhodanum Influit. Id Helvetil ratibus ac
Ubi per exploratores Caesar
lintribus iunctls translbant.
2
copiarum Helvetios id flumen
1
certior factus est tres partes

5 traduxisse, quartam partem citra fliimen Ararim reliquam

esse, de tertia vigilia cum legionibus tribus e castrls profectus,
ad earn partem pervenit quae nondum flumen transierat.
Eos impedltos adgressus magnam partem eorum concldit;
reliqul sese fugae mandarunt atque in proximas silvas ab-

1 2
Primary obj. of traduxisse. Secondary obj. of traduxisse,
depending on tra-.
 WAR WITH THE HELVETII 227

diderunt. Is
pagus appellabatur Tigurlnus; nam omnis
clvitas Helvetia in quattuor pagos divlsa est.

CAESAR HAVING CROSSED THE ARAR IS DEFIED BY

THE ENEMY
13. Hoc proelio facto, ut reliquas copias Helvetiorum
1

c5nsequl posset, Caesar pontem in Ararl facit atque ita

exercitum traducit. Helvetil repentlno eius adventu com-
ipsl diebus xx confecerant, ilium uno
3
motl, cum 2
id, quod
die fecisse intellegerent, legatos ad eum mittunt; cuius 5

legationis Dlvico prlnceps fuit, qui bello cum Cassio 4

dux
Helvetiorum fuerat.
"
cum Caesare
Is ita locutus est: Si pacem populus Ro-
manus cum Helvetiis faciet, in earn partem Galliae Ibunt
5
atque erunt ubi volueris; sin els bellum Inferes, tene
ibi 10

memoria vetus incommodum Romanorum et prlstinam virtu-

tem Helvetiorum. Unum pagum adortus es cum el, qui
flumen transierant, suls auxilium ferre non possent. Ob
earn rem noli 6
Romanos Helvetiis virtute
exlstimare 5

praestare. Nos magis virtute quam Insidils contendimus. 1$

Is locus ubi constiterimus
7
ex calamitate popull RomanI
nomen capiet."
1
Having been fought. defeated by the Helvetians, 107
2
Since. B.C.
5
3
This refers to the crossing of See 457.
the river. 6
Do not (be unwilling), im-
4 The Roman army under com- perative of nolo.
mand of the consul Cassius was 7
From consisto, take a stand
(in battle).

CAESAR'S REPLY
"
14. His verbis Caesar ita respondit: Eas res memoria
teneo, atque Helvetios sine causa iniuriam illo tempore
populo Romano intulisse intellego. Recentium iniuriarum
memoriam deponere non possum, quod me invito iter per
16
 2 28 LATIN FOR THE FIRST YEAR

provinciam temptavistis, quod agros sociorum nostrorum

vastavistis. Cum
ea ita sint, tamen si obsides a vobls da-
1

buntur, ut ea quae polliceamini vos facturos esse intellegam,

voblscum pacem faciam."
"
5 Dlvico respondit: Helvetil obsides accipere non dare
consuerunt." 2
Hoc responso dato discessit.
1
Although.
2
A contraction of consueverunt,
from consuesco.

A CAVALRY SKIRMISH
15. Postero die castra ex eo loc5 movent. Idem facit

Caesar, equitatumque omnem, ad numerum quattuor mi-

lium, quern ex omni provincia et Haeduis atque eorum sociis
coegerat, praemittit, qui videant quas in partes hostes iter
5 faciant.
J
Qui cupidius agmen Inseciitl alieno
2
loco cum

equitatu Helvetiorum proelium committunt; et paucl de

nostrls cadunt.
3
Quo proelio sublatl Helvetil, quod qulngentls equitibus
tantam multitudinem equitum propulerant, fortius resistere
10 et nostros adorlrl
coeperunt. Caesar suos a proelio contine-
bat. Ita dies circiter qulndecim iter fecerunt, ut hostium

agmen a nostro qulnque aut sex mllia passuum abesset.

2 3
1
Too eagerly. Unfavorable. Elated (from tollo).

CAESAR'S PREPARATIONS FOR BATTLE

21. ! Tandem ab exploratoribus certior factus hostes sub
monte consedisse mllia passuum ab
ipslus castrls octo, qualis
2
esset natura montis qui cognoscerent mlsit. Renuntiatum
est ascensum esse facilem. Tertia vigilia Labienum legatum
cum duabus legionibus summum iugum montis ascendere
2
1
Chapters 16-20, giving an Supply viros as the antecedent
account of the treachery of Dum- of qui and object of mlsit.
norix, are omitted.
 WAR WITH THE HELVE Til 229

iubet. Ipse quarta vigilia eodem

quo hostes ierant ad
itinere
eos contendit, equitatumque omnem ante se mittit. Con-
2
sidius, qui rei militaris perltissimus habebatur et in l

3
exercitu Sullae et postea in CrassI f uerat, cum exploratoribus
praemittitur. 5
1
Experienced in (353).
2
Was regarded.
3
Supply exercitu.

THE ERROR OF CONSIDIUS

22. Prima luce, cum summus mons a Labieno teneretur, 1
2
ipse ab hostium castris non longius mllle et quingentls pas-
sibus abesset, neque ipslus adventus nee Labieni cognitus
esset, Considius equ5 admisso ad eum accurrit; dlcit mon-
3

tem quern a Labieno occuparl voluerit ab hostibus teneri; 5

armls atque Tnsignibus cognovisse.
id se a Gallicls
Caesar suas copias in proximum collem ducit, 1 aciem In-
4 5
struit. Labienus, ut erat el praeceptum a Caesare ne

proelium committeret, nisi ipslus copiae prope hostium castra

visae essent, ut undique tino tempore in hostes impetus fieret, io

monte occupato nostros exspectabat proelioque abstinebat.

Multo denique die per exploratores Caesar cognovit et mon-
tem a suls teneri et Helvetios castra movisse et Considium
timore perterritum, quod non vldisset, pro viso 6 sibi renun-
tiasse. 7 Eo die hostes sequitur et mllia passuum tria ab 15
eorum castris castra ponit.
1
Supply a connective (and).
5
He had been ordered (lit., orders
2
I. e., Caesar. had been given to him).
3
The three subjunctive verbs 6
Pro viso, as if seen.
are introduced by cum. The object
7
is the implied ante-
4
As. cedent of quod.

CAESAR MARCHES TOWARD BIBRACTE FOR SUPPLIES

23. Postero die, quod omnino biduum supererat cum
exercitu!frumentum metlri oporteret, et quod a Bibracte,
oppido Haeduorum longe maximo, non amplius milibus pas-
 23O LATIN FOR THE FIRST YEAR

suum xvm aberat, rei frumentariae prospiciendum

l
exlsti-
2
mavit; itaque iter ab Helvetils avertit ac Bibracte Ire con-
tendit. Ea res hostibus nuntiatur. Helvetil, quod timore
perterritos Roman5s discedere a se exlstimabant, commu-
5 tato consilio atque itinere converso nostros a 3 novissimo

agmine InsequI ac lacessere coeperunt.

1 2
Supply sibi esse, he ought to Accusative (282).
3
provide for. On.

FURTHER PREPARATIONS FOR BATTTjE

24. Postquam Caesar in proximum
id vldit, copias suas
collem dtixit equitatumque qui sustineret hostium impetum
mlsit. Ipse interim in colle medio
l
triplicem aciem Instruxit
legionum quattuor veteranarum; sed in summo iugo duas
2

5 legiones, quas in Gallia citeriore nuper conscripserat, et

omnia auxilia conlocari, 3 ac totum montem hominibus com-
plerl, et interea sarcinas in iinum locum conferri, et eum
4

ab his, qui in superiore acie erant, mQnirl iussit.

Helvetil cum omnibus suis cams secuti, impedimenta in
10 unum locum contulerunt; ipsl confertissima acie, reiecto
nostro equitatii, phalange facta, sub prlmam nostram aciem
successerunt.
3
1
The middle of. Notice that four infinitives
2
The top of. depend on iussit.
4
Refers to locum.

THE BATTLE NEAR BIBRACTE, 58 B.C.

25. Caesar prlmum equls omnium

ex conspectu remotis,
ut spem fugae tolleret, cohortatus suds proelium commlsit.
Mllites e loco superiore pills missis facile hostium phalangem

perfregerunt. Ea disiecta, gladils in eos impetum fecerunt.

 WAR WITH THE HELVETII 23 1

magno impediments * erant,

Confertissima acie scuta Gallls
quod sinistra impedlta commode pugnare non poterant.
Multl etiam praeoptaverunt scutum manu 2 emittere et
nudo 3
corpore pugnare.
Tandem vulneribus defessi ad montem, qui aberat circiter 5

mille passus, se recipere coeperunt. Capto monte et succe-

dentibus nostris, sod Helveti5rum nostros ab latere aperto 4
adgressi circumvenire conatl sunt; et id conspicatl Helvetii,
qui in montem se receperant, rtirsus resistere et proelium
renovare coeperunt. 10

1
Were a hindrance (lit., for a 3
Unprotected.
hindrance).
4
Ab latere aperto, on the ex-
2
Denoting separation. posed flank.

DEFEAT OF THE HELVETII

26. Ita diu atque acriter pugnatum est. 1 Diutius cum
2
sustinere nostrorum impetus non possent, alter! se, ut

coeperant, in montem receperunt, alterl ad impedimenta et

3

carros suos se contulerunt. Nam hoc toto proelio, cum ab

4

hora septima ad vesperum pugnatum sit, aversum 6 hostem

5
5

videre nemo potuit. Ad multam noctem etiam ad impedi-

menta pugnatum est, propterea quod pro vallo carros
obiecerant et e loco 7
superiore tela coniciebant. Tandem
impedlmentls castrlsque nostrl potltl sunt, et ibi Orgetorlgis
flliam atque unum e fllils ceperunt. 10

Ex eo proelio circiter hominum mllia cxxx superfuerunt.

Hi fugerunt et in fines Lingonum die quarto pervenerunt,
cum propter vulnera mllitum et propter sepultiiram occl-
sorum nostrl trlduum moratl eos sequi non potuissent.
Caesar trlduo intermisso cum omnibus copils eos sequi coepit. 15

1 *
They fought, or the battle raged Although.
(see 627).
5
about one o'clock.
I.e.,
2 6
One division, i.e., the Helvetii. Turned in flight.
3 7
The other, i.e., the allies. Position.
 232 LATIN FOR THE FIRST YEAR

SURRENDER OF THE HELVETII

27. Helvetii omnium rerum inopia adductl legatos de
deditione ad eum mlserunt. Qui cum eum in itinere con-
l

2
venissent seque ad pedes proiecissent pacemque petlssent,
eos suum adventum exspectare iussit. Eo 3 postquam Caesar
5 pervenit, obsides et arma poposcit. Dumea conferuntur, 4
nocte intermissa, circiter hominum mllia vi aut timore per-
5
territi aut spe salutis induct!, prima nocte e castris Helve-
tiorum egressl ad Rhenum
flnesque Germanorum conten-
derunt. Hos reductos in hostium numero habuit; 6 reliquos
10 obsidibus armlsque traditls in deditionem accepit.

Qui cum= cum 5

1
et ei, and Early in the night (lit., in the
when they. first part of the night).
2
Had met. 6
Held (or treated) as enemies, a
3
Adv., there. mild way of saying that he put
4
See 605 b. them to death.

THE CONQUERED PEOPLE RETURN TO THEIR LAND

28. Helvetios sociosque in fines su5s, unde erant profectl,
revert! iussit; et, quod domi nihil erat quo famem tolerarent,
Allobrogibus imperavit ut els frument! copiam facerent;
ipsos oppida vlcosque quos incenderant restituere iussit. Id
5 maxime fecit, quod noluit eum locum unde Helveti! dis-
:

cesserant vacare, ne propter bonitatem agrorum German!

e suls flnibus in Helvetiorum fines translrent et flnitiml pro-
vinciae essent.
1
Especially.

THE RECORDS OF THE HELVETII

29. In castris Helvetiorum tabulae repertae sunt litterls
Graecls confectae l et ad Caesarem relatae, quibus in
tabulls nominatim ratio confecta erat, qui numerus 2 domo
1
Made out or written. 2
Showing what number.
 WAR WITH THE HELVETII ,235

exlsset eorum qui arma ferre possent, et item separatim

puerl, series mulieresque. Summa omnium fuerunt ad
milia ccclxviii. Eorum qui domum redierunt censu
habito ut Caesar imperaverat, repertus est numerus
milium c et x.
 SUPPLEMENTARY READING
Stories and Fables

I. THE BAD APPLES

2
Carolus,
1
fllius impigri bonus erat puer sed
agricolae,
3
malos amicos amabat. Agricola igitur puero calathum
plenum pomorum dat. Bona poma continebat calathus,
4

pauca tamen erant putrida.

5
Puer donum dlligenter curat,
S sed mala poma bona maculant, 6 et mox cuncta sunt mala.
Carolus maestus 7 adversam fortunam plorat. 8 Turn agricola
"
fllium ita monet: Mala poma bona maculant, certe mall
amici bonum puerum maculabunt."
1 5
Charles. Putridus, rotten.
2 6
Active. Spot, spoil.
3 7
Calathus, -I, basket. Sad.
4 8
Pomum, -I, apple. Laments.

2. THE BROKEN DIKE, I

Cimbri x
mlram terram habitant, nam oceanus
agros
2
saepe inundat. Incolae fossls tumullsque magnls violentiam
undarum 3
coercent; aliquando
4
tamen aqua claustra 5
de-
6 7
turbat erat tumulus non validus;
et terram vastat. Forte

5 iam apparet parva rima; 8 mox via magna patebit et undae

terram superabunt. At periculum videt puer parvus; sta-
tim dextra 9
rlmam implet 10
coercetque aquam.
1
The Cimbri, a people of Ger- 6
Tears down.
7
many. By chance.
2 8
Tumulus, -l, mound. Opening.
Supply manu.
3 9
Unda, -ae, wave.
4
Now and then. 10
Impleo, fill up.
6
Claustra, -drum, dike.
234
 SUPPLEMENTARY READING 235

3. THE BROKEN DIKE, II

Diu puer praesidium servabat. lam rigebant 2 mem- 1

bra, et parva dextra aquam semper coercebat. Postridie

3
agricolae loco appropinquant. Puer frigidus et moribundus
dextra tamen aquam coercet. Saxls 4 tumulum celeriter
conflrmant, et limo rimam implent. Turn umeris puerum
5 6

sublevant 7 recreantque cibo. Cimbri tantam constantiam 8

9
saepe commemorant, narrantque suls llberis puerl factum.
5
1
Kept. Limus, -I, mud.
2 6
Were stiffening. Umerus, -i, shoulder.
3 7 8
Dying. Raise. Steadfastness.
4 9
Saxum, -i, stone. Factum, -1, deed.

4. THE YOUNG DOCTOR

Medicus quondam, 2 longo labore fessus, breve otium 3
l

apud msticam villam amid petebat. Interea filio curam

4

5 6
clientium committebat. Iuvenis, labore superbus, iocoso
comiti 7 fortunam ita narrat: "Pater mihi clientes suos
" "
committit." At," respondet amicus, ubi pater urbem
"
repetit, ex clientibus quot supererunt?
1 4
Doctor. Country house.
2 6 6
Once upon a time. Proud. Witty.
3 7
Rest. Comes, comitis, companion.

5. THE LION'S SHARE

Societatem iungunt leo,
1
iuvenca, capra, ovis. Multam
praedam capiunt, et in unum locum comportant. Turn in
"
quattuor partes praedam dividunt. Leo, autem, Prima
"
pars," inquit, mea est; nam leo rex animalium est. Et
mea est pars secunda, propter magnos meos labores. Ter-
tiam partem vindico, 2 quoniam 3
maior mihi quam vobis,
1
Leo . . .
ovis, lion, heifer, goat,
2
Claim (justly).
3
sheep. Since.
 2^6 LATIN FOR THE FIRST YEAR

animalibus imbecillis 1
et parvls, fames est. Quartam, de-
2
nique, partem si quis sibi arrogat, mihi inimlcus erit."
2
1
Weak. Claims (unjustly).

6. THE KID AND THE WOLF

Haedus l
stans in tecto 2
domus lupo
3
praetereunti
4

" "
maledixit. Cui lupus, Non tu," inquit, sed tectum mihi
maledlcit." Saepe locus et tempus homines timidos audaces
reddit. 5
1 3
Kid. Lupus, -i, wolf.
2 4 6
Tectum, -l, roof. Passing by. Makes.

7. THE 'WOMAN AND THE HEN

Mulier quaedam habebat galllnam, 1 quae el cotldie
ovum pariebat
2
aureum. Mulier ita exlstimabat: " Mea
massam 3
gallina sine dubio aurl intus 4
galllnam
celat;
5
si

occldam, omne aurum statim possidebo." Itaque earn occidit.

5 Sed nihil in ea repperit nisi quod 6 in aliis galllnis reperitur.
Maioribus divitils 7 inhiabat; 8 minores etiam perdidit. 9
6
1
Hen. Conceals.
2 6
Laid. Nisi quod, except what.
3 7
Quantity. Wealth.
4 8 9
Inside. Longed for. Lost.

8. THE FARMER AND HIS SONS

1
Agricola senex filios suos convocavit, qui interdum dis-
cordabant. 2 Fascem 3 virgularum 4 adferrl iubet. Turn filios
hortatur, ut hunc fascem frangerent. Hoc facere n5n po-
5
terant. Denique distribuit senex singulas virgulas, quas
"
5 celeriter fregerunt.
6
Turn exclamavit agricola: Quam 7
'
flrma res est concordia, 8 quam imbecillis 9 discordia!
5
1
Sometimes. One to each.
2 6
Perf. of frango.
Disagreed.
3
Bundle. 7
How.
4 8 9
Virgula, -ae, small rod. Harmony. Weak.
 SUPPLEMENTARY READING 237

9. THE FOX AND THE GRAPES

Vulpes
*
ad uvam 2 subsiliebat 3 sed earn attingere 4 non
5 6
poterat. Tandem, defatigata labore, exclamavit:
inanl
" At nunc
etiam 7
acerbae sunt, et eas edere nolo." Haec
fabula docet multos ea contemnere, 8 quae assequi 9
non
possint.
1 5
Fox. Exhausted.
2
Bunch of grapes.
6
Vain.
3
Leaped up.
7
Nunc etiam, after all.
4 8 9
To reach. Despise. Obtain.

THE MICE AND THE CAT

10.

Mures aliquando concilium habebant, nam quandam

1

felem magnopere timebant. Multa consilia proposita sunt,

sed muribus non placebant. Denique una e muribus ita
"
lociita est:Tintinnabulum 2 caudae 3 istius felis annectere 4
necesse est, nam sonitus 5
eius n5s admonebit, cum
ea appro-
"
pinquat, et fugere poterimus. Quis hoc facere vult? Sed
6 7
nemo respondit, multi etenim in suadend5 audaces sunt,
sed in perTculo ipso timidl.
1
Once. 4 To tie.
5
2
Bell. Sound.
6 7
3
To the tail. For as you know. Advice.

II. THE TRUMPETER

"
Tubicen l
ab hostibus captus est. Cur me," inquit,
"
interficitis? nam inermis sum, neque
2
quidquam habeo
praeter hanc tubam." At hostes, "Propter hoc ipsum,"
" 3
inquiunt, te interficiemus quod, ipse
pugnandi imperltus,
alios ad pugnam incitare soles."
4
Non solum malefic! sunt
piiniendl, sed etiam el qui alios ad male faciendum incitant.
5

1
Trumpeter.
4
You are accustomed.
Neque =
B
2 et non. To be punished.
3 Inexperienced.
 238 LATIN FOR THE FIRST YEAR

12. THE FLATTERED CROW

2
qui caseum
1
Corvus, rapuerat, in altam arborem sub-
3 4
volavit. Vulpecula, quae caseum appetebat, corvum ita
"
adloquitur: Formam tuam magnopere laudo et pennarum
tuarum nitorem. 5 Pol! 6 si cantus tuus pulchritudinl 7 tuae
srespondet,
8
rex avium
Turn corvus, laudibus vulpecu-
es."
9
lae Inflatus, cantare conatus est. Sed e rostro aperto de-
10
lapsus est caseus, quern vulpecula statim devoravit. Verba
adulatorum u sunt 12
ut haec fabula docet.
pretl parvl,
1 7
Crow. Beauty.
2 8
{Some) cheese. Is equal to.
3 9
Flew up. Puffed up.
4 10
Little fox. Slipped out.
6
Brilliance. n Of flatterers.
6
Pollux. n Of value.
By

13. THE DOG IN THE MANGER

Canis iacebat i
in praesepe, 2 eta pabulo boves latrando 3

4 "
arcebat. Cui unus bourn 5
Quanta ista invidia est!
dixit:
Non pateris alios edere, et tu ipse edere non potes!
)>

1
From iaceo. 4
Was keeping away.
2 3 5
Manger. By barking. That jealousy (you feel).

14. TOWN VERSUS COUNTRY

Urbanus mus, qui rus ad fratrem Iverat, cibum rusti-
"
cum aegre
J
tulit atque edere noluit. Si vis," inquit,
"domum mecum redlre, sexcentas delicias habebis." Itaque
illl, postquam totius diel iter fecerunt, media nocte parietem
5 splendidl aedificl rlma angusta ineunt. Turn mus urbanus
2
magnificas dapes adfert, rusticum in lecto purpureo 3 et
locat. At subito ingens auditur clamor; panduntur 4 por-
1 3
With difficulty. Purple couch (lecto).
2 * Are opened,
Sumptuous (magnificas) ban-
quet.
 SUPPLEMENTARY READING 239

tae; irruunt decern servi nigerrimi. Fugit perterritus mus

1

2
uterque, et vix in perfugium se recipit. Deinde rusticus,
" "
Solus," inquit, vltam urbanam carpe; 3 ego certe salu-
tem et glandes 4 meas malo." 5
3
1
Rush in. Enjoy.
2 4 5
Each. Acorns. Prefer.

15. CERES AND PROSER'PINA

Proserpina, Cereris fllia, aliquando in Sicilia ad urbem
Hennam ludebatque cum comiti-
in agris flores carpebat, 1 2

Inferorum deus, cuius currum equl atrl

3
bus. Subito Pluto,
4
vehebant, e terra emersit. Deus Proserpinam abduxit, ut
uxor sua et Inferorum regina esset; clamorem puellae com- 5

pressit.
5
Mater, cum ignoraret ubi fllia esset, totum orbem
terrarum frustra peragravit.
Tandem Ceres a Sole, qui omnia conspicit, audivit quis
flliam abduxisset. Itaque statim iter ad Iovem flexit et
precibus animo eius persuasit, ut fllia a Pliitone remitteretur. 10

Proserpinae permissum est, ut per partem annl apud ma-

trem, per partem alteram apud inferos esset.
1
Was plucking.
3
Black.
2
Was playing.
4
Came forth. 5
Suppressed.

l6. DAEDALUS AND ICARUS

1
Daedalus, artifex perltissimus, a Graecia. expulsus, ad
Cretam fugit. Ibi labyrinthum plenum viarum flectuosa-
rum 2 fecit. Daedalus ipse in hunc labyrinthum a rege con-
iectus sibi et Icard filio alas cera aptavit, 3 et avolavit.
Dum Icarus altius volat, cera solis calore calefacta, 4 in
mare decidit, quod ex eo Icarium mare est appellatum.
Daedalus, autem, in Siciliam pervenit.
1 3
Artist. Fastened.
2
Winding. * Warmed.
 240 LATIN FOR THE FIRST YEAR

17. THESEUS
In medio labyrintho, quern Daedalus fecit, monstrum,
partim taurus, partim homo, habitabat. Monstrum autem
rex Cretae, saevus homo, captivis saginabat. 1 Inter miseras
victimas quondam erat Theseus, regulus 2 Graecus. Ariadna,
3
5 tamen, filia regis, plena misericordiae et amoris, iuvenl
4
fllum longum mirumque gladium dat. Intrat igitur laby-
rinthum, filumque ad portam adligat. Itaque iuvenis,
auxilio fill, certam viam in vasto labyrintho servat. Turn
gladio monstrum facile occidit. Nee longa mora est. The-
*o seus cum filia
regis navl trans latum mare f ugit.
1 3
Fed. Pity.
2 4
Prince. Thread.

l8. TANTALUS
Tantalus, Iovis fllius, tarn carus fuit dels, ut Iuppiter
el consilia sua dlceret, eumque ad epulas deorum admitteret.
1

At ille, quae ab love audlverat, cum mortalibus commiini-

cabat. Ob id crimen 2
dicituraqua conlo-
apud Inferos in
5 catus esse, semperque sitire. Nam, quotiens haustum 5
3 4

aquae sumptiirus est, aqua recedit. Turn etiam poma super

6
caput eius pendent; sed, quotiens ea decerpere conatur,
rami vent5 motl recedunt.
1
Banquets.
A As often as.
2 5
Crime. Draught.
3 6
To be thirsty. To pluck.

19. HERCULES AND THE GOLDEN APPLES

Herculi imperatum est ut aurea poma ex horto Hespe-
ridum auferret. 1 Hesperides erant nymphae pulcherrimae,
quibus poma ab Itinone commissa erant. Labor dimcilli-
mus erat, nam hortus muro ingentl circumdatus 2 erat,
1
From ab + fero. 2
Surrounded.
 SUPPLEMENTARY READING 24 1

atque draco,
1
cui centum erant capita, portam dlligenter
custodiebat. Praeterea Hercules ignorabat quo in loco hor-
tus esset. A multls mercatoribus quaeslverat ubi Hesperides
habitarent, nihil tamen certum reperlre potuerat. Tandem
ad extremam partem orbis
terrarum, quae est proxima 5

Oceano, pervenit. Ibi stabat vir, nomine Atlas, ingentl

magnittidine corporis, qui caelum umerls suls sustinebat, ne

in terram decideret. Hercules auxilium ab eo petiit. Atlas,

qui erat pater Hesperidum, se ad hortum iturum et flliabus

persuasurum dixit, ut poma traderent. At postulavit ut, IC

dum 2 ipse abesset, Hercules caelum umerls sustineret.

Flliae diu patrl parere nolebant. Atlas tamen els persuasit
3
et poma ad Hercjilem rettulit.
1
Dragon.
2
While. 3
From re + fero.

20. THE GODS OP THE GAULS

Deorum maxime Mercurium colunt. Huius sunt plu- 1

rima simulacra; hunc omnium inventorem artium ferunt, 3

2

hunc viarum atque itinerum ducem, hunc ad quaestiis 4

pecuniae et mercatiiras
5
habere vim maximam arbitrantur.
Post hunc Apollinem et Martem et Iovem et Minervam. De
his eandem fere, quam reliquae gentes, habent oplnionem:

Apollinem morbos depellere, Minervam operum initia tra-

6

dere, Iovem imperium calestium 7

tenere, Martem bella

regere.
1 b
Worship. Pursuits of trade.
2 6
Images. Diseases.
3 4 7
Call. Gain. Of the gods.

21. THE TOUCH OF GOLD, I

Midas, rex Phrygiae, quod Baccho placuerat, egregio 2

1

munere 3 a deo donatus est. " Delige, rex magne," inquit

1 2 8
Bacchus. Extraordinary. Gift (abl.).
 242 LATIN FOR THE FIRST YEAR

"
deus, id quod maxime cupis; hoc tibi libenter dabo." Turn
vir avarus mirum donum impetravit, omnia enim, quae suo
corpore tangebat, in aurum mutata sunt. Protinus * rex
laetus 2
regiam domum percurrebat, manuque vasa,
3
mensas,
4
5 omnia tangebat. Inde ubi nihil ligni aut argent! in aedibus 5
6 7
manebat, gratias pro tanto beneficio Baccho persolvit.
4
1
Forthwith. Wood (gen.).
2 5
Joyful. House.
3 6
Dishes. Thanks.
7
Rendered.

22. THE TOUCH OF GOLD, II

Tandem labore fessus cenam 1

poscit,avidisque
2
oculls
3
dapes splendidas lustrat. Mox 4
ad os tamen ubi piscem 5

admovet, cibus in aurum statim mutatus est; rex igitur,

cuius in faucibus 6 rigida haerebat massa, 7 vlnum poscit;
idem evenit. 8 Tandem rex esuriens, 9 quod nihil nee edebat,
nee bibebat 10 compluribus diebus, maximis precibus n Bac-
chum orat. Inde cum rlsu 12
deus fatale 13
donum amovet.
1 7
Dinner. Lump.
2 8
Eager. Happens.
3 9
Feast. Suffering hunger.
10
4
Surveys. Drank.
6
Fish. u
Prayers.
6 12 13
Throat. Laughter. Fated.

23. SPAKTAN VALOR

"
Rex Spartanus dixit: Mel elves numquam quaeslverunt,
' ' "
'

Quot sunt hostes? sed

'
Ubi sunt?
"
Ante pugnam Perses x
Spartano dixit: Solem
hostis

propter iaculorum multitudinem et sagittarum non vide-

" "
bitis." In umbra igitur," inquit, pugnabimus."
1
A Persian.
 SUPPLEMENTARY READING 243

24. THE WALLS OF SPARTA

"
Quldam ex Spartano x
Cur muros non habet
quaesivit:
Sparta?" Spartanus respondit: "Nostra urbs muros opti-
mos habet, incolarum fortium virtutem."
1
A Spartan.

25. THE ART OF MEMORY

Themistocles 1 fuit vir magni ingenl. 2
Olim eruditus3 homo
ad eum venit artemque memoriae eum docere voluit. 'Haec
ars," inquit, "facere potest ut omnia memoria teneas."
Themistocles autem, "Magis," inquit, "mihi tu. placebis, si
me oblivlsci 4 multa docueris." 5
3
1
An Athenian statesman. Learned.
2 4
Ability. To forget.

26. THE FOUNDING OF ROME

Antiquis temporibus Latinus in Italia regnavit. Sub hoc
rege Troia in Asia a Graecis expugnata est, et Aeneas cum
multls sociis in Italiam venit. Ibi rex Latinus eum benigne
1

recepit, atque Lavlniam in matrimonium dedit.

el filiam
Aeneas urbem condidit, quam a nomine uxoris Lavmium 5

appellavit. Ascanius, filius Aeneae, post mortem patris

regnum in alium locum transtulit. Urbs, quam condidit,
Alba Longa appellata est.

Postea Numitor in Alba regnavit. Rheae SiKdae, flliae

IO
Numitoris, erant duo Mil, Romulus et Remus. Amiilius
regnum occupavit et pueros in Tiberim abici iussit. Sed
Tiberis ultra ripas fluxit et pueros in sicco 2 rellquit. Lupa
3 4
pueros curavisse dicitur, donee pastor eos sustulit et
uxorl dedit. Sic fratres inter pastores educatl sunt. Forte
5
compererunt quis ipsorum avus esset. Amulium interfe- I5
1 3
Kindly. Until.
2 * 5
Dry ground. Took. Learned.
n
 244 LATIN FOR THE FIRST YEAR

cerunt et Numitori avo Turn in

regnum restituerunt. 1
monte prope Tiberim condiderunt urbem, quam Romulus
a nomine suo Romam vocavit.
1
Restored.

27. THE SEVEN ROMAN KINGS

Romulus, primus rex Romae, Sabmos vicit, et eos ad po-
pulum Romanum adiunxit. Centum senatores legit, eosque
cum ob aetatem 2
l
turn 3
ob reverentiam els debitam patres
4
appellavit; populum in trlginta curias distribuit. Annos
5 septem regnavit.
trlginta
Secundus rex erat Numa Pompilius. Nullum bellum
gessit; tamen 5
bonas dedit, et
clvitatl profuit. Nam leges
sacra plurima mstituit. Annum in decern menses descrlpsit.
6

Numae successit Tullus Hostilius, qui bellum Albanls

iointulit. Hoc bellum Horatiorum et Curiatiorum certamine
flnltum est.

Post hunc Ancus Marcius regnavit, vir magna iustitia.

Latinos superavit, urbem ampliavit, 7 et nova moenia 8 fecit.

Tarquinius Prlscus ex Etrtiria Romam demigravit, et
9

15 amlcitiam And regis petiit, qui eum flliorum suorum tuto-

rem 10
rellquit. Turn per
regnum occupavit. Sena-
Insidias

toribus, quos Romulus

creaverat, centum alios addidit.
Cloacas et muros fecit, templum Iovl incohavit. 12
11
Multa
bella gessit, prlmusque triumphans urbem intravit. A fllils
20 And interfectus est.
Servius Tullius, fllius captlvae, erat rex sextus. Montes
tres urbl adiunxit. Primus omnium censum ordinavit. 13
1 7
Not only. Enlarged.
2 8
Age. Walls.
3 9
But also. Removed.
4 Wards. 10
Guardian.
5 n Sewers.
Benefited.
* 12 13
Sacred riles. Commenced. Arranged.
 SUPPLEMENTARY READING 245

Sub eo Roma habuit octoginta, tria mllia civium Romanorum

cum els qui in agrls erant. Servius a fllia sua, Tullia, et
Tarquinio Superbo interfectus est.
Septimus rex, Tarquinius Superbus, erat fllius TarquinI
Priscl. Propter multas iniurias Lucius Brutus et alii elves
populo persuaserunt ut eum ex urbe expelleret et portas
clauderet. Rex fugit cum uxore et llberls suls.
Ita Romae regnatum est *
per septem reges, annos du-
centos quadraginta tres.
1
The throne was he'd.

28. ROMULUS AND REMUS

Dum muros Romae multa cum dlligentia
Romulus
aedificat, Remus parvos adhuc muros saepe transilit. x 2

" "
Carissime frater," inquit, quam magnificl sunt murl tul!
3 " 4
inimlcos tuos egregie arcent! Romulus, autem, plenus
Irae, Remum occldit. Turn fellciter muros conficit.
1
As yet.
3
Finely.
2 4
Leaps over. Keep off.

THE FAITHLESS TARPE'IA

29.
Cum Sabinl Romae appropinquarent, ut urbem cape-
rent, Tarpeiam puellam Romanam rogaverunt, ut viam in
arcem l
monstraret. 2 El 3
permlserunt ut miinus
4
sibi pos-
ceret. Ilia petiit, ut sibi darent, quod in sinistrls manibus
5 6
gererent, anulos aureos et armillas slgnificans. At hostes,
in arcem ab ea perductl, sctitls Tarpeiam obruerunt; 7 nam
8
et ea in sinistrls manibus gerebant.
1 5
Citadel. Rings.
2 6
Show. Bracelets.
3 7
Dative. Overwhelmed.
4 8
Reward. • Also.
 246 LATIN FOR THE FIRST YEAR

30. HORATIUS AT THE BRIDGE

Tarquinius Superbus a Romanls expulsus auxilium
Porsenae, regis Etruscorum, petivit. Mox Porsena magno
cum exercitu Romam oppugnavit, et elves in periculo erant.
RomanI ex agris in urbem demigrant et summo studio earn
5 muniunt. Pons hostibus
iter dare poterat, sed virtus unius

mllitis urbem
a periculo llberavit. Hie vir, Horatius no-
mine, positus in statione pontis, hostes unum collem capere
x

et ad pontem venire videt. Mllites fugiunt, praeter Hora-

tium et duos socios. EtruscI appropinquant, et nunc in
2
10 ponte sunt. Horatius pontem rescindl a tergo iubet. Parva

parte pontis relicta, soci5s suos discedere iubet. Solus im-

petum hostium sustinet. Denique pons in Tiberim decidit. 3
Turn fortis vir armatus in Mmen desilit. Hostes in eum
multa tela iaciunt, sed incolumis 4 ad suos tranat. 5
3
1
Stationed as a guard. Falls down.
2
A tergo, behind him (as he
4
Safe.
faces the enemy). 5
Swims across.

CINCINNATUS
31.
Cincinnatus agricola Romanus fuit, qui patriam amavit.
Cum Roma in periculo esset, elves ab agro eum voca-
verunt, ut esset dictator et eos ab hostibus defenderet.
Hostibus victls, ab omnibus clvibus laudatus est, sed ad
5 agrum revertit.

32. A LESSON IN DIGNITY

Qulntus Fabius, iam senex, fllio suo consull legatus
fuit. Fllius obviam 1
patrl progressus est, duodecim llctoribus
2 3
pro more antecedentibus. Senex equo vehebatur, et con-
sule appropinquante non descendit. Iam ex llctoribus un-
4
5 decim, verecundia paternae maiestatis, tacitl praeterierant.
1
To meet, used w. dative. 3
Was borne.
2 *
According to. Out of respect for.
 SUPPLEMENTARY READING 247

Consul proximum l llctorem iussit dlcere Fabio patri: " Ex

"
equo descende." Pater turn desiliens, Non ego, fill," 2
"
inquit, tuum imperium contempsl, sed experlri volul, num 3

sclres consulem te esse."

1 2 3
Last. Vocative. Whether.

33. CORNELIA AND HER JEWELS

Tiberius Gracchus et Gaius Gracchus erant fllil Corneliae,
l
Sclpionis AfricanI filiae. Cornelia erat mulier sapien-
tissima et mater optima. Cum Campana 2
femina orna-
menta sua, quae pulcherrima erant, el ostenderet, Cornelia
" "
duos fllios vocavit. Haec," inquit, mea ornamenta sunt."
1
Scipio Africanus, the con- 2
A Campanian.
queror of Hannibal.

34. REGULUS KEEPS HIS WORD

Primo belld Piinico Regulus, dux Romanus, captus a

Poenis,
1
de cap tl vis commutandls Romam missus est. 1-.

cum Carthagine 2
ablret, iuravit se eo
3
reditiirum nisi sul
elves condiciones 4
At ille in senatii Romano
fecissent.

captlvos non esse commutandos declaravit. Deinde, cum

propinqui et amici eum retinere conarentur, ex urbe decessit;
6
ad supplicium redlre maluit, 5 quam fidem hostl datam
7
fallere.

The Carthaginians. 4
1
Terms (of agreement).
2
From Carthage.
5
Preferred.
3 6 7
Adv., there. Rather than. To break.

35. THE ROMAN ARMY FIGHTS A SERPENT

Primo Punico Roman! castra aliquando in Africa
bello 1

apud Bagradam flumen ponunt; multisque proem's copias

1
Once upon a time.
 248 LATIN FOR THE FIRST YEAR

hostium egregia mllitum virtiite superant.

1
Sed, paucis
post diebus, apparet serpens ingentis magnitudinis; et exer-
citum fhiminis usu prohibet. Milites prlmo ex vallo sagittls
tellsque serpentem petunt; deinde magnam manum Regulus
2
5 consul multos
edticit.
Serpens ingenti ore corripit; multos
3 4
caudae voluminibus elldit; reliqul perterriti ad castra
celeriter fugiunt. Proximo die totus exercitus in campum
educitur. Diu et acriter pugnatur. Tandem ballistas 5
et
6
catapultas admovent; lapidum vulneribus serpenscrebris
iointerficitur. Sanguis autem monstrl viclnum flumen imbuit. 7

Corium, longum pedes centum et vigintl, Romam mittunt.

8

Cives corium in templo ponunt.

1 5
Extraordinary. Hurling engines.
2
Seizes. 6
Catapults.
3 7
Coils. Dyes.
4 8
Crushes. The skin.

36. HANNIBAL INFORMS THE KING OF HIS OATH

Hannibal, cum regi Poenorum multa de fide sua et odio
"
in Romanos commemoravisset, hoc adiunxit: Pater meus,
Hamilcar, puerulo me non amplius novem annos nato, in
1 2

3
Hispaniam imperator proficiscens Carthagine Iovi hostias
5 immolabat. 4 Dum hoc facit, a mequaesivit vellemne secum
in castra proficiscl. Id cum libenter audlvissem, turn ille,
5
^Faciam,' inquit, 'si mihi fidem, quam postulo, dederis.'
Simulme ad aram addiixit, eamque 6
tenentem, iurare iussit,
numquam me in amicitia cum Romanis futurum esse. Id
7
ioiusiurandum, patrl datum, usque ad hanc diem ita con-
servavi, ut neminl dubium esse debeat, quln eadem mente
8

sim futurus."
1 5
Little boy. Will grant (it).
2 6
Old (lit., born). Altar.
3 7
Sacrifices. Oath.
4
Was offering.
8 That.
 SUPPLEMENTARY READING 249

HANNIBAL'S JEST
37.
Antiochus, qui bellum cum Romanls gerere parabat,
1

ostendebat Hannibal! in campo 2 copias ingentes, quas com-

3
paraverat, convertebatque exercitum Inslgnibus argentels
et aurels micantem;
4
inducebat etiam currus 5
cum falcibus,
6

elephantos cum turribus, equites cum armls splendidis. Turn

"
rex Hannibalem aspicit 7 et dlcit: Satisne sunt Romanls
" 8
haec omnia? Hannibal, qui ignavos AntiochI mllites de-
"
9
spiciebat, respondet: Satis sine dubio sunt Romanls haec

omnia, etiam si avarissiml sunt."

4 7
1
Anti'ochus, king of Syria. Glittering. Looks at.
2
A plain. 5
Chariots. 8
Inactive.
3
And was maneuvering.
6
Scythes.
9
Despised.

38. "NOT AT HOME"

Nasica et Ennius poeta 1 amid erant. Olim Nasica ad
Ennium venit et ad portam de eo quaeslvit; ancilla 2 En-
"
nius," inquit, domi non est." Videbat autem Ennium
Nasica; nihil tamen dixit, sed domum revertit. Paucis post
diebus ad Nasicam venit Ennius. Huic ipse Nasica excla-
mavit,
"
Non sum domi." Turn Ennius: " Quid? Nonne
" "
cognosco vocem tuam? Nasica autem respondit: Homo
es impudens; ego ancillae tuae credidl: tu non mihi credis
•
-11
ipsi.
1
Ennius was an early Roman poet.
2
Maid.

39. TWO OF CICERO'S JOKES

Cicero, Romanorum oratorum clarissimus, Lentulum 1
2
generum suum, exiguae staturae hominem, longo gladio
"
accinctum 3
vidit. Quis generum meum," inquit, "ad
" 4
gladium adligavit?
2
1
Lentulus was Cicero's son-in-law (gener). Small.
3 4
Girded. Tied.
 250 LATIN FOR THE FIRST YEAR

Femina quaedam, iuniorem se esse simulans * quam erat,

dictitabat 2 se triginta tantum 3 annos habere; 4 cui Cicero
"
dixit: Verum est, nam hoc viginti annos audio."
1 2
Pretending. Kept saying.
3 4
Only. Was.

40. A LETTER OP CICERO

ClCERONIS EPISTULA AD TERENTIAM UXOREM. 1

Ante Christum XLVI.

Si vales, 2 bene est, ego valeo. Nos neque de Caesaris
adventu neque de epistulls, quas Philotlmus habere dici-
tur, quidquam certi habemus. Si quid erit certi, faciam tg
statim certiorem. Fac ut valetudinem 4 tuam cures. Vale. 5
3

1
( His) wife.
3
Be sure.
2 You are well. 4 6
Health. Goodbye.

41. ON THE WAY TO SCHOOL

SlLVIUS. IOANNES

Si. Cur adeo curris, Ioannes?

Io. "Cur
lepus," ut aiunt, "pro canibus?"
Si. Quid hoc proverbium est?
Io. Quia, nisi adfuero in tempore ante recitatum cata-

5 logum, actum est de pelle mea.

Si. Hac quidem ex parte nihil est pericull. Modo prae-
terita est qulnta h5ra. Inspice horologium; manus nondum
tetigit piinctum, quod horam ab hora aequis spatils dlvidit.
Io. At ego vix habeo fidem horologiis.
to Si. At mihi fide, qui campanae vocem audlvi.

Io. Quid loquebatur?

Si. Horam esse quintam.
Io. Sed est et aliud, unde magis etiam timeam. Red-
 SUPPLEMENTARY READING 251

denda est memoriter hesterna lectio, satis longa. Vereor

ut possim. iS

Si. Commune perlculum narras; nam et ipse vix satis

teneo.
Io. Et nostl saevitiam magistri. Omnis ill!
culpa capi-
tals est. Nee magis parcit nobis quam si corium esset
2°
bubulum.
Si. Verum is non aderit in ludo.
Io. Quern igitur in su5 loco constituit?
Si. Cornelium.
Io. Vae nostro corio! Is Orbilio plagosior est.
Si. Verum dlcis; et ideo non raro illlus bracchio precatus 25
sum perniciem.
Si. Reddamus inter nos lectionem, alter5 recitante,
altero librum Inspiciente.
Io. Pulchre mones.
Si. Fac praesentl sis animo; nam metus nocet memoriae. 30
Io. Facile deponerem pavorem, si non adesset perlculum.
At in tanto discrlmine quis possit esse securus animo?

NOTES
One of the Colloquies of Erasmus (A. D. 1466-1536). The two boys,
John and Silvius, are on the way to school between five and six inthe
morning.
LINE
1. Adeo, so. John overtakes Silvius, who is walking.
2. Lepus, hare (nora.); supply currit.
4. .Quia, because. Recitatum catalogum, the calling of the roll.
5. Actum . . .
mea, it is all up with my skin.
6. Quidem, at least. Parte, score. Modo, just.
7. Quinta: Erasmus reckons time in the modern way; hence five
o'clock. Inspice, took at. Horologium, clock.
8. Punctum, point.
10. Fide, trust (imper.). Campanae, of the bell.

13. Unde, whence, from which. Reddenda, to be repeated.

14. Lectio, lesson.
15. Ut possim, that I cannot.
16. Commune, common (to both).
252 LATIN FOR THE FIRST YEAR

18. Nosti, you know. Saevitiam, cruelty. Culpa, fault, sin. Capi-
talis, capital,deadly.
19. Parcit, spares. Corium, skin, hide.
20. Bubulum, of an ox.
21. Verum, but. Ludo, school.
24. Vae, woe. Plagosior, more fond of whipping than Orbilius, the
severe schoolmaster of Horace.
25. Verum, truth. Ideo, therefore. Raro, seldom. Bracchio per- . . .

diciem, / have prayed for ruin to his arm.

27. Reddamus, let us repeat.
30. Fac .
animo,
. . take care to show presence of mind. Metus, fear.
31. Pavdrem, dread.
32. Discrimine, danger. Securus, untroubled.

Looking toward the Palatine Hill from the Forum

 ADDITIONAL SUPPLEMENTARY READING
Suggested by the New York State Syllabus of 19 17

PERSEUS

Acrisius, king of Argos, having been warned by the oracle that he

would be slain by his grandson, placed his daughter Danae and her
infant son Perseus in an ark, which the waves of the sea carried to
the island Seriphos. Here they were rescued and taken to Polydectes,
king of the island, in w hose court Perseus grew to manhood. The
7

king, who sought in vain to win the love of Danae, shut her up in
prison, saying that she should not be released until Perseus brought
to him the head of the Gorgon Medusa. This difficult task he ac-
complished, as the story relates, and on his return home saved the
beautiful Andromeda from a sea-monster. When Perseus afterwards
reached the city of his grandfather Acrisius, the latter fled in terror,
but was unable to avert the fulfillment of fate, for at the games held
in Thessaly he was accidentally struck by a discus thrown by Perseus.

"
The Latin text following: is one of Ritchie's
'.->
Fabulae Faciles."

The Ark
1. Haec narrantur a poetis de Perseo. Perseus filius erat
Iovis, maximl deorum; avus eius Acrisius appellabatur.
Acrisius volebat Perseum nepotem x suum necare nam propter ;

oraculum puerum timebat. Comprehendit igitur Perseum

adhuc Infantem, et cum matre in area lignea inclusit. Turn 5
arcam ipsam in mare coniecit. Danae, Perse! mater, magnopere
territa est tempestas enim magna mare turbabat. Perseus
;

autem in sinu matris dormiebat.

1
For notes and special vocabulary, see p. 260.
 254 latin for the first year

Jupiter Saves His Son

2. Iuppiter tamen haec omnia vldit, et f Ilium suum servare
Toconstituit. Tranquillum igitur fecit mare, et arcam ad Insulam
Serlphum perduxit. Htiius Insulae Polydectes turn rex erat.
Postquam area ad litus adpulsa est, Danae in harena quietem
capiebat. Post breve tempus a piscatore quodam reperta est
et ad domum regis Polydectis adducta est. Ille matrem et

15 puerum benigne excepit, et els sedem tutam in flnibus sins dedit.

Danae hoc donum libenter accepit, et pro tanto beneficio regi
gratias egit.

Perseus is Sent on His Travels

3. Perseus igitur multos annos ibi habitabat, et cum matre

sua vitam beatam agebat. At Polydectes Danaen magnopere
2oamabat, atque earn in matrimonium diicere volebat. Hoc
tamen consilium Perseo minime gratum erat. Polydectes
igitur Perseum dlmittere Turn iuvenem ad se
constituit.
vocavit et haec dixit "Turpe est hanc ignavam vitam agere
:
;

iam diidum tu adulescens es. Quo usque hie manebis? Tem-

25 pus est arma capere et virtutem praestare. Hinc abl, et caput
Medusae mihi refer."

Perseus Gets His Outfit

4. Perseus ubi haec audivit, ex insula discessit, postquam
et,
ad continentem venit, Medusam quaesivit. Diu frustra
quaerebat, nam naturam loci ignorabat. Tandem Apollo et
30 Minerva viam demonstraverunt. Primum ad Graeas, sorores
Medusae, pervenit. Ab his talaria et galeam magicam accepit.
Apollo autem et Minerva falcem et speculum dederunt. Turn,
postquam Diu per
talaria pedibus induit, in aera ascendit.
aera volabat tandem tamen ad eum locum venit ubi Medusa
;

35
cum ceteris Gorgonibus habitabat. Gorgones autem monstra
erant specie horribill; capita enim earum anguibus omnlno
contecta erant. Manus etiam ex aere factae erant.
 additional supplementary reading 255

The Gorgon's Head

5. Res dimcillima erat caput Gorgonis abscldere; eius enim
conspectii homines in saxum vertebantur. Propter hanc
causam Minerva speculum Perseo dederat. Hie igitur tergum^
vertit, et in speculum Inspiciebat hoc modo ad
;
locum venit ubi
Medusa dormiebat. Turn fake sua caput eius uno ictu abscldit.
Ceterae Gorgones statim e somno excitatae sunt, et, ubi rem
viderunt, Ira commotae sunt. Arma rapuerunt, et Perseum
occidere volebant. Hie autem dum fugit, galeam magicam 45
induit ; et, ubi hoc fecit, statim e conspectii earum evasit.

The Sea-Serpent
6. Post haec Perseus in fines Aethiopum venit. Cepheus Ibi

quldam illo
tempore regnabat. Hie Nepttinum, maris deum,
olim offenderat; Neptiinus autem monstrum saevissimum
mlserat. Hoc cotldie e marl veniebat et homines devorabat. 5c
Ob hanc causam pavor animos omnium occupaverat. Cepheus
igitur oraculum del Hammonis consuluit, atque a deo iussus est
filiam monstro tradere. Eius autem fllia, nomine Andromeda,
virgo formosissima erat. Cepheus ubi haec audlvit, magnum
dolorem percepit. Volebat tamen elves suos e tanto perlculo 55

extrahere, atque ob earn causam imperata Hammonis facere

constituit.

A Human Sacrifice

7. Turn rex diem certam dixit et omnia paravit. Ubi ea

dies venit, Andromeda ad litus deducta est, et in conspectii
omnium ad rupem adligata est. Omnes fatum eius deplorabant, 60
nee lacrimas tenebant. At subito, dum monstrum exspectant,
Perseus accurrit et, ubi lacrimas vidit, causam doloris quaerit.
;

111! rem totam exponunt et puellam demonstrant. Dum haec

geruntur, fremitus terribilis auditur ;
simul monstrum horribill
specie procul conspicitur. Eius conspectus timorem maximum 65
 256 LATIN FOR THE FIRST YEAR

omnibus iniecit. Monstrum magna celeritate ad litus conten-

dit, iamque ad locum adpropinquabat ubi puella stabat.

The Rescue
8. At Perseus, ubi haec vidit, gladium suum eduxit, et, post-
quam talaria induit, in aera sublatus est. Turn desuper in
70 monstrum impetum subito fecit, et gladio suo collum eius gravi-
ter vulneravit. Monstrum ubi sensit vulnus, fremitum horri-
bilem edidit, et sine mora, totum corpus in aquam mersit.
Perseus dum circum reditum eius exspectabat.
litus volat,
Mare autem interea undique sanguine Inncitur. Post breve
75 tempus belua rursus caput sustulit mox tamen a Perseo ictu
;

graviore vulnerata est. Turn iterum se in undas mersit, neque

postea, visa est.

The Reward of Valor

9. Perseus postquam ad litus descendit, primum talaria exuit ;

turn ad rupem venit ubi Andromeda vincta erat. Ea autem

8oomnem spem salutis deposuerat, et, ubi Perseus adiit, terrore

paene exanimata erat. Ille vincula statim solvit, et puellam

patrl reddidit. Cepheus ob hanc rem maximo gaudio adfectus
est. Meritam gratiam pr5 tanto beneficio Perseo rettulit;
Andromedam ipsam el in matrimonium dedit. Ille
praeterea
85 libenter hoc donum accepit et puellam duxit. Paucos annos
cum uxore sua in ea regione habitabat, et in magno honore erat
apud omnes Aethiopes. Magnopere tamen matrem suam
rursus videre cupiebat. Tandem igitur cum uxore sua e regno

Cephei discessit.

POLYDECTES IS TURNED TO STONE

90 10. Postquam Perseus ad Tnsulam navem adpulit, se ad

locum contulit ubi mater olim habitaverat, sed domum invenit
vacuam et omnlno desertam. Tres dies per totam Insulam
 ADDITIONAL SUPPLEMENTARY READING 257

matrem quaerebat tandem quarto die ad templum Dianae

;

pervenit. Hue Danae refiigerat, quod Polydectem timebat.

Perseus ubi haec cognovit, Ira magna commotus est ad regiam 95 ;

Polydectis sine mora contendit, et, ubi eo venit, statim in atrium

inrupit. Polydectes magno timore adfectus est et fugere
volebat. Dum tamen ille fugit, Perseus caput Medusae mon-
stravit; ille autem simul atque hoc vidit, in saxum versus est.

The Oracle Fulfilled

11. Post haec Perseus cum uxore sua ad urbem AcrisI rediit. 100

Ille autem ubi Perseum magno vidit, nam

terrore adfectus est ;

propter oraculum istud nepotem suum adhuc timebat. In

Thessaliam igitur ad urbem Larisam statim refugit, friistra
tamen neque enim fa turn suum vitavit. Post paucos annos
;

rex Larisae ludos magnos fecit nuntios in omnes partes diml-

; 105
serat et diem edlxerat. Multl ex omnibus urbibus Graeciae ad
ludos convenerunt. Ipse Perseus inter alios certamen discorum
iniit. At, dum discum conicit, avum suum casii occldit Acrisius;

enim inter spectatores eius certaminis forte stabat.

TIBERIUS GRACCHUS AND GAIUS GRACCHUS

Tiberius Gracchus and his brother Gaius were famous Romans, who
lived in the second century B.C. In the following account, from
Lhomond's "Viri Romae," they are represented as rebels, as the
aristocratic party of Rome regarded them. As a fact, however,
they resorted to revolutionary means only to improve the condition
of the common people and make the government democratic.

1
1. Tiberius et Gaius Gracchi Sclpi5nis AfricanI ex fllia
nep5tes erant. Horum adulescentia bonis artibus et magna
omnium spe exacta est ;
ad egregiam enim indolem optima
accedebat educati5. Erant enim dlligentia Corneliae matris a
puerls doctl et Graecls litterls erudltl. Maximum matronlss
1
For notes and special vocabulary, see p. 262.
 258 LATIN FOR THE FIRST YEAR

ornamentum esse llberos bene Institutos merito putabat mater

ilia sapientissima. Cum Campana matrona, apud illam hospita,
ornamenta saeculo pulcherrima, ostentaret el mulie-
sua, illo

briter, Cornelia traxit earn sermone, quo usque e schola. redirent

ioliberl. Quos reversos hospitae ostendens, "Haec," inquit,
"
mea ornamenta sunt." Nihil his adulescentibus
quidem neque
a natiira neque a doctrlna def uit ;
sed ambo rem publicam, quam
tuerl poterant, perturbare maluerunt.
2. Tiberius Gracchus, tribiinus plebis creatus, a senatu
15 descivit ; popull favorem profusis largitionibus sibi conciliavit ;

agros plebl dividebat, provincias novis colonhs replebat. Cum

autem tribuniciam potestatem sibi prorogarl vellet, et palam
dictitasset interempto senatu omnia per plebem agl debere,
viam ad regnum pa rare videbatur. Qua re cum convocati
sibi

2opatres dehberarent, quidnam faciendum esset, statim Tiberius

Capitolium petit, manum ad caput referens, quo signo salutem
suam populo commendabat. Hoc nobilitas ita accepit, quasi
diadema posceret, et Scipio Naslca, cum esset consobrlnus Tiberl
Gracchi, patriam cognation! praeferens sublata dextra pro-
u
*5clamavit: Qu! rem publicam salvam esse volunt, me sequan-
"
tur Dein optimates, senatus atque equestris ordinis pars
!

maior, in Gracchum inruunt, qui fugiens decurrensque cllvo

Capitollno fragmento subselll ictus vltam, quam gloriosissime
degere potuerat, immatura morte flnlvit. MortuI Tiberl

30 corpus in flumen proiectum est.

3. Gaium Gracchum Idem furor, qui fratrem Tiberium,occupa-

vit. Tribunatum enim adeptus, seu vindicandae fraternae
necis seu comparandae regiae potentiae causa, pessima coepit
inlre consilia; maximas largltiones fecit, aerarium efftidit,
35 legem de frumento plebl dlvidendo tulit, clvitatcm omnibus
Italicls dabat. His Gracchi consilils, quanta poterant con-
tentione, obsistebant omnes maxime Plso, vir
bonl, in quibus
consularis. Is cum multa contra legem rumen tariam dlxisset, f

lege tamen lata, ad frumentum cum ceteris accipiendum venit.

 ADDITIONAL SUPPLEMENTARY READING 259

Gracchus ubi animadvertit in contione Pisonem stantem, eurri4o

sic compellavit audiente populo Romano: "Qui tibi constas,
Piso, cum ea lege frumentum petas, quam dissuasistl?'
;

Cui
Piso, "Nolim quidem, Gracche," inquit, "mea bona tibi virltim

dlvidere liceat; sed si fades, partem petam." Quo responso

da to aperte declaravit vir gravis et sapiens, lege, quam tulerat4$
Gracchus, patrimonium publicum dissiparl.
4. Decretum a senatu est, ut videret consul Oplmius, ne quid
detrlmentl res piiblica caperet quod nisi in maximo discrlmine
;

decernl non solebat. Gaius Gracchus, armata, familia, Aven-

tlnum occupavit. Consul, vocato ad arma populo, Gaium 50
aggressus est, qui pulsus profugit et, cum iam comprehenderetur,
iugulum servo praebuit, qui dominum et mox se super dominl
corpus interemit. Ut Tiberl Gracchi antea corpus, ita Gal
in Tiberim deiectum est caput autem
mlra crudelitate victorum ;

a,
Septimuleio, amlco Gracchi, ad Oplmium relatum auro repen- 55
sum fertur. Sunt qui tradant, Infuso plumbo eum partem
capitis, quo gravius efficeretur, explesse.

5. Occlso Tiberio GracchS, cum senatus consulibus mandasset,

ut in eos, qui cum Graccho consenserant, animadverteretur,
Blossius quldam, Tiberl amicus, pro se deprecatum venit, hanc, 60
ut sibi ignosceretur, causam adferens, quod tantl Gracchum
fecisset, ut, quidquid ille vellet, sibi faciendum putaret. Turn
"
consul, "Quid?' inquit, si te Gracchus templo Iovis in
Capitolio faces subdere iussisset, obsecuttirusne illlus voluntati
"
fuistl propter istam, quam iactas, f amiliaritatem ? "Num-65
"
quam," inquit Blossius, voluisset id quidem, sed si voluisset,
,
pa^^issem.'
6. Exstat Gal Gracchi e Sardinia Romam reversl oratio, in
a
qua haec de se narrat Versatus sum in provincia, quomodo
:

ex usu vestr5 esse exlstimabam, non quomodo ambition! meae 70

conducere arbitrabar." Nemo potest vere dlcere, assem aut eo
plus in muneribus me accepisse aut mea causa, quemquam
sumptum fecisse. Zonas, quas Roma proficlscens plenas
18
 260 LATIN FOR THE FIRST YEAR

argent! extuli, eas ex provincia inanes rettull. Alii amphoras,

?5 quas vinl plenas extulerunt, eas argento repletas domum

reportarunt.

NOTES AND VOCABULARY

PERSEUS
The numbers refer to the lines of text.
LINE
3. nepos, nepotis, grandson, need, -are, put to death.

4. oraculum, -I, oracle, comprehendo, -hendere, -hendi, -hensum,

seize.

5. adhuc, adv., still, yet. infans, -fantis, infant, area, -ae, ark.
ligneus, -a, -um, wooden. includo,-cludere,-clusi,-clusum, inclose.
6. Danae, -es, -ae, -en, -e, Greek noun, first decl., F., Danae
(dan'a-e).
7. turbo, -are, disturb.
8. sinus, -us, bosom, lap. dormio, -ire, sleep.

9. tamen, however.
10. tranquillus, -a, -um, calm.
11. Seriphus, -1, F., Seriphos (se-rl'fos).
12. litus, -oris, N., sJwre. adpello (ad + pello), drive to. harena,
-ae, sand, shore, quies, quietis, F., rest.

13. piscator, -oris, fisherman.

14. domum, house; without ad, home.
15. benigne,kindly, excipio, -cipere, -cepi, -ceptum, receive.

sedes, sedis, F., abode, tutus, -a, -um, safe.

17. gratias ago, thank.
19. agebat, led, passed. Danaen, ace. case, Greek first decl.

23. turpis, -e, disgraceful, ignavus, -a, -um, inactive, lazy.

24. dudum, adv., for a long time, adulescens, -entis, a youth, quo
usque, how long? hie, adv., here.
25. praestare, show, hinc, adv., hence, abi, imperative of ab + eo
(go).
28. continens, -entis, F., mainland, continent.
29. ignoro, -are, be ignorant of.

30. Graeae, -arum, F. pi., the Graeae.

31. talaria, -ium, N. pi., winged shoes, galea, -ae, helmet, magicus,
-a, -um, magic.
 ADDITIONAL SUPPLEMENTARY READING 26 1

LINE
32. falx, falcis, F., sickle, speculum, -1, mirror.

33. induo, -duere, -dui, -dutum, put on; see 457. aer, aeris (ace.
a era), M., air.

35. ceteri, -ae, -a, the other. Gorgo, Gorgonis, F., Gorgon.
36. species, -el, appearance; see 531. horribilis, -e, terrible,

anquis, -is, M. or F., serpent.

37. contectus, -a, -urn, pred. adj., covered, aes, aeris, N\, copper,
bronze.

38. abscido, -cldere, -cidi, -cisum, cut off.

39. saxum, -I, stone, verto, -ere, verti, versum, turn.

40. tergum, -i, back.

41. Inspicio, -spicere, -spexi, -spectum, look into, modus, -1, way,
manner.
42. ictus, -us, blow, stroke.
43. somnus, -1, sleep, excito, -are, arouse.
46. evado, -vadere, -vasi, -vasum, escape.
47. Aethiops, -opis, an Aethiopian.
49. offendd, -fendere, -fendi, -fensum, ofend.
51. pavor, -oris, M., terror, panic.
52. Hammon, -onis, M., Hammon. consulo, -ere, -ui, -turn, con-
sult.

53. autem, now.

54. virgo, virginis, F., maiden, virgin, formosus, -a, -urn, beautiful.
55. dolor, -oris, M., grief, percipio, -cipere, -cepi, -ceptum, feel.
civis, -is (citizen), subject.
56. extraho, -trahere, -traxi, -tractum, rescue, imperatum, -i, com-
mand.
60. rupes, -is, F., rock, cliff, fatum, -i, fate. deploro, -are, lament.
63. expono (ex + pono), explain.
64. fremitus, -us, roar.
65. procul, adv., at a distance.
66. -iectum, inspire (in).
inicio, -icere, -ieci,
69. sublatus, participle of tollo. desuper, adv., from above.
70. collum, -1, neck.
71. sentio, sentire, sensi, sensum, feel.
72. edo, -ere, edidi, editum, titter, mergo, -ere, mersi, mersum,
dip, plunge.
73. volat : for tense see 605, b. reditus, -us, return.
74. inficio, -ficere, -feci, -fectum, stain.
75. belua^ -ae. F., beast monster, sustulit, perfect of tollo.
262 LATIN FOR THE FIRST YEAR

LINE

76. iterum, adv., again, unda, -ae, wave.

78. exuo, -uere, -ui, -utum, take of, put off.
79. vinctus, -a, -um, bound.
80. adiit, from ad + eo, approach.
81. exanimatus, -a, -um, exhausted, solvo, -ere, solvi, solutum,
loosen.
82. reddo, -ere, reddidi, redditum, restore, gaudium, -I, joy. adficio
(ad -ff acid), _/*//.

83. gratiam refero, show gratitude.

86. regio, -onis, F., country, region.
90. adpello, -pellere, -pull, -pulsum, bring to. se contulit, made his
way.
91. invenio (in + venio), find.
92. vacuus, -a, -um, empty, desertus, -a, -um, deserted.
94. hue, adv., to this place, refugid (re + fugio), flee.
95. regia, -ae, palace.
96. atrium, -I, hall.

97. inrumpo, -rumpere, -rupi, -ruptum, burst (into).

99. monstro, -are, show, simul atque, as soon as.
100. Acrisi, see p. 28, par. 96.
102. oraculum istud, that oracle I told you of.

104. vito, -are, escape.

105. ludus, -i, game.
106. edico (e +
died), proclaim.
107. discus, discus, quoit.
-i,

108. iniit, perfect of in -f eo, enter, casus, -us, chance.

TIBERIUS GRACCHUS AND GAIUS GRACCHUS

1. Gracchi: nom.pl. Africanus : a surname of P. Cornelius Scipio,
the conqueror of Hannibal. fHia : Cornelia ;
see line 4.
2. nepos, -potis, grandson, adulescentia, -ae, youth.
3. exigo, -igere, -egi, -actum, spend, indoles, -is, F., natural
quality.
5. pueris, childhood, litteris, literature, erudio, -ire, instruct.
6. merito, adv., justly.
7. Campanus, -a, -um, Campanian. apud, (// the, house of. hospita,
-ae, guest..
8. illo saeculo, of the lime (saeculum). ostento, -are, show.
muliebriter, adv., as women will, like a woman.
 ADDITIONAL SUPPLEMENTARY READING 263

LINE
9. traho, -ere, traxi, tractum, detain, sermo, -onis, M., conversa-
tion, quo usque, used like dum, 605, c.
until;
11. quidem, adv., indeed, adulescens, -entis, M., a youth.
12. doctrina, -ae, instruction, ambo, -ae, -6, adj., both.
13. tueor, -eri, tutus, protect, tueri poterant, might have protected.

maid, malle, malui, prefer.

" tribune of the "
14. Tiberius was people in 133 B.C. The tribunes
were originally appointed to protect the common people, but gradually-
acquired other powers.
15. descisco, -sciscere, -scivi, -scitum, withdraw, favor, -oris, M.,
favor, profusus, -a, -urn, lavish, largitio, -onis, F., generosity.
16. colonia, -ae, colony; coloniis : abl. of means, repleo, -ere, -evi,
-etum, fill tip.

17. tribunicius, -a, -urn, of a tribune,

prorogo, -are, prolong, extend.
The tribuneship could not lawfully be held for two successive years,

palam, adv., openly.

18. dictito, -are, say often, interimo, -imere, -emi, -emptum,
kill.

19. qua re, therefore.

20. patres : i.e. the senators, quidnam, what?
21. Capitolium, -1, the Capitol, referens, raising.
22. commendo, -are, entrust, nobilitas, the aristocrats, quasi,
conj., as if.

23. diadema, -atis, N., royal crown, cum, although, consobrinus,

-1, cousin.
24. cognatio, -onis, F., relationship, proclamo, -are, cry out.

25. salvus, -a, -urn, safe, sequantur, let them follow.

26. dein, adv., then, optimas, -atis, M., aristocrat, ordo, -inis, M.,
order; equestris ordinis, of the equestrian order, i.e. the knights.
27. inruo, -mere, -rui, make an attack, clivo Capitolino, by the
ascent (clivus) to the Capitol.
28. subsellium, -I, bench, low seat. The senators broke up the seats
on which they had been sitting, and armed themselves with the frag-
ments. ic6, -ere, ici, ictum, strike.

dego, -ere, degi, spend;

29. degere potuerat, might have spent.
immaturus, -a, -urn, untimely.
31. furor, -oris, M., madness, frenzy.
32. tribunatus, -us, M., tribuneship. Gaius was tribune in 123 B.C.

adipiscor, -I, adeptus, obtain, seu . . .

seu, whether . . . or. vindico,
-are, avenge, fraternus, -a, -urn, of a brother.
264 LATIN FOR THE FIRST YEAR

LINE
34. inire (from in + eo), enter upon, undertake, largitiones, gifts.

aerarium, -I, public money, effundo, -fundere, -fudi, -fusum, waste.

35. tulit, proposed.
36. Italicus, -i, an Italian, contentio, -onis, F., effort.

37. obsisto, -sistere, -stiti, -stitum, oppose, boni, the aristocrats; lit.,
the good men.
38. consularis, -e, of consular rank, cum, although, frumentariam,
concerning grain.
40. animadverto, -vertere, -verti, -versum, notice, contio, -onis,
F., mass-meeting, assembly.
41. compello, -are, address, qui tibi constas, how are you consistent?
42. dissuadeo, -suadere, -suasi, -suasum, advise against.
43. nolim quidem tibi liceat, / shouldn't like you to be allowed.
Gracche : see 551. viritim, adv., man by man, to each man separately.
44. partem, my share.

45. gravis, of authority.

46. patrimonium publicum, the state's inheritance, the money in the
treasury, dissipo, -are, squander.
47. decerno, -cernere, -crevi, -cretum, decree.
48. detrimentum, -i, injury, caperet, should suffer, discrimen,
-inis, N., crisis, peril.
49. soleo, -ere, solitus, be accustomed. Aventinus, -i, the Aventine,
one of the hills of Rome.
51. aggredior, -gredi, -gressus, attack, comprehenderetur, was on
the point of being taken.

52. iugulum, -i, throat, praebeo, -ere, -ui, -itum, hold forth, expose.

54. crudelitas, -tatis, F., cruelty.

55. rependo, -pendere, -pendi, -pensum, pay with the same weight;
repensum supply esse.
:

56. fertur, is reported, infundo, -fundere, -fudi, -fusiun, pour into.

plumbum, -i, lead, eum : i.e. Septimulcius.
57. quo: see 511, a. efficeretur, might be made, expleo, -ere,
-evi, -etum, fill up ; explesse = explevisse.
59. consentio, -sentire, -sensi, -sensum, conspire, animadverteretur,
punishment should be inflicted.
60. deprecatum, to plead, supine of deprecor.
61. ignosceretur, that pardon be given.
62. quidquid, whatever.
64. faces subdere, to set f re to. obsecuturusne fuisti, would you have
yielded ?
 ADDITIONAL SUPPLEMENTARY READING 265

LINE
65. iacto, -are, boast of.
68. ex -f sto, exist, be. oratio : Gaius was famous for his oratory.
69. versor, -arl, -atus, conduct oneself, quomodo, adv., as.
70. ambitio, -onis, F., ambition.
71. conducere, serve, be profitable, as, assis, M., penny; assem,
" a red we might
cent," as say.
72. munus, -eris, N., service, office.
73. sumptus, -us, M., expense; sumptum fecisse, was put to expense.
zona, -ae, belt, money-belt.
74. inanis, -e, empty, amphora, -ae, jar.

75. repletus, -a, -um, filled.

 APPENDIX
NOUNS
I. FIRST DECLENSION
tuba, F., trumpet
268 LATIN FOR THE FIRST YEAR

Plural
Nom. consules victores patres nationes homines
Gen. consulum victorum patrum nationum hominum
Dat. consulibus victoribus patribus nationibus hominibus
Ace. consules victores patres nationes homines
Abl. consulibus victoribus patribus nationibus hominibus

rex, M. dux, M. pes, M. miles, M. llbertas, F.

king leader foot soldier liberty

Singular

Nom rex dux pes miles llbertas

Gen. regis ducis pedis mllitis libertatis
Dat. regi duci pedi militi llbertati
Ace. regem ducem pedem militem libertatem
Abl. rege duce pede mllite libertate

Plural
Nom. reges duces pedes milites libertates
Gen. regum ducum pedum mili turn libertatum
Dat. regibus ducibus pedibus mllitibus llbertatibus
Ace. reges duces pedes milites libertates
A bl. regibus ducibus pedibus mllitibus llbertatibus

flumen, N. opus, N. tempus, N. caput, N.

river work time head

Singular
Nom. flumen opus tempus caput
Gen. fluminis operis tempo ris capitis
Dat. flumini operi tempori capiti
Ace. flumen opus tempus caput
Abl. flumine opere tempore capite

Plural
Nom. flumina opera tempora capita
Gen. fluminum operum temporum capitum
Dat. fluminibus operibus temporibus capitibus
Ace. flumina opera tempora capita
Abl. fluminibus operibus temporibus capitibus
 APPENDIX 269

6.
270 LATIN FOR THE FIRST YEAR

Plural
Nom.
 APPENDIX 271

12.
272 LATIN FOR THE FIRST YEAR

THIRD DECLENSION
14. acer, sharp
Singular Plural
M. F. N. M. F. N.
Nom. acer acris acre acres acres acria
Gen. acris acris acris acnum acnum acnum
Dat. acri acri acri acribus acribus acribus
Ace. acrem acrem acre acres (-is) acres (-is) acria
Abl. acri acri acri acribus acribus acribus

15. fortis, brave

 APPENDIX 273

18. SPECIAL ADJECTIVES

vetus, old
274 LATIN FOR THE FIRST YEAR

20. IRREGULAR COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES

Positive Comparative Superlative
bonus, good melior, better optimus, best
malus, bad peior, worse pessimus, worst
magnus, great maior, greater maximus, greatest
parvus, little minor, less minimus, least
multus, much plus, more plurimus, most
senex, old senior, older maximus natu, oldest
iuvenis, young iunior, younger minimus natu, youngest
idoneus, suitable magis idoneus maxime idoneus
exterus, outward exterior, outer, extremus "I
outermost,
exterior extimus j last

Inferus, below Inferior, lower Infimus )

lowest
lmus
posterus, following posterior, later postremus "I ,

postumus /
superus, above superior, higher
supremusj
summus J s

[cis, citra, on this side] citerior, hither citimus, hithermosf

[in, intra, in, within] interior, inner intimus, inmost
[prae, pro, before] prior, former primus, first
[prope, near] propior, nearer proximus, next
[ultra, beyond] ulterior, farther ultimus, farthest

ADVERBS
21. REGULAR COMPARISON OF ADVERBS
Positive Comparative Superlative
late, widely latius latissime
llbere, freely llberius llberrime
acriter, sharply acrius acerrime
facile, easily facilius facillime
sapienter, wisely sapientius sapientissime

22. IRREGULAR COMPARISON OF ADVERBS

Positive Comparative Superlative
bene, well melius, better optime, best
male, badly, ill peius, worse pessime, worst
magnopere, greatly magis, more maxime, most
multum, much plus,more plurimum, most
parum, little minus, less minime, least
diu, long (in time) diutius, longer diutissime, longest
prope, near propius, nearer proxime, next
saepe, often saepius, oftener saepissime, oftenest
 APPENDIX 275

23-
276 LATIN FOR THE FIRST YEAR
278 LATIN FOR THE FIRST YEAR
 APPENDIX 279

Imperfect Imperfect
amabam, / was loving, loved, did amabar, / was {being) loved
love
amabas, you were loving, loved, did amabaris, you were {being) loved
love
amabaXyliewas loving, loved, did love amabatur, he was {being) loved

amabamus, we were loving, loved, amabamur, we were {being) loved

did love
amabatis, you were loving, loved, amabamini, you were {being) loved
did love
amabant, they were loving, loved, amabantur, they were {being) loved
did love
Future Future

amabo, / shall love amabor, I shall be loved

amabis, you will love amaberis, you will be loved
amabit, lie will love amabitur, he will be lovod
amabimus, we shall love amabimur, we shall be loved
amabitis, you will love amabimini, you will be loved
amabunt, they will love amabuntur, they will be loved

Perfect Perfect

amavi, / have loved, loved, did love amatus sum, / have been loved,
was loved
amavisti, you have loved, loved, did amatus es, you have been loved,
love were loved
amavit, he has loved, loved, did love amatus est, he has been loved, was
loved

amavimus, we have loved, loved, amati sumus, we have been loved,

did love were loved
amavistis, you have loved, loved, amati estis, you have been loved,'
did love were loved
amaverunt, they have loved, loved, amati sunt, t/tey have been loved,
did love were loved

Pluperfect Pluperfect
amaveram, / had loved amatus eram, / had. been loved
amaveras, you had loved amatus eras, you had been loved
amaverat, he had loved amatus erat, he had been loved

amaveramus, we had loved amati eramus, we had been loved

amaveratis, you had loved amati eratis, you had been loved
amaverant, they had loved amati erant, they had been loved
280 LATIN FOR THE FIRST YEAR

Future Perfect Future Perfect

amavero, / shall have loved amatus ero, / shall have been loved
amaveris, you will have loved amatus eris, you will have been
loved
amaverit, he will have loved amatus erit, he will have been loved
amaverimus, we shall have loved amati erimus, we shall have been
loved
amaventis, you will have loved amati eritis, you will have been
loved
amaverint, they will have loved amati erunt, they will have been
loved

Subjunctive Active
 APPENDIX 28l

Participles Active Participles Passive

Pres. amans, loving Ferf. amatus, having been loved,
loved
Fut. amaturus, about to love Fut. amandus, to be loved (Ge-
rundive)
Gerund Supine (Active)
Gen. amandi, of loving
Dat. amando, for loving
Ace. amandum, loving Ace. amatum, to love
Abl. amando, by loving Abl. amatu, to love

35. SECOND, THIKD, AND FOURTH CONJUGATIONS

Active Voice

Principal Parts
moneo, monere, monui, monitum, warn, advise
rego, regere, rexi, rectum, rule
capio, capere, cepi, captum, take
audio, audire, audivi, auditum, hear
282 LATIN FOR THE FIRST YEAR

Perfect
monui
monuisti
monuit
 APPENDIX 283

Perfect
monuenm
monueris
monuerit
284 LATIN FOR THE FIRST YEAR

36. SECOND, THIRD, AND FOURTH CONJUGATIONS

Passive Voice

Principal Parts
moneor, moneri, monitus sum, be warned, be advised
regor, regi, rectus sum, be ruled
capior, capi, captus sum, be taken
audior, audiri, auditus sum, be heard
 APPENDIX 285

Pluperfect
monitus eram
monitus eras
monitus erat
286 LATIN FOR THE FIRST YEAR

Pluperfect
monitus essem rectus essem captus essem audltus essem
monitus esses rectus esses captus esses audltus esses
monitus esset rectus esset captus esset auditus esset

moniti essemus recti essemus capti essemus auditi essemus

moniti essetis recti essetis capti essetis audlti essetis
moniti essent recti essent capti essent auditi essent

Imperative Mood, Present Tense

Sing. monere regere capere audlre
Plur. monemini regimini capimini audimini

Infinitive
Pres. moneri regi capi audlri
Perf. monitus esse rectus esse captus esse auditus esse
Fut. monitum iri rectum iri captum iri auditum iri

Participles
Perf. monitus rectus captus audltus
Fut. monendus regendus capiendus audiendus

DEPONENT VERBS
37. First Conjugation

Principal Parts

conor, conari, conatus sum, try

Indicative Present Subjunctive
conor, / try, am trying, do try coner
conaris, you try, are trying, do try coneris
conatur, he tries, is trying, does try conetur

conamur, we try, are trying, do try conemur

conamini, you try, are trying, do try conemini
conantur, they try, are trying, do try conentur

Imperfect
conabar, / was trying, tried, did try c5narer
conabaris, you were trying, tried, did try conareris
conabatur, he was trying, tried, did try conaretur

conabamur, we were trying, tried, did try conaremur

conabamini, you were trying, tried, did try conaremini
conabantur, they were trying, tried, did try conarentur
 APPENDIX 287

Future
conabor, I shall try
conaberis, you will try
conabitur, he will try
conabimur, we shall try
conabimini, you will try
conabuntur, they will try
Perfect
conatus stun, / have tried, tried, did try conatus sun
conatus es, you have tried, tried, did try conatus sis
conatus est, he has tried, tried, did try conatus sit
conati sumus, we have tried, tried, did try conati simus
conati estis, you have tried, tried, did try conati sitis
conati sunt, they have tried, tried, did try conati sint

Pluperfect
conatus eram, I had tried conatus essem
conatus eras, you had tried conatus esses
conatus erat, he had tried conatus esset
conati eramus, we had tried conati essemus
conati eratis, you had tried conati essetis
conati erant, they had tried conati essent

Future Perfect
conatus erd, / shall have tried
conatus eris, you will have tried
conatus erit, he will have tried
conati erimus, we shall have tried
conati eritis, you will have tried
conati erunt, they will have tried

Present Imperative
Sing, cdnare, try (thou) Plur. conamini, try (ye)

Infinitive
Pres. conari, to try
Perf. conatus esse, to have tried
Fut. conaturus esse, to be about to try

Participles
Pres. conans, trying Perf. conatus, having tried
Fut. Act. conaturus, about to try Fut. Pass, conandus, to be tried
288 LATIN FOR THE FIRST YEAR

Gerund Supine
Gen. conandi, of trying
Dat. conando, for trying
Ace. conandum, trying conatum, to try
Abl. conando, by trying conatu, to try

38. Second, Third, and Fourth Conjugations

Principal Parts

vereor, vereri, veritus sum, fear

utor, uti, usus sum, use
patior, pati, passus sum, allow, suffer
potior, potiri, potitus sum, get possession of
 APPENDIX 289

Participles
Pres. verens uteris patiens potiens
Fut. Act. veriturus usurus passurus potlturus
Perf. veritus usus passus potltus
Fut. Pass, verendus utendus patiendus potiendus
Gerund
verendl utendl patiendi potiendi
Supine
ventum usum passum potltum

IRREGULAR VERBS
39- sum, am }
be

Principal Parts: sum, esse, ful, futurus

Indicative
Present
Singular Plural
sum, / am sumus, we are
es, you are estis, you are
est, he (she, it) is sunt, they are

Imperfect

eram, / was eramus, we were

eras, you were eratis, you were
erat, he was erant. they were

Future

ero, / shall be erimus, we shall be

eris, you will be eritis, you will be
erit, he will be erunt, tliey will be

Perfect
ful, I have been, was fuimus. we have been, were
fuisti, you have been, were you have been, were
fuistis.

fuit, he has been, was fuerunt, they have been, were

Pluperfect

fueram, / had been fueramus, we had been

fueras, thou hadst been fueratis,you )tad been
fuerat, he had been fuerant, they had been
290 LATIN FOR THE FIRST YEAR

Future Perfect
fuero, / shall have been
 APPENDIX 291

Perfect

potui, / have been able, I could potuimus, we have been able, we

could
potuisti, you have been able, you potuistis, you have been able, you
could could
potuit, he has been able, he could potuerunt, they have been able, tliey
could

Pluperfect

potueram, / had been able potueramus, we had been able

potueras, ycu had been able potueratis, you had been able
potuerat, he had been able potuerant, they had been able

Future Perfect

potuero, I shall have been able potuerimus, we shall have been able
potueris, you will have been able potueritis,you will have been able
potuerit, he will have been able potuerint, they will have been able

Subjunctive
Present Imperfect
Singular Plural Singular Plural
possim possimus
possis possitis
possit possint
2Q2 LATIN FOR THE FIRST YEAR

41, fio, be made, be done

Principal Parts: fio, fieri, factus sum

 APPENDIX 2
93

Pluperfect
ieram
2Q4 LATIN FOR THE FIRST YEAR

Future

feram
feres
feret
 APPENDIX 295

Indicative
296 LATIN FOR THE FIRST YEAR

46. ACTIVE PERIPHRASTIC CONJUGATION

laudaturus sum, / am about to praise

47-
 RULES OF SYNTAX 297

49. Nominative Case.

1. The
subject of a finite verb is in the nominative case. (26)
2. A
predicate noun is in the nominative case after the verbs be,
become, seem, and the passive verbs be made, be called, be chosen, and
the like. (99 and 191, a)

50. Vocative Case.

The name of the person or thing addressed is in the vocative case.
(5Si)

51. Genitive Case.

1.A noun limiting the meaning of another noun, and not denot-
ing the same person or thing, is in the genitive case. (General rule.)
2. A word denoting the owner or the possessor is in the genitive
case. (51)
3. The
genitive may denote the whole, depending on a word de-
noting a part. (530)
4. The genitive of a noun, with an adjective in agreement, may
be used to describe another noun. (532)
5. The genitive is used with certain nouns and adjectives to de-
note the object of an action or feeling implied. (353)

a. The nouns and adjectives so used denote desire, knowledge,

memory, fulness, or their opposites.

52. Dative Case.

1. The dative of the indirect object is used with transitive verbs,

in connection with the accusative of the direct object. (60)

2. The dative of the indirect object is used with verbs meaning

favor, help, please, trust, and their opposites; believe, persuade, com-
mand, obey, serve, resist; envy, threaten, pardon, spare. These verbs
in Latin may be intransitive. (437)
3. The dative of the indirect object is used with some verbs com-
pounded with ad, ante, con, de, in, inter, ob, post, prae, pro, sub,
super. (457)
4. The dative is used with the verb sum to denote the possessor.
(459)
5. The dative is used with the passive periphrastic conjugation
to denote the agent. (574)
6. The dative is used with adjectives meaning near, like, equal,
friendly, pleasing, suitable, and their opposites. (246)

53. Accusative Case.

1. The direct object of a verb is in the accusative case. (42)
2. The verbs name, call, choose, make, and the like, take two
298 LATIN FOR THE FIRST YEAR

accusatives, one of the direct object, the other a predicate accusa-

tive. (191)
3. The accusative is used with certain prepositions, forming prep-
ositional phrases. (541)
4. The place to which is regularly expressed by the accusative
with ad or in ;
but with names of towns, domus, and rus, the prep-
osition is omitted. (282)
5. The accusative is used to denote duration of time. (291)
6. The accusative is used to denote extent of space. (523)
7. The subject of an infinitive is in the accusative case. (342)

54. Ablative Case.

1 . The ablative is used with certain prepositions, forming prepo-

sitional phrases. (541)
2. The means or instrument of an action is expressed by the abla-
tive without a preposition. (66)
3. Accompaniment is expressed by the ablative with the preposi-
tion cum. (136)
4. The manner of an action may be expressed by the ablative
with cum, but cum may be omitted if an adjective modifies the
noun. (137)
5.With a passive verb the person by whom an act is performed is

expressed by the ablative with a or ab. (150)

6. Verbs denoting separation require an ablative to complete
theirmeaning, with or without ab, de, or ex. (221)
7. The place from which is regularly expressed by the ablative
with ab, de, or ex; but with names of towns, domus, and rus, the
preposition is omitted. (281)
8. The
place in which is regularly expressed by the ablative with
the preposition in; but the locative case is used for domus, rus, and
the names of towns in the singular number. (279 and 280)
9. Time when or within which anything is or is done is expressed
by the ablative without a preposition. (292)
10. The ablative without a preposition is used to express cause
or reason. (362)
n. The ablative without a preposition is used to show in what
respect the meaning of a verb, noun, or adjective applies. (378)
12. The ablative is used with the deponent verbs utor, fruor,
fungor, potior, and vescor. (403)
13. A comparative without quam is followed by the ablative;
but when quam is used the words denoting the things compared
are in the same case. (472)
14. The ablative is used with comparatives to express the measure
of difference. (473)
 RULES OF SYNTAX 299

15. The ablative of a noun, with an adjective in agreement, may

be used to describe a noun. (532)
16. A noun or pronoun in the ablative, with a noun, an adjective,
or a participle in agreement, may be used to express time, cause,
condition, or other relation. (565)

55. Noun Clauses.

1. noun clauses introduced by ut or ne, and having the
Volitive 1

verb in the subjunctive, depend on verbs meaning advise, command,

demand, induce, permit, persuade, urge. (439)
2. Noun clauses of result introduced by ut or ut non, and having
the verb in the subjunctive, depend on verbs meaning happen,
accomplish, cause. (448)

56. Adverbial Clauses.

1. Clauses expressing the purpose of an action take the subjunc-

tive with ut, ne, quo, or a relative. (420)

2. Clauses expressing the result of an action take the subjunctive
with ut or ut non. (447)
3. Temporal clauses with postquam or ubi take the perfect indic-
ative. (310, a)
4. Temporal clauses with cum take the subjunctive imperfect or
pluperfect to describe the circumstances of an action. (513)
5. Temporal clauses with dum, meaning while or as long as, take
the indicative. (605, a, b)
6. Temporal clauses with dum, until, or priusquam, take the in-
dicative of an actual event, but the subjunctive of an expected event.
(605, c)
7. Causal clauses with quod take the indicative to state the reason
of the speaker or writer; the subjunctive, to state the reason of
another. (612, a)
8. Causal clauses with cum take the subjunctive. (612, b)
9. Conditional sentences take the indicative in both clauses,
when the condition is stated as a fact. (621)
10. Conditional sentences take the subjunctive in both clauses,
when the condition is stated as less probable, or contrary to fact.
(621)

57. Infinitive.

1. An infinitive may be used to complete the meaning of another

verb, as, be able, begin, dare, decide, hasten, hesitate, prepare, ought,
seem, wish, (no)
2. An infinitive with subject accusative is used with verbs mean-

ing say, think, know, perceive. (343)

Expressing an act wanted.
1
3°° LATIN FOR THE FIRST YEAR

58. Sequence of Tenses.

In complex sentences primary tenses are used in clauses that

depend upon primary tenses, secondary tenses in clauses that de-
pend upon secondary tenses. (430)
59. Questions and Answers.
1. Questions may be introduced by interrogative pronouns, in-

terrogative adjectives, or interrogative adverbs, especially -ne,

nonne, or num. (197, 198, a)
2. Questions maybe answered by repeating the verb (with non,
if negative), or by using the adverbs certe, certainly, ita, so, yes,
non, no, minime, by no means. (198)
3. An indirect question has its verb in the subjunctive. (502)

60. Order of Words.

1. General Rule. The normal order of words in a Latin sen-
tence is (1) the subject, (2) the modifiers of the subject, (3) the
modifiers of the verb, (4) the verb. (68)
2. A genitive normally follows the noun that it limits. (50, a)
3. An indirect object normally stands before the direct object.
(59, b)
An ablative normally precedes the object and other modifiers
4.
of the verb. (68, b)
5. A vocative normally follows one or more words of the sentence.
(SSi, *) t m

6. An
adjective normally follows its noun. Adjectives of quan-
tity and demonstrative adjectives precede their nouns. (22 and
page 75, footnote)
7. An adverb normally stands just before the word it modifies.
(68, c)
8. Any word becomes emphatic by standing out of its normal po-
sition. (68)
Special words: Causa follows a genitive; the adjective R6-
9.
manus follows its noun; fere usually follows the word it modifies;
inquit follows one or more words of a quotation.
10. A preposition of one syllable often stands between its noun
and a modifying adjective. (Page 40, footnote)
11. The preposition cum, when used with a personal, reflexive,
or relative pronoun, follows the pronoun and is joined to it as an
enclitic. (18)
VOCABULARIES
 ABBREVIATIONS
abl ablative interrog interrogative
3,cc accusative lit literally

adj adjective loc locative

adv adverb M., masc. . . . masculine
comp comparative N., neut neuter

conj conjunction nom nominative

dat dative obj object
def defective part participle
dem demonstrative pass passive
dep deponent perj perfect
F.,fem feminine pi., plur plural
jut. future plup pluperfect
jut. p future perfect poss possessive
gen genitive pred predicate
imper imperative prep preposition
impers impersonal pres present
impf imperfect pron pronoun
indecl indeclinable ret relative

indej. ..... indefinite sing. ...... singular

ind indicative subj subjunctive
inj. infinitive sup superlative

In the English pronunciation of proper names the sounds of the

vowels are as follows:

i . a as in jat 1. i as in pin
2. a as in j'ate 2. 1 as in pine

3. a as in jar
4. a as in jail 1. o as in not

5. a as in idea 2. 6 as in note
3. as in democrat
1. e as in met 4. o as in move
2. e as in me
3. e as in episcopal
1. u as in tub

4. e as in her 2. u as in mute

5. e as in prudent 3. u as in singular

302
 LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY
acriter, adv., sharply, fiercely.
a, ab, prep. w. abl., away from, ad, prep. w. ace, to, toward,
from, on the side of; as adv.,
by, till, against, near; adv. (w. nu-
off; as a prefix, away. merals), about; as prefix, to.

abdo, -dere, -didi, -ditum [ab+do], addo, addere,addidi, additum

put away, hide. +
[ad do], give to, add.
abduco, -ducere, -duxi, -ductum addiico, -ducere, -duxi, -ductum
[ab + duco], lead away. [ad + duco], lead to, bring to, in-
abicio, -icere, -ieel, -iectum [ab + fluence.
iacio], throw away. adfero, adferre, attuli, adlatum[ad
abstineo, -tinere, -tinui, -tentum +fero], bring to, offer.

[ab+teneo], hold from, keep from, adgredior, -gredi, -gressus sum

restrain. [ad+gradior, step, go], dep., go
absum, abesse, aful [ab+sum], be toward, attack.
away, be distant. adiungo, -iungere, -iunxi, -iunc-
ac, and, used only before conso- tum [ad-fiungo], join to, add.
nants; see atque. adligo, -are, -avi, -atum [ad+ligo,
accedo, -cedere, -cessi, -cessum bind], bind to, tie to.

[ad + cedo, make way], go to, ap- admitto, -mittere, -misl, -missum
proach, be added. [ad+mitto], send to, let in, let go,
accido, -cidere, -cidi, [ad+ allow; equo admisso, at full
cado], fall to, befall, happen; speed.
accidit, impers., it happens. admoveo, -movere, -movi, -mo-
accipio, -cipere, -cepi, -ceptum [ad tum [ad + moved], bring to,

+capio], take to, receive, accept; apply, move up.

hear. adorior, -oriri, -ortus sum [ad+
accurro, -currere, -curri (-cucurri), orior, rise], dep., rise against, aU,
-cursum [ad+curro], run to, tack.
hasten to. adpropinquo, see appropinquo.
accuso, -are, -avi, -atum, accuse, adsum, -esse, -fui [ad + sum], be at

find fault with. hand, be near, be present.

acer, acris, acre, sharp, keen, active. adventus, -us, m. [venio], a coming
acerbus, -a, -um, bitter, sour. to, arrival, approach.
acies, -el, f., edge, line, battle line, adversus, -a, -um [adverto], ad-
army. verse, opposite, unfavorable.

3°3
3°4 LATIN FOR THE FIRST YEAR

advertd, -vertere, -verti, -versum amoved, -movere, -movi, -mdtum

[ad+verto, turn], turn to, turn [a+moveo], take away.
toward. amplius (comp. of ample), adv.,
aedificium, -i, n., a building. farther, longer, more.
aedifico, -are, -avi, -atum [aedes, amplus, -a, -um, large, ample.
house, facio], build. angustiae, -arum, f. [angustus],
Aeneas, Aeneae, h., Aene'as. narrowness, a narrow pass.
aestas, -tatis, f., summer. angustus, -a, -um, narrow.
ager, agri, m., field, territory. animal, animalis, n., animal.
agmen, -inis, N., an army (on the animus, -i, m., soul, mind, feeling,
march) novissimum agmen,
; spirit, courage.
the rear (of an army). annus, -i, m., a year.
ago, agere, egi, actum, put in mo- ante, adv., or prep. w. ace,
tion, drive, do, discourse. before.
agricola, -ae, m., farmer. antea, adv., before, formerly.
ala, -ae, f., wing. antiquus, -a, -um [ante], ancient,
alienus, -a, -urn [alius], another's, former.
foreign, unfavorable. apertus, -a, -um, open, exposed, un-
aliquando, adv., sometime, once. protected.
aliquis (-qui) , -qua, -quid (-quod) , appareo, -ere, -ui, , appear.
indef. pron., some, any. appello, -are, -avi, -atum, call (by-
alius, -a, -ud, another, other (of name), address.
more than two). appeto, -petere, -petivi, -petitum
Allobroges, -um, m., the Allobroges [ad+peto], seek for, have a desire
(a-lob'ro-jez), a Gallic tribe. for.
Alpes, -ium, f., the Alps. appropinquo, -are, -avi, -atum [ad
alter, -era, -erum, the other (of +propinquo], draw near to, ap-
two) alter — alter, the one
— proach.
the
;

other; pi., one party — the Aprilis, -e, of April.

other. apud, prep. w. ace, among, near,
altitudo, -inis, f. [altus], height, at, with, in the presence of.

depth. aqua, -ae, f., water.

altus, -a,-um, high, deep. Aquileia, -ae, f., Aquileia (ak-wi-

amicitia, -ae, f. [amicus], friend- le'ya), a town at the head of the
ship. Adriatic.
amicus, -a, -um, friendly ; as noun, Aquitani, -drum, m., the Aquitaui
m., friend. (ak-wi-ta'ni), Aquitanians, a
amitto, -mittere, -misi, -missum nation of southern Gaul.
[a+mitto], send away, let go, lose. Aquitania, -ae, f., Aquitania.
amo, -are, -avi, -atum, love. Arar, Araris, m., the Sadne (son), a
amor, -oris, m., love. river of Gaul.
 VOCABULARY 3°5

arbitror, -an, -atus sum, dep., B

think, judge. beatus, -a, -um, happy.
arbor, arboris, f., tree. the
Belgae, -arum, Belgae
m.,
arced, -ere, -ui, , keep of. a nation of
(bel'je), Belgians,
silver.
argenteus, -a, -um, of silver, northern Gaul.
argentum, -i, N., silver. bellicosus, -a, -um [bellum], war-
drma, -drum, n. arms (equipment)
,
.

like.
anno, -are, -avi, -atum, arm, equip. bellum, -i, n., war.
ars, artis, f., art. bene, adv. [bonus], well.
ascendo, ascendere, ascendi, as- beneficium, -i, n., well-doing, kind-
censum, climb, ascend.
ness, benefit.
ascensus, -us, m., a climbing up, Bibracte, -is, n., Bibracte (bi-
ascent.
brak'te), a town of the Haedui.
at, conj., but.
biduum, -i, n. [dies], two days.
atque (ac), conj., and also, as. f.
bonitas, -tatis, [bonus], goodness,
attingo, -tingere, -tigi, -tactum
excellence; fertility.
[ad+tango, touch], touch upon, bonus, -a, -um, good.
border upon, reach.
bos, bovis (gen. pi., bourn), m. or
auctoritas, -tatis, f., influence, au-
f., ox, cow; pi., cattle.
thority, advice. brevis, -e, short.
audacia, -ae, f. [audax], boldness. Britanni, -orum, m., the Britons.
audacter, adv., boldly. Britannia, -ae, f., Britain.
audax, audacis, bold.
Brutus, -i, m., Brutus.
audio, -ire, -ivi, -itum, hear.
aureus, -a, -um, of gold, golden.
aurum, gold.
-I, n.,

aut,conj.,or;aut
— aut, either — or. cado, cadere, cecidi, casum, fall.

autem, conj., on the other hand, but, caelum, -i, x., sky, heavens.

furthermore, besides. Caesar, Caesaris, m., Gains Julius

auxilium, -I, n., help, aid; pi., aux- Caesar, a Roman general, states-
iliaries. man and writer; born ioo B.C.,

avarus, -a, -um, greedy. assassinated 44 B.C.; governor

averto, -vertere, -verti, -versum
of Gaul 58-49 B.C.

[a+verto, turn], turn of, turn calamitas, -tatis, f., disaster, defeat.

retreat. calor, -oris, m., heat, warmth.

away,
avis, avis, f., bird. campus, -i, m., plain, field.

avolo, -are, -avi, -atum [a + void, canis, canis, m., dog.

fly], fly away. canto, -are, -avi, -atum, sing.

avus, -i, m., grandfather. cantus, -us, m., song.
Axona, -ae, f., the Aisne (an), a capio, capere, cepi, captum, take,
river of Gaul. seize.
306 LATIN FOR THE FIRST YEAR

captivus, -i, m. [capio], captive, circum, prep. w. ace, around f

prisoner. about; as prefix, around.
caput, capitis, N., head. circumduco, -diicere, -duxi, -duc-
carrus, -I, m., cart. tum [circum +duco], lead around.
Carthago, -inis, f., Carthage, a city circumvenid, -venire, -veni, -ven-
in northern Africa. tum [circum +venio], come
cams, -a, -urn, dear. around, surround.
Cassius, -I, m., Lucius Cassius, a citerior, -ius, comp. adj. (citra),
Roman general. nearer, hither.
castellum, -I, n., fort, redoubt. citra, adv., or prep. w. ace, this
Casticus, -I, m., Casticus, a chief of side (of), within.
the Sequani. civis, civis, m., citizen.
castra, -orum, n. [castrum, fort], civitas, -atis, f. (civis), citizenship,
camp. state, tribe, citizens.
Cauda, -ae, f., tail. clamor, -oris, m., shouting, clamor.
causa, -ae, f., cause; abl., causa, clarus, -a, -urn, clear, bright; fa-
for the sake. mous.
cedd, cedere, cessi, cessum, go classis, classis, f., fleet.
from, go away, depart. claudo, claudere, clausi, clausum,
celer, celeris, celere, quick, rapid. shut, close.
celeritas, -tatis, f. [celer], quick- cliens, -entis, m. or f., client, vas-
ness, speed. sal; patient.
celeriter (celerius, celerrime) , coemo, -emere, -emi, -emptum
adv., quickly. [con+emo], buy up, purchase.
Celtae, -arum, m., the Celts, in- coepi, coepisse, def. verb, began.
habitants of central Gaul. coerceo, -ere, -ui, -itum, control,
census, -us, m., enumeration, cen- restrain, check.
sus. cognosco, -gnoscere, -gnovi, -gni-
centum, indecl. adj., hundred. tum, learn, recognize; perf., have
centurio, -onis, m. [centum], cen- learned, hence, know.
turion, commander of a hundred. cogo, cogere, coegi, coactum [con+
cera, -ae, f., wax. ago], drive togetlier, collect, com-
Ceres, Cereris, f., Ceres (se'rez), pel.
goddess of agriculture. cohors, cohortis, f., cohort, tenth
certamen, -inis, n., contest. part of a legion.
certe, adv., surely. cohortor, -ari, -atus sum, dep. [con
certus, -a, -urn, sure, certain; cer- +hortor], exhort, encourage.
tiorem facere, to inform. collis, collis, m., hill.
cibus, -I, m., food. colo, colere, colui, cultum, till, cul-

Cicero, -onis, m., Cicero (sis' e-ro). tivate.

circiter, adv., about. comburo, -urere, -ussi, -ustum

 VOCABULARY 307

[con-furo, burn], burn tip, con- conditio, -onis, f. (a speaking to-

sume. gether), terms, terms of agree-
comes, comitis, m. or f., compan- ment.
ion, comrade. condo, condere, condidi, conditum
commemoro, -are, -avi, -atum fcon [con -f do], put together, build,
-fmemord], call to mind, recount, found.
mention, relate. conduco, -ducere, -duxi, -ductum
committo, -mittere, -misl, -mis- [con + duco], bring together.
sum [con+mitto], send together, confero, conferre, contuli, conla-
commit, intrust, permit, join, be- tum [con+fero], bring together,
gin. collect; se conferre, to re-

commode, adv., conveniently. treat.

commoveo, -movere, -movi, -mo- conf ertus, -a, -urn, crowded, in close
tum [con+moveo], move deeply, order.

disturb, alarm. conficio, -ficere, -feci, -f ectum [con

commuto, -are, -avi, -atum [con+ +facio], do thoroughly, accom-
muto], change (completely), ex- plish, complete.
change. confirmo, -are, -avi, -atum [con+
comparo, -are, -avi, -atum [con+ firmo, strengthen], make
firm,
paro], get ready, prepare, procure. strengthen, establish, assure, de-
comperio, -perire, -peri, -pertum, clare.

learn, discover, ascertain. conicio, -icere, -ieci, -iectum [con

compleo, -plere, -plevi, -pletum,^// +iacio], throw together, hurl.
ttp, fill' coniuratio, -onis, f. [coniuro], con-
complures, -a (-ia), many, very spiracy.
many. coniuro, -are, -avi, -atum [con+
comporto, -are, -avi, -atum [con+ iuro, swear together], conspire.
porto], bring together. conloco, -are, -avi, -atum [con+
con- (com-, comb-, co-), prefix, to- loco], place together, station.
gether. conor, -ari, -atus sum, dep., try,
concedo, -cedere, -cessi, -cessum attempt.
[con+cedo, make way], yield, consanguineus, -a, -urn [sanguis,
concede, grant, allow. blood], related by blood; as noun,
concido, -cidere, -cidi, -cisum [con m., kinsman.
+ caedo, cut], cut down, kill. conscisco, -sciscere, -scivi, -sci-
concilio, -are, -avi, -atum, bring tum [con+scisco], decree, re-

together, win over, secure, gain. solve; \v. mortem, commit sui-
concilium, -i, n., meeting, assembly, cide.

council, conference. conscribd, -scribere, -scripsi,

concursus, -us, u., running together, -scriptum [con+scribo], write
onset- together, enroll, levy.
?i
3 o8 LATIN FOR THE FIRST YEAR

consequor, -sequi, -secutus sum contra, prep. w. ace, and adv., op-
[con+sequor], follow up, pursue, posite, against.
obtain. convenio, -venire, -veni, -ventum
conserve, -are, -avi, -atum [con+ [con+venio], come together, meet,
servo], save, spare, protect, keep. assemble.

considius, -i, m., Considius, a Ro- converto, -vertere, -verti, -versum

man soldier. [con+verto], turn; signa conver-
consido, -sidere, -sedl, -sessum tere, wheel about.
[con+sido, sit down], encamp, convoco, -are, -avi, -atum [con-t-
settle. voco], call together, summon.
consilium, -1, n., counsel, plan. copia, -ae, r., plenty, supply, num-
consisto, -sistere, -stiti, -stitum, ber; pi., forces, troops.
take a stand. copiosus, -a, -urn, well-supplied,
conspectus, -us, m. {a looking at), wealthy.
sight. Corinthus, -I, f., Corinth, a city of
conspicio, -spicere, -spexi, -spec- Greece.
turn [con+specio, look], catch Cornelia, -ae, f., Cornelia.

sight of, see. cornu, -us, n., horn, wing (of an

conspicor, -ari, -atus sum, dep., army).
perceive. corpus, corporis, n,, body.
constituo, -stituere, -stitui, -stitu- cotidianus, -a, -urn, daily.
tum [can+statuo, set together], cotidie, adv., daily.

put, station, decide, appoint. eras, adv., tomorrow.

consuesco, -suescere, -suevi, -sue- Crassus, -i, m., Publius Crassus,

tum, become accustomed; perf., one of Caesar's lieutenants.

be accustomed, be wont. creber, crebra, crebrum, thiak;

consul, consulis, m., consul. frequent, numerous, repeated.

consulatus, -us, m. [consul], con- credo, credere, credidi, creditum,
sulship. believe, suppose.
consumo, -sumere, -sumpsi, creo, creare, creavi, creatum, cre-
-sump turn [con + sumo], destroy, ate, elect, make.
consume. cultus, -us, m. [colo], civilization.
contemno, -temnere, -tempsi, cum, prep. w. abl., with.
-temptum, despise, scorn. cum, conj., when, since, although.
contendo, -tendere, -tendl, -ten- cunctus, -a, -um [coniunctus], all
turn [con+tendo, stretch tight], (taken together), entire.

strive, fight, contend, hasten. cupide, adv., eagerly.

continenter, adv., continually. cupiditas, -tatis, f., desire, longing.
contineo, -tinere, -tinui, -tentum cupidus, -a, -um, desirous, eager.
[con+teneo], hold together, re- cupio, -ere, -ivi, -itum, desire, be
strain, bound, hem in. eager.
 VOCABULARY 3°9

cur, adv., why. delfbero, -are, -avi, -atum, delib-

cura, -ae, r., care, attention. erate, ponder.
euro, -are, -avi, -atum, care for; deliciae, -arum, f., luxuries.
(w. gerundive), have {something deligo, -ligere, -legi, -Iectum [de —
done), cause. lego], choose, select.
curro, currere, cucurri, cursum, demigro, -are, -avi, -atum [de-f
run. migro], move away.
currus, -us, m., chariot. demonstro, -are, -avi, -atum [de —
custodio, -ire, -ivi, -Itum, watch. monstro], point out, explain.
denique, adv., at length, finally.
D densus, -a, -urn, dense.
damno, -are, -avi, -atum, condemn. depello, -pellere, -puli, -pulsum
de, prep. w. abl., down from, from, [de+pello], drive away, avert.
concerning, of, about, during; depono, -ponere, -posui, -positum
as prefix, down, utterly; of, [de+pono], lay aside; w. me-
away. moria, blot out.

debed, -ere, -ui, -itum, owe, ought. descendo, -scendere, -scendi,

decedo, -cedere, -cessi, -cessum -scensum [de + scando, climb
[de + cedo], go away, depart, with- down], descend.
draw. describo, -scribere, -scripsi,
decern, indecl. adj., ten. -scriptum, divide, mark of.
decido, -cidere, -cidi, [de + desilio, -silire, -silui, -sultum
cado], fall down, fall. [de + salio], leap down, dis-

decimus, -a, -urn, tenth. mount.

declaro, -are, -avi, -atum [de+ desum, deesse, defui [de + sum],
claro], make clear, reveal, de- be lacking, be wanting, fail.
clare. devoro, -are, -avi, -atum, swallow,
deditio, -onis, f. (a giving up), sur- devour.
render. deus, -i, m., god.
dedo, dedere, dedidi, deditum [de dexter, -tra, -trum, right: dextra
+ do], give up, surrender. (manus), the right hand.
defendo, -fendere, -fendi, -fen- died, dicere, dixi, dictum, say, tell,

sum, keep of, defend, protect. speak.

defessus, -a, -urn, wearied, ex- dictio, -onis, f. [dico], (a speaking),
hausted. pleading.
deicio, -icere, -ieci, -iectum [de + dies, -ei, m. or f., day, time.
iacio], throw down, dislodge; w. differo, differre, distuli, dilatum
spe, disappoint. [dis+fero, bear apart], difer.
deinde, adv., then, next. difficilis, -e [dis+facilis], not easy,

deleo, delere, delevi, deletum, blot difficult.

out. difficultas, -tatis, f., difficulty.
3io LATIN FOR THE FIRST YEAR

diligens, -entis, [diligo], careful, dubius, -a, -um, doubtful; neut.,

diligent. as noun, doubt.

diligenter, adv. [diligens], carefully, ducenti,-ae, -a [duo + centum], two

diligently. hundred.
diligentia, -ae, f. [diligens], care- duco, ducere, duxi, ductum, lead,
fulness, diligence. draw, consider, prolong.
dimitto, -mittere, -misi, -missum dum, conj., while, as long as,

[di+mitto, send apart], dismiss. until.

dis-, di-, prefix, apart, away, not. Dumnorix, -igis, m., Dutnnorix
discedo, -cedere, -cessi, -cessum (dum'no-riks), a chief of the
[dis+cedo, go apart], depart, Haedui.
withdraw. duo, duae, duo, two.
disco, discere, didici, ,
learn. duodecim [duo+decem], indecl.

disicio, -icere, -ieci, -iectum [dis+ adj., twelve.

iacio], throw apart, break, dux, ducis, m. [duco], leader, guide.

scatter.

dispono, -ponere, -posui, -positum

[dis+pono, place apart], arrange, e, ex, prep. w. abl., out of, from, of;
station. as prefix, out, forth.
dissimilis, -e [dis+similis], unlike. edo, edere, edi, esum, eat.

distribuo, -tribuere, -tribui, -tribu- i. educo, -are, -avi, -atum, bring

tum [dis+tribuo], distribute, as- up, educate.
sign, divide. 2. educo, -ducere, -duxi, -ductum
diu, adv., for a long time. [e+duco], lead out.
Diviciacus, -i, m., Diviciacus (div- effero, efiferre, extuli, elatum [ex+
i-shi-a'kus), a chief of the Hae- fero], bear out, take away, elate.

dui. efficio, -ficere, -feci, -fectum [ex+

Divico, -onis, m., Divico (div'i-ko), facio], bring about, cause, ac-
a chief of the Helvetii. complish.
divido, -videre, -visi, -visum, di- ego, mei, /.
vide, separate. egredior, -gredi, -gressus sum [e +
do, dare, dedi, datum, give. gradior, step], go out, march out.

doceo, -ere, -ui, doctum, teach. egregius, -a, -um, uncommon, re-

domina, -ae, f., mistress. markable.

dominus, -i, m. [domus], master (of emitto, -mittere, -misi, -missum
a house). [e+mitto], send forth, discharge,
domus, -us, f., house, home; domi, hurl, throw aside.
at home. emo, emere, emi, emptum, buy.
dono, -are, -avi, -atum, give, pre- enim, conj., for.
sent'. enuntio, -are, -avi, -atum [e+nun-
donum, -i, n., gift. tio], tell out, report.
 VOCABULARY 3 II

i. eo, ire, ii (ivi), itum, go. extremus, -a, -urn, outermost, far-
2. eo, adv., to that place, thither. thest, extreme.

eodem, adv., to the same place.

epistula, -ae, f., letter, epistle.

eques, equitis, m., horseman; pi., fabula, -ae, f., story, fable.
cavalry. facile, adv., easily.

equester, -tris, -tre [eques], belong- facilis, -e, easy.

ing to a horseman, cavalry. facio, facere, feci, factum, make,

equitatus, -us, m. [eques], cavalry. do.

equus, equl, m., horse. facultas, -tatis, p. [facio], oppor-

eripio, -ripere, -ripui, -reptum [en- tunity (of doing), means; pi., re-

rapid, seize], snatch away, rescue; sources.

se eripere, to escape. fama, -ae, f., report, fame, reputa-
et, conj., and. tion.

etiam, conj. and adv., and also, fames, famis, f., hunger.
also, even. familia, -ae, household, retinue.
f.,

etsi, conj., even if, although. feliciter, adv. [felix], happily, suc-

Europa, -ae, f., Europe. cessfully, favorably.

ex, see e. felis, felis, f., cat.

exclamo, -are, -avi, -atum [ex-i- femina, -ae, f., woman.

clamo], cry out, exclaim. ferax, -acis, [f ero], fertile.

exeo, -ire, -ii (-ivi), -itum [ex+ fere, adv., almost.

eo], go out. fero, ferre, tuli, latum, bear, carry,
exercitus, -us, m. [exerceo, exer- bring.
cise], (a trained body), army. ferrum, -i, n., iron.

existimo, -are, -avi, -atum, think, fessus, -a, -urn, weary, tired.
estimate. fides, -ei, f., faith, confidence, pro-
expello, -pellere, -puli, -pulsum [ex tection, pledge.

+pello], drive out, expel. filia, -ae, f., daughter.

experior, -periri, -pertus sum, dep., filius, -i, is..,
son.

try, test, experience. finio, -ire, -ivi, -itum [finis], limit,

explorator, -oris, m., scout, spy. bound.

expugno, -are, -avi, -atum [ex+ finis, finis, m., end, limit, boundary;
pugno], take by storm, capture. pi. territory.

exsequor, -sequi, -secutus sum [ex finitimus, -a, -um [finis], bordering
+ sequor], follow out, enforce, ex- upon, adjoining, neighboring;
ecute. finitimi, as noun, neighbors.
exspecto, -are, -avi, -atum, look fio, fieri, factus sum, be made, be
out for, await, expect. done; impers., it happens, the re-

extra, adv. and prep. w. ace, out- sult is.

side of, beyond. firmus, -a, -um, strong, firm.

312 LATIN FOR THE 1TRST YEAR

flecto, flectere, flexi, flexum, turn, Galba, -ae, m., Galba, a family
bend. name.
flos, floris, m., flower. Gallia, -ae, f., Gaul.
flumen, -inis, n. [fluo], river. Gallicus, -a, -um, Gallic.

fluo, fluere, fluxi, fluxum, flow. Gallus, -i, m., a Gaul.

forma, -ae, ~F.,form, shape, beauty. Garumna, -ae, m. or f., the Garonne
forte, adv. [fors], by chance, per- (ga-ron'), a river of Gaul.
haps. Genava, -ae, f., Geneva.
fortis, -e, strong, brave. genus, generis, n., race, tribe, class.

fortiter, adv., bravely. Germania, -ae, f., Germany.

fortitudo, -inis, r. [fortis], bravery. Germanus, -a, -um, German.
fortuna, -ae, F. 3 chance, fortune, Germanus, -I, m., a German.
luck; pi., property. gero, gerere, gessi, gestum, carry
forum, -i, n.,market place; espe- on, wage, do.
cially the Forum, the open space gladius, -i, m., sword.
in Rome between the Capitoline gloria, -ae, f., glory, fame, renown.
and Palatine hills. Graecia, -ae, f., Greece.

fossa, -ae, f. [fodio, dig], ditch, Graecus, -a, -um, Greek, Grecian.
trench. gratia, -ae, f., favor, good-will.
frango, frangere, fregi, fractum, gratulor, -ari, -atus sum, dep.,
break. congratulate.
f rater, fratris, m., brother. gratus, -a, -um, pleasing, agreeable.
frigidus, -a, -urn, cold. gravis, -e, heavy.
frigus, -oris, n., cold, coldness. graviter, adv., heavily, severely;
frumentarius, -a, -um [friimen- graviter ferre, be annoyed, be

tum], abounding in grain, fruit- vexed.

ful; res frumentaria, supplies.

frumentor, -ari, -atus sum, dep., H
gather grain. habeo, -ere, -ui, -itum, have, hold-

frumentum, -I, n., grain; pi., habito, -are, -avi, -atum, dwell,
crops. live, inhabit, live in.
frustra, adv., in vain. Haedui, -orum, m., the Haedui
fuga, -ae, f., flight. (hed'u-I), a Gallic tribe.
fugio, fugere, fugi, fugitum [fuga], Haeduus, -a, -um, of the Haedui.
flee. Hard mi u.
fugitivus, -l, m., deserter, fugitive. haereo, haerere, haesi, haesum,
fumus, -i, m., smoke. stick.

Helvetia, -ae, f., Helvetia (hel-

ve'shia), now Switzerland.
Gaius, Gal, Gaio, etc., m., Gaius, Helvetii, -drum, m., the Helvetii

(ga'yus), a personal name. (hel-ve'shi-i), Helvetians.

 VOCABULARY 3*3

Helve tius (Helveticus), -a, -urn, of ille, ilia, illud, dem. pron., that
the Helvetii, Helvetian. (yonder).
heri, adv., yesterday. impedimentum, -i, n., hindrance,
Hesperides, -um, f., the Hes- impediment; pi., baggage, bag-
perides (hes-per'i-dez). gage-train.
hiberna, -orum, n. (supply castra), impedio, -ire, -ivi, -itum [pes],
winter quarters. entangle, hinder.
hie, haec, hoc, dem. pron., this, he, imperator, -oris, m., commander in
she, it; pi., these, they. chief, general.
hiemo, -are, -avi, -atum, pass the imperium, -i, n., command, su-
winter. preme power, authority.
hiems, hiemis, f., winter. impero, -are, -avi, -atum, com-
Hispani, -orum, m., the Spaniards. mand, demand, levy.
Hispania, -ae, f., Spain. impetro, -are, -avi, -atum, obtain
hodie, adv., this day, today. (by request), bring to pass.
homo, -inis, m. or f., a human being, impetus, -us, m., attack.
man. importo, -are, -avi, -atum [in+
honor, -oris, m., honor, respect. porto], bring in, import.
hora, -ae, f., hour. impudens, -entis, shameless, im-
Horatius, -1, m., H or at his (ho-ra/- pudent.
shi-us), Horace. in, prep. w. ace. (of motion), into,
hortor, -ari, -atus sum, dep., urge, to, toward, against, upon; w. abl.

encourage. (of rest), in, on, among, over; as

hortus, -I, m., garden. prefix, in, into, on; negative
hostis, -is, m., enemy (of the state); prefix, not.
pi., the enemy. incendo, -cendere, -cendi, -cen-
humanitas, -tatis, f., refinement, sum, set fire to, burn.
civilization. incito, -are, -avi, -atum, urge on,
incite.

iaceo, -ere, -ui,

- -, lie, lie down. incola, -ae, m. or f., inhabitant.
iacio, iacere, ieci, iactum, throw. incolo, -colere, -colui, [mu-
iaculum, -i, n., javelin. coid], dwell in, inhabit.
iam, adv., by this time, now, al- incommodum, -i, n., misfortune.
ready. incredibilis, -e [in + credo, believe],
ibi, adv., in that place, there. incredible.
id 2m, eadem, idem, dem. pron., indicium, -1, n., information.

the same. indued, -ducere, -duxi, -ductum

idoneus, -a, -um, fit, suitable. [in+duco], lead into, lead on, in-
Idus, -uum, f., the Ides. duce, exhibit.
igitur, conj., accordingly, therefore. indulged, -dulgere, -dulsi, -dul-
ignis, ignis, m., fire. tum, favor.
3 T4 LATIN FOR THE FIRST YEAR

inermis, -e [in+arma], unarmed. intercede, -cedere, -cessi, -cessum

inferior, -ius [inferus], lower. [inter + cedo], go between, inter-

infero, inferre, intuli, inlatum, vene; (of time) elapse.

bring into, bringupon, wage upon. interdum, adv. [inter+dum], some-
Inferus, -a, -um, low, below; pi. as times.

noun, inhabitants of the lower interea, adv. [inter -fea], mean-

world, the dead. while.

Influo, -fluere, -fluxi, -fluxum, flow interficio, -ficere, -feci, -fectum

into, flow. [inter + facio], kill.
ingenium, -i, n., ability. interim, adv., meanwhile.
ingens, -entis, vast, huge, enormous. intermitto, -mittere, -misl, -mis-
inimicus, -a, -um [in + amicus], sum [inter + mi tto], stop, inter-

unfriendly, hostile; as noun, rupt, intervene; (of time) let pass.

enemy. intersum, -esse, -ful [inter + sum],
iniquus, -a, -um [in+aequus], un- be between, intervene; impers., it

even, unfair, unfavorable. concerns, it interests.

initium, -i, n., beginning. intro, -are, -avi, -atum, enter, pen-
iniuria, -ae, f. [ius, right], wrong, etrate.

injustice, injury. inundo, -are, -avi, -atum, overflow,

inopia, -ae, f., lack, scarcity. inundate.
inquam, inquit, def. verb., pres. inventor, -oris, m. [invenio],
tense, / say, he says. inventor, author.
Insequor, -sequi, -secutus sum [in invitus, -a, -um, unwilling.
+ sequor], follow up, pursue. ipse, ipsa, ipsum, intensive pron.,
insidiae, -arum, f., treachery, am- himself, herself, itself.

buscade, stratagem. Ira, -ae, f., anger, wrath.

insigne, -is, n., sign, decoration. is, ea, id, dem. pron., this, that; he,
insignis, -e, marked, remarkable. she, it.

instituo, -stituere, -stitui, -stitu- iste, ista, istud, dem. pron., that
tum [in+statuo], set up, establish, (of yours).

begin, train. ita, adv., so, thus.

Institutum,-!, n., custom, institution. Italia, -ae, f., Italy.

Instruo, -struere, -struxi, -struc- itaque, conj., and so, accordingly,

tum [in-f-struo], build, draw up, therefore.
marshal. item, adv., in like manner, likewise.
Insula, -ae, f., island. iter, itineris, n. [eo], (a going), way,
intellego, -legere, -lexi, -lectum route, journey, march.

[inter + lego, gather], learn, know, iubeo, iubere, iussi, iussum, order.
understand. iudicium, judgment, trial.
-I, n.,

inter, prep. w. ace, between, iudico, -are, -avi, -atum, judge, de-
among; as prefix, between. cide.
 VOCABULARY 315

iugum, -I, n., yoke; ridge (of a Latinus, -a, -um, Latin; as noun,
mountain). Latini, -drum, the Latini.

Iulia, -ae, f., Julia. latitude, -inis, f. [latus], width.

Iulius, -1, Julius. latus, -a, -um, broad, wide.
iumentum, -1, N., yoke-animal, latus, -eris, w, side, flank.
beast of burden. laudo, -are, -avi, -atum, praise.
iungo, iungere, iunxi, iunctum, laus, laudis, f., praise.
join. Lavinium, -i, n., Lavinium.
iunior, comp. of iuvenis. legatio, -onis, f., embassy, mission.
Iuno, -onis,f., Juno, queen of the legatus, -i, m., lieutenant, ambassa-
gods and wife of Jupiter. dor.

Iuppiter, Iovis, m., Jupiter, the su- legio, -onis, f., legion.
preme god. lego, legere, legi, lectum, gather,
Iura, -ae, m., Jura, a mountain choose, read.
range running from the Rhine Lemannus, -i, m., w. lacus, Lake
to the Rhone. Geneva.
iuro, -are, -avi, -atum, swear. lenitas, -tatis, f., smoothness, gen-
ius, iuris, n., right, justice, law. tleness.

iusiurandum, iurisiurandl, n., oath. lex, legis, f., law.

iustitia, -ae, f. [iustus], justice. libenter, adv., gladly, willingly.
iuvenis, iuvenis, gen. pi. iuvenum, liber, libri, m., book.
adj., young; as noun, youth. liber, -era, -erum, free.
iuvo, iuvare, iuvi, iutum, help, aid. liberalitas, -tatis, f., liberality.
libere, adv., freely.
liberi, -orum, m. [liber], children,
Kalendae (Calendae), -arum, f., free members of a household .

the Calends, the first day of a set free,

libero, -are, -avi, -atum,
month. free.
L libertas, -tatis, f. [liber], freedom-,
Labienus, Titus Labienus,
-1, m., liberty.
Caesar's chief lieutenant. licet, licere, licuit, impers., it is per-
labor, -oris, m., labor, toil. mitted.

labyrinthus, -i, m., labyrinth. lictor, -oris, m., lictor, official at-
Jacesso, -ere, -ivi, -itum, provoke, tendant of a Roman magistrate.
assault, harass. Lingones, -um, m., the Lingones
lacrima, -ae, f., tear. (ling'go-nez), a Gallic tribe.
lacus, -us, m., lake. lingua, -ae, f., tongue, language.
lapis, lapidis, m., stone. linter, lintris, f., boat.
late, adv., broadly, widely. littera, -ae, f., letter of the alpha-
Latinus, -1, m., Latinus (la-ti'nus), bet; pi., a letter (epistle).

legendary king of Latium. loco, -are, -avi, -atum, place, locate.

316 LATIN FOR THE FIRST YEAR

locus, -I, M.,pl. loca, -orum, n., manus, -us, f., hand; armed force,
place. band.
longe, adv., far, by far. Marcus, -i, m., Marcus, a Roman
longitudo, -inis, f. [longus], length. name.
longus, -a, -um, long. mare, maris, n., sea.
loquor, loqui, locutus sum, dep., Marius, -i, m., Marius (ma/ri-us),
speak. a famous Roman general.
Lucius, -I, m., Lucius (lu'shius), a Massilia, -ae, f., Massilia, now
Roman name. Marseilles.

luna, -ae, f., moon. mater, matris, f., mother, matron.

lupa, -ae, f., she-wolf. matrimonium, -i, n., marriage.
lux, lucis, f.,' light. Matrona, -ae, m., the Marne
(marn).
M maturo, -are, -avi, -atum, hasten.
magis, comp. adv. (sup. maxime), maturus, -a, -um, ripe, early.
more, rather. maxime, sup. adv. [magnus], most,
magister, magistri, m., master, very greatly, especially.
teacher. maximus, see magnus.

magistrates, -us, m., magistracy, medius, -a, -um, middle, the middle
magistrate. of.

magnificus, -a, -um, magnificent, membrum, -i, n., limb.

splendid. memoria, -ae, f., recollection, mem-

magnitudo, -inis, f. [magnus], ory.
greatness, size. mensa, -ae, f., table.

magnopere, adv., greatly, espe- mensis, -is, m., month.

cially. mercator,-6ris, m., trader, merchant.
magnus, -a, -um (comp. maior, Mercurius, -i, m., Mercury.
sup. maximus), great, large. mereor, -eri, -itus sum, dep., de-
maiestas, -tatis, f. [maior], great- serve, merit.

ness, dignity, majesty. meridies, midday, noon.

-ei, u.,

maiores, -um, m. [maior], ancestors. Messala, -ae, m., Messala (me-

male, adv., badly. sa 'la), a family name.
maledico, -dicere, -dixi, -dictum, metior, metiri, mensus sum, dep.,
speak ill of, abuse. measure.
maleficium, -i, n., mischief, harm. meus, -a, -um, my.
maleficus, -i, m., evil-doer. miles, militis, m., soldier.
malus, -a, -um, bad. militaris, -e [miles], pertaining to a
mando, -are, -avi, -atum, intrust, soldier, military.
order; w. se fugae, take to flight. mille, adj., a thousand ; pi. as noun,
maneo, manere, mansi, mansum, milia, -ium, n.; milia passuum,
remain. miles.
 VOCABULARY 3*7

minime, adv., least, by no N

means. nam, conj., for.

minimus, -a, -urn (sup. of parvus), narro, -are, -avi, -atum, tell, nar-

least, very little. rate.

minor, minus (comp. of parvus), natio, -onis, f., nation, tribe.

smaller, less. natura, -ae, f., nature, character.

minus, adv. [minor], less. nauta, -ae, m., sailor.

-erum, -wretched, navigo, -are, -avi, -atum, sail.

miser, -era,
navis, navis, f., ship.
poor.
mirus, -a, -urn, wonderful, surpris- ne, conj., that
— not, lest.

ing, strange. -ne, enclitic interrog. particle; w.

mitto, mittere, misi, missum, direct questions, not to be trans-
send. lated; w. indirect questions,

modo, adv., only. whether.

molo, -ere, -ui, -itum, grind. nee, see neque.

moneo, -ere, -ui, -itum, advise, necesse, indecl. adj., necessary.
warn. nemo, dat. nemini, ace. neminem,
mons, montis, m., mountain. M., no one, nobody.
monstrum, monster. neque (nee), conj., and not; neque
neither —
-i, n.,

mora, -ae, f., delay.

— neque, nor.

morior, mori, mortuus sum, dep., neuter, -tra, -trum, neither.

die. nex, necis, f., death.

moror, -ari, -atus sum, dep., delay, niger, nigra, nigrum, black.
tarry. nihil, indecl. noun, n., nothing.

mors, mortis, f. [morior], death. nisi, conj., if not, unless.

mos, moris, m., manner, custom; nobilis,-e, famous, high-born, noble.

pi., customs, character. nobilitas, -tatis, f. [nobilis], nobil-
moveo, movere, movi, motum, ity, nobles.
move. noceo, -ere, -ui, -itum, harm, in-
mox, adv., soon, presently. jure.
mulier, mulieris, f., woman. nolo, nolle, nolui, ,
be unwill-

multitudo, -inis, f. [multus], great ing, not wish.

number, multitude. nomen, nominis, x., name.
multus, -a, -um, much; pi., nominatim, adv. [nomen], by name.
many. non, adv., not.

munio, -ire, -ivi, -itum, fortify. nonaginta, indecl. adj., ninety.

munitio, -onis, f. [munio], fort ifica- nondum, adv., not yet.
tion. nonne, interrog. particle, implying
murus, -I, m., wall. an affirmative answer.
mus, muris, m., mouse. nonnullus, -a, -um, (not none),
muto, -are, -avi, -atum, change. some; pi., as noun, some.
3i8 LATIN FOR THE FIRST YEAR

nonnumquam, adv., (not never), occupo, -are, -avi, -atum, seize,

sometimes. take possession of, occupy.
nos, pi. of ego, we. occurro, -currere, -curri, -cursum
nosco, noscere, novi, notum, know. [ob+curro, run], run to, meet,
noster, -tra, -trum [nos], our, ours. meet.
novem, indecl. adj., nine. Oceanus, -I, m., ocean.
novus, -a, -um, new: novae res, octo, indecl. adj., eight.
new state of affairs, revolution; octoginta, indecl. adj., eighty.
see agmen. oculus, -I, m., eye.
nox, noctis, f., night. odium, -I, n., hatred.
nudus, -a, -um, naked, exposed, un- olim, adv., formerly, once, once
protected. upon a time.
nullus, -a, -um, not any, no, omnino, adv. [omnis], altogether, in
none. all.

num, interrog. particle implying a omnis, -e, all, every.

negative answer. onus, oneris, n., load, burden ,
numerus, -1, m., number. weight.
numquam, adv., never. oportet, -ere, -uit, impers. verb, it

nunc, adv., now. is necessary.

nuntio, -are, -avi, -atum, report, oppidanus, -i, m. [oppidum],

announce. inhabitant of a town, towns-
nuntius, -I, m., messenger; message, man.
news. oppidum, -I, n., town.
nuper, adv., recently. oppugno, -are, -avi, -arum [ob-f
nympha, -ae, f., nymph. pugno], fight against, attack.
opus, operis, n., work.
O oratio, -onis, f. [oro], speech, ad-
ob, prep. w. ace, on account of; as dress, argument.
prefix, towards, against, in front. orator, -oris, m. [orol, speaker ,
obaeratus, -1, m. [aes, money] y
orator.
debtor. orbis, orbis, m., circle, ring.
obicio, -icere, -ieel, -iectum [ob+ Orgetorix, -igis, m., Orgetorix (or-
iacio], throw in front, set up; op- jet'o-riks), a chief of the Hel-
pose, expose. vetii.

obliviscor, oblivisci, oblltus sum, oro, -are, -avi, -atum, speak, plead,
dep., forget. entreat.

obses, obsidis, m. or f., hostage. mouth, face.

6s, oris, n.,
obtineo, -tinere, -tinui, -tentum ostendo, -tendere, -tendi, -tentum
[ob+teneo], hold, possess, gain. [ob+tendo, stretch], show, poini
occido, -cidere, -cldl, -cisum [ob-f- out, declare.
caedo, cut], kill, slay. ovum, -I, n., egg.
 VOCABULARY 3X9

penna, -ae, p., feather.

pabulum, -i, n., food, fodder. per, prep. w. ace., through, by, by
paco, -are, -avi, -atum [pax], pacify, means of, during; as prefix,
subdue. through, thoroughly, very.
paene, adv., almost. peragro, -are, -avi, -atum [per-f-
paeninsula, -ae, f. [paene+insula], ager], wander through, wander.
peninsula. perduco, -ducere, -duxi, -ductum
pagus, -I, m., canton, district. [per + duco], lead through, extend.
par, paris, adj., equal. perfacile, adv., very easily.
paratus, -a, -urn [pard], prepared, perfacilis, -e, very easy.
ready. perfero, -ferre, -tuli, -latum [per-f-
pareo,-ere, -ui, -itum, obey, submit fero], bear through, endure, suffer.
to. perficio, -ficere, -feci, -fectum [per
paries, parietis, m., wall (of a 4-facio], do thoroughly, accom-
house). plish, complete, bring about.
paro, -are, -avi, -atum, prepare, perfringo, -fringere, -fregi, -frac-
provide tum [per+frango, break], break
pars, partis, f., part, side, direction. through.
partim, adv. [pars], partly. perfugium, -i', n., shelter, refuge.

parvus, -a, -um (comp. minor, sup. periculum, -i, n., danger, risk, peril.
minimus), small, little. peritus,-a,-um, experienced, skilled,
passus, -us, m., step, pace (five skillful.
Roman feet) mille passus, mile;
; permitto, -mittere, -misi, -missum
pi. milia passuum. [per+mitto, let go through], per-
pastor, -oris, m., shepherd, herds- mit, grant, allow.
man .
permoveo, -movere, -movi, -mo-
pateo, -ere, -ui, ,
lie open, tum [per+moveo], move thor-
stand open, extend. oughly, rouse, influence.
pater, patris, m., father. perpauci, -ae, -a, very few.
patior, pati, passus sum, dep., suf- perrumpo, -rumpere, -rupi, -rup-
fer, permit, allow. tum [per+rumpo, break], break
patria, -ae, f. (supply terra), fa- through.
therland, native land, country. persequor, -sequi, -secutus sum
pauci, -ae, -a, few. [per+sequor], dep., follow after,
pax, pads, f., peace. pursue.
pecunia, -ae, f.
[pecus], money. persuaded, -suadere, -suasi, -sua-
pedes, peditis, m. [pes], foot soldier. sum, persuade.
pello, pellere, pepuli,pulsum, drive, perterreo, -ere, -ui, -itum [per+
beat, rout. terreo], frighten thoroughly, ter-
pendeo, pendere, pependi, , rify.
hang, be suspended. pertineo, -ere, -ui, , [per+
320 LATIN FOR THE FIRST YEAR

teneo], reach through, extend, possideo, -sidere, -sedi, -sessum,

pertain. have possession of.
perturbo, -are, -avi, -atum [per+ possum, posse, potui [potis, able-h
turbo], disturb, confuse. sum], be able, can.

pervenio, -venire, -veni, -ventum post, prep. w. ace, behind, after.

[per+venio], come through, ar- postea, adv. [post+ea], afterwards.
rive, reach. posterus, -a, -urn, following.
pes, pedis, m., foot. postquam, conj., after.
peto, -ere, -ivi (-ii), -itum, attack, postridie, adv., on the day after.
aim at, seek, ask. postulo, -are, -avi, -atum, ask, de-
phalanx, phalangis, f., phalanx. mand.
pilum, -i, n., javelin. potens, -entis, adj., powerful.
Piso, -onis, m., Piso (pi 'so), a Ro- potentia, -ae, f., power, ability.
man family name. potestas, -tatis, f., power.
placeo, -ere, -ui, -itum, please; potior, potiri, potitus sum, dep.,
impers., it pleases. get control of, obtain possession

plebs, plebis, f., common people, of, secure.

plebeians. prae, prep. w. abl., before, in front

plenus, -a, -urn, full. of, in comparison with; as prefix,

plurimus, -a, -urn, sup. of multus. before, over, very.

plus, pluris, comp. of multus. praecedo, -cedere, -cessi, -cessum
poena, -ae, f., punishment, pen- [prae+cedo], go before, surpass,
alty. precede, excel.
Poeni, -drum, m., the Carthagini- praecipio, -cipere, -cepi, -ceptum
ans. [prae+capio], (take in advance),
poeta, -ae, m., poet. order, direct.
polliceor, -eri, -itus sum, dep., praeda, -ae, f., booty, plunder.
promise. praefero, -ferre, -tuli, -latum [prae
Pompeius, -i, m., Pompey. +fero], bear before, choose, pre-
pono, ponere, posui, positum, put, fer.
place, pitch (a camp). praericio, -ficere, -feci, -fectum
pons, pontis, m., bridge. [prae+facio], put before, put over,
populus, -i, m., people, nation. place in command.
porta, -ae, f., gate. praemitto, -mittere, -misi, -mis-
porto, -are, -avi, -atum, carry, sum [prae fmitto], send before,
bring. send in advance.
portus, -us, m., harbor, port. praemium, -i, n., reward.
posco, poscere, poposci, ,
de- praeopto, -are, -avi, -atum [prae +
mand. opto, choose], choose rather, prefer.
possessio, -onis, f. 3 possession, praesens, -entis [praesum], adj.,
property. present.
 VOCABULARY 321

praesidium, -1, n., protection, guard, progredior, -gredi, -gressus sum

garrison. [pro+gradior], dep., go forward,
praesto, -stare, -stiti, -stitum [prae advance.
+sto, stand], stand before, excel. prohibeo, -ere, -ui, -itum [pro-f-
praesum, -esse, -fui [prae + sum], habed], keep from, prohibit, pre-
be before, be over, command. vent, hinder.
praeter, prep. w. ace, except, be- proicio, -icere, -ieci, -iectum [pro
sides; beyond, by, past; as pre- +iacio], throw forth, hurl, cast
fix, by, past. down.
praetereo, -ire, -ii (IvI), -itum prope, adv., and prep. w. ace,
[praeter +eo], go by. near.
prendo, prendere, prendl, pren- propello, -pellere, -puli, -pulsum
sum, lay hold of, grasp. [pro+pello], drive before, rout.
prex, precis, f., prayer, entreaty. propinquus, -a, -um [prope], near,
pridie, adv., on the day before. neighboring; as noun, relative,
primo, adv., at first. kinsman.
primum, adv., in the first place, first. propono, -ponere, -posui, -positum
primus, -a, -um, first. [pro+pono], set forth, declare,
princeps, principis, adj., chief; as propose.
noun, chief, leader. propter, prep. w. ace, on account
principatus, -us, m. [princeps], of.

leadership, chief position. propterea [propter+ea], adv., for

pristinus, -a, -um, former, old. this reason; propterea quod, for

prius, comp. adv., before. the reason that.

priusquam, conj., before, sooner prospicio, -spicere, -spexi, -spec-

than. turn, look forward, look out for,
privatus, -a, -um, private, personal. provide for.
pro, prep. w. abl., before, for, con- provincia, -ae, f., province.
sidering, in behalf of, in propor- proxime, adv. [prope], next, near-
tion to; as prefix, before, forth, est, last.
out. proximus, -a, -um, nearest, next,
probo, -are, -avi, -atum, test, prove, last.

approve. publicus, -a, -um, public; res

prodo, -dere, -didi, -ditum [pro+ publica, state, republic, common-
do], transmit, hand down. wealth.
proelium, -i, n., battle. puella, -ae, f., girl.

profectio, -onis, f., setting out, de- puer, -i, m., boy, child.
parture. pugna, -ae, f., fight, battle.
proficiscor, proficisci, profectus pugno, -are, -avi, -atum, fight.
sum, dep., set out, depart. pulcher, -chra, -chrum, beautiful.
profugus, -a, -um, fleeing, fugitive. punio, -ire, -ivi, -itum, punish.
322 LATIN FOR THE FIRST YEAR

puto, -are, -avi, -atum, suppose, quo, conj. (=ut eo), in order that.
reckon, think. quod, conj., because; quod si, but
Pyrenaeus, -a, -urn; with montes, if-

the Pyrenees. quondam, adv., formerly, once upon

Q a time.
qua, adv., by which way, where. quoque, conj., also.

quadraginta, indecl. adj., forty. quot, indecl. adj., how many?

quadringentl, -ae, -a., four hundred.
quaero, quaerere, quaesivi, quaesi-
R
tum, seek, ask. ramus, -I, m., branch.
qualis, -e, of what sort? what? rapid, rapere, rapui, raptum, seize.
quam, adv. and conj., how, as, ratio, -onis, f., reckoning, plan, rea-
than; with sup., as as son, account.
possible. ratis, ratis, f., raft.
quantus, -a, -um, how great; tan- re- (red-), prefix, back, again.
tus — quantus, so (as) great — recens, -entis, fresh, recent, new.
as. recipio, -cipere, -cepi", -ceptum [re
quartus, -a, -um, fourth. +capio], take back, receive.
quattuor, indecl. adj., four. recreo, -are, -avi, -atum [re+creo],
quattuordecim, indecl. adj., four- make anew, restore, revive.
teen. reded, -ire, -ii, -itum [red+eo], go
-que, enclitic conj., and. back, return.
qui, quae, quod, rel. pron., who, reditio, -onis, f. [redeo], a going
which, that. back, return.
quldam, quaedam, quoddam, in- reduco, -ducere, -duxi, -ductum
def. pron., a certain, certain. [re + duco], lead back, withdraw.

quindecim, indecl. a.dj., fifteen. refero, -ferre, -tuli, -latum [re-f

quingenti, -ae, -a, five hundred. fero], bring back, report.
quinquaginta, indecl. adj., fifty. regina, -ae, f., queen.
quinque, indecl. adj., five. regius, -a, -um, kingly, royal.
quintus, -a, -um, fifth. regno, -are, -avi, -atum, reign.
Quintus, -i, m., Quintus, a personal regnum, -i, n., sovereignty, royal
name. power.
quis, quid, interrog. pron., who? rego, regere, rexi, rectum, rule.
which? what? indef. pron., any reicio, -icere, -ieci, -iectum [re +
one, anything, any. iacio], throw back, drive back.
quisquam, quidquam [quicquam], relinquo, -linquere, -liqui, -lictum
indef. pron., any one, anything. [re+linquo], leave behind, aban-
quisque, quaeque, quidque [quod- don; pass, be left, remain.
quej, indef. pron., each one, reliquus, -a, -um, the rest of, re-

every one, each. maining.

 VOCABULARY 323

remaned, -manere, -mansi, -man- Rhodanus, -i, m., the Rhone.

sum, remain. rima, -ae, f., opening, crack.
removed, -movere, -mdvi, -mo- ripa, -ae, f., bank (of a river),
tum [re+moved], move back, re- rogd, -are, -avi, -atum, ask.
move. Roma, -ae, f., Rome.
renovd, -are, -avi, -atum [re+ Rdmanus, -a, -um, Roman; as
novo], renew. noun, Rdmani, -drum, m., the

renuntid, -are, -avi, -atum [re + Romans.

nuntid], bring back word, report. Romulus, -i, m., Romulus.
repelld, repellere, reppuli, repul- rostrum, -i, n., beak (of bird or
sum [re+pello], drive back, re- ship).
pulse. ruina, -ae, f., downfall, ruin; pi.,

repentlnus, -a, -um, sudden. ruins.

reperio, reperire, repperi, reper- rursus, adv., again, in turn.

tum [re+parid, procure], find out, rus, ruris, n., the country (opposed
discover. to city).

repetd, -petere, -petivi, -petitum, rusticus, -a, -um [rus], of the coun-
seek again, return to. try, rural.

res, rei, f., thing, affair, fact; see S

publica. saepe, adv., often.
rescindd, -scindere, -scidi, -scis- saevus, -a, -um, fierce, cruel, sav-
sum [re+scindd], break down, age.
destroy. sagitta, -ae, f., arrow.
resistd, -sistere, -stiti, [re + salus, -utis, f., safety.

sisto, stand], resist, withstand. sanguis, sanguinis, m., blood.

responded, -spondere, -spondi, Santones, -um, m., the Santones
-sponsum, answer, reply. (san'to-nez), a Gallic tribe,
respdnsum, -i, n., reply. sapiens, -entis, adj., wise; as
restitud, -stituere, -stitul, -stitu- noun, wise man.
tum [re + statud], set up again, sarcinae, -arum, f., soldiers'' packs,
restore. baggage (carried by soldiers),
retined, -tinere, -tinui, -tentum satis, indecl. noun and adj., enough;
[re+tened], hold back, detain, re- adv., sufficiently.
tain. satisfacid, -facere, -feci, -factum
revertor, revert!, reverti, reversum [satis +f acid], do enough, satisfy,
[re+vertd], usually dep. in pres. make amends.
system, turn back, return. scelus, sceleris, n., crime.
revocd, -are, -avi, -atum [re + vocd], scid, scire, scivi, scitum, know.
call back, recall. Scipid, -dnis, m., Scipio (sip'i-d).
rex, regis, m., king. scribd, scribere, scripsi, scriptum,
Rhenus, -i, m., the Rhine. write.
22
3 24
LATIN FOR THE FIRST YEAR

scutum, -I, n., shield. singuli, -ae, -a, distrib. num. adj.,
secundus -a, -um, following,
s
sec- one at a time, one by one, single.
ond, favorable. sinister, -tra, -trum, left (opposed
sed, conj., but. to dexter).
sedecim [sex], indecl. adj., sixteen. societas, -tatis, f. [socius], partner-
Segusiavi, -orum, m., the Segusiavi ship, alliance.
(se-gu-shi-a/vi), a Gallic tribe. socius, -I. m , ally.

sementis, -is, f., sowing, planting. sol, solis, m., the sun.

semper, adv., always. solum, adv., only.

senatus, -us, m., senate. solum, -I, n., soil, ground.
senex, senis, adj., old; as noun, solus, -a, -um, alone, only.
old man. soror, -oris, f., sister.

separatim, adv., separately. spatium, -i, n., space, period.

Septimus, -a, -um, seventh. spero, -are, -avi, -atum [spes],

sepultura, -ae, f., burial. hope, look for, expect.

Sequana, -ae, f., the Seine. spes, spei,f., hope.

Sequani, -orum, m., the Sequani statim, adv. [sto], on the spot, at
(sek'wa-ni), Sequanians, a Gal- once.
lic tribe. statuo, -uere, -ui, -utum, set up, es-
Sequanus, -um, Sequanian.
-a, tablish, determine, decide.

sequor, sequi, secutus sum, dep., sto, stare, steti, statum, stand.
follow. studeo, -ere, -ui, ,
be eager for,

servitus, -tutis, f. [servus], slavery. desire.

servo, -are, -avi, -atum, save, guard, studium, -I, n., eagerness, desire.

preserve. sub, prep. w. ace. or abl., under,

servus, -I, m., slave. beneath, up to; as prefix, under.
sex, indecl. adj., six. subduco, -ducere, -duxi, -ductum
sexaginta, indecl. adj., sixty. [sub + duco], draw up, withdraw.
sexcenti, -ae, -a, six hundred. subeo, -ire, -ii, -itum [sub+eo], go
sextus, -a, -um, sixth. under, go near, undergo.
si, conj., if. subito, adv., suddenly.
sic, adv., so, thus. subsidium, -I, n., aid, reinforce-
signifer, -feri, m., standard bearer. ment.
signified, -are, -avi, -atum [signum succedo, -cedere, -cessi, -cessum
+ facio], indicate. [sub + cedo], go under, go near,
signum, -I, n., signal, standard. approach, advance, succeed.
silva, -ae, f., forest. sui, sibi, se [sese], himself, herself,
similis, -e, like, similar. itself, themselves.

simul, adv., at the same time. Sulla, -ae, m., Sulla, a Roman dic-

sin, conj., but if. tator.

sine, prep. w. abl., without. sum, esse, fui, ,

be.
 VOCABULARY 325

summa, -ae, f., {highest point), tempero, -are, -avi, -atum, control,
sum, total. refrain.
summus, -a, -urn [superus], high- tempestas, -tatis, f., season,
est, greatest; the top of. weather, storm.
sumo, sumere, sumpsi, sumptum, templum, -i, n., temple.
take, claim. tempto, -are, -avi, -atum, try, at-

sumptus, -us, m., expense. tempt.

super, prep. w. ace. and abl., above, tempus, temporis, n., time.
over; as prefix, over. teneo, tenere, tenui, tentum, hold.
supero, -are, -avi, -atum, surpass, terra, -ae, f., earth, land, country.
conquer, overcome. terreo, -ere, -ui, -itum, frighten.
supersum, -esse, [super + -fui tertius, -a, -um, third.

sum], be over, survive, remain. Tiberis, -is, m., the Tiber.

superus, -a, -um (comp. superior, Tigurinus, -a, -um, of the Tigurini
sup. supremus, summus), upper, (tig-u-ri'ni); Tigurini, -orum,
higher. M., the Tigurini, a canton of the
supplicium, -1, n., punishment, Helvetii.

penalty. timeo, -ere, -ui, , fear.

supporto, -are, -avi, -atum [sub-f timidus, -a, -um [timed], timid.
porto], bring up, convey, supply. timor, -oris, m., fear.
suscipio, -cipere, -cepi, -ceptum Titus, -i (abbr. T.), m., Titus (ti'-

[sub-f capio], undertake, undergo. tus), a personal name.

suspicio, -6ms, f., suspicion. tolero, -are, -avi, -atum, endure,
sustineo, -tinere, -tinui, -tentum support, sustain.
[sub+teneo], hold up, hold out, tollo, tollere, sustuli, sublatum,
sustain, withstand. lift up, take away.

suus, -a, -um, his, her, its, their. tot, indecl. adj., so many.

totus, -a, -um (gen. -ius, dat. -i),

the whole of, all, entire.

tabula, -ae, f., board, tablet, record. trado, -dere, -didi, -ditum [trans-f
tacitus, -a, -um, silent. do], give over, hand down, sur-
talis, -e, such. render.
tarn, adv., so. traduco, -ducere, -duxi, -ductum
tamen, adv., nevertheless, yet. [trans +duco], lead across.
tandem, adv., at length, finally. trans, prep. w. ace, across; as pre-
tango, tangere, tetigi, tactum, fix, across, through.
touch. transeo, -ire, -ii (ivi) ,-itum [trans +
tantus, -a, -um, so great, so much. eo], go across, cross.
taurus, -i, m., bull. transfero, -ferre, -tuli, -latum
telum, -I, n., weapon, javelin, [trans +fero], carry over, transfer.
spear. trecenti, -ae, -a, three hundred.
326 LATIN FOR THE FIRST YEAR

tres, tria, three. uter, -tra, -tram (gen. -ius, dat. -I),
triduum, -I, n., three days. which (of two),
triginta, indecl. adj., thirty. utilis, -e [utor], useful.
triplex, -ids, adj., threefold, utor, uti, usus sum, dep., use.

triple. uxor, -oris, f., wife.

triumpho, -are, -avi, -atum, cele-

brate a triumph.

Troia, -ae, f., Troy. vaco, -are, -avi, -arum, be vacant,

Troianus, -a, -urn, Trojan. be unoccupied.

tu, pers. pron., thou, you. vadum, -i, N.,ford, shoal.

tuba, -ae, f., trumpet. valeo, -ere, -ui, -itum, be strong,

Tulingi, -oram, u., the Tulingi be well.

(tu-lin'ji), a German tribe. validus, -a, -um, strong.

turn, adv., then, at that time. vallum, -i, n., rampart, barricade.
turns, turris, f., tower. vasto, -are, -avi, -atum, lay waste,
tuus, -a, -urn, thy, your. devastate, ravage.
vastus, -a, -um, immense, vast.
U veho, vehere, vexi, vectum, carry.
ubi, adv. and conj., when, where. vel, or; vel
— vel, either
— or.

ullus, -a, -urn (gen. -ius, dat. -i), velox, -ocis, swift.
any. venio, venire, veni, ventum, come.
ulterior, -ius, comp. adj. [ultra], ventus, -i, m., wind.
farther. verbum, -i, n., word.
ultra, adv. and prep. w. ace., be- vereor, -eri, -itus sum, dep., fear,
yond. dread.
umbra, -ae, f., shade. Vergilius, -i, m., Vergil (ver'jil), a
umerus, -i, m., shoulder. great Latin poet (70-19 B.C.).
una, adv., together, in company verus, -a, -um, true.
with. vesper, -eri, m., evening.
unde, adv., from which place, vester, -tra, -tram, your, yours.
whence. veteranus, -a, -um [vetus], old,

undique [unde], adv., from all parts, veteran; as noun, veteran soldier,
on all sides. veteran.

unus, -a, -urn (gen. -ius, dat. -i), vetus, veteris, adj., old, former.
one. via, -ae, f., way, road.
urbanus, -a, -um, belonging to a victor, -oris, m. [vinco], victor, con-
city, of a city. queror.
urbs, urbis, f., city. victoria, -ae, f., victory.
usus, -us, m., use, advantage. vicinus, -a, -um [vicus], neighbor-
ut [uti], conj. w. subj., that, in ing, near.
order that; w. ind., as, when. vicus, -i, m. village.
 VOCABULARY 327

video, videre, vidi, visum, see; vita, -ae, f., life.

pass., be seen, seem. vivo, vivere, vixi, victum, live.

vigilia, -ae, f., watch of the night, vix, adv., hardly, scarcely.
watch. voco, -are, -avi, -atum, call, sum-
viginti, indecl. adj., twenty. mon.
vinco, vincere, vici, victum, con- i. volo, -are, -avi, -atum, fly.
quer. 2. volo, velle, volui, , wish, be
vinculum, -i, n., bond. willing.
vinum, -i, n., wine. voluntas, -tatis, f., willingness,
violentia, -ae, f., violence. wish, consent, good-will.
vir, -i, m., man. vos, pi. of tu.

virtus, -tutis, f. [vir], {manliness), vox, vocis, f., voice, word.

virtue, valor. vulnero, -are, -avi, -atum [vulnus],
vis, vis, f., force, violence; pi. vires, wound.
strength. vulnus, -eris, n., woutid.
 ENGLISH-LATIN VOCABULARY
arrive, pervenio, -venire, -veni,
-ventum.
able: be able,
possum, posse, potui. arrow, sagitta, -ae, r.
about, circum, w. ace; de (con- as —
as possible, quam w. super-

cerning), w. abl.; w. numerals, lative.

ad. ascent, ascensus, -us, m.
about to, expressed by fut. act. part. ask, rogo, -are, -avi, -atum.
absent: be absent, absum, abesse, assemble, convenio, -venire, -veni,
afui. -ventum.
account: on account of, ob, propter, at, ad, w. ace.
w. ace. attack, (noun) impetus, -us, M.;
accuse, accuso, -are, -avi, -atum. (verb) oppugno, -are, -avi,
across, trans, w. ace. -atum; adgredior, -gredi, -gres-
advise, moneo, -ere, -ui, -itum. sus sum.
after, (prep.) post, w. ace; (conj.) attempt, conor, -ari, -atus sum.
postquam. authority, auctoritas, -tatis, p.
aid, (noun) auxilium, subsidium, away: be away, absum, abesse,
-l, n.; (verb) iuvo, iuvare, iuvi, afui.
iutum. away from, a (ab).
all, omnis, -e ; totus, -a, -um.
allow, patior, pati, passus sum.
B
almost, fere, paene. bad, malus, -a, -um.
always, semper. badge, insigne, -is, n.
ambassador, legatus, -I, m. baggage, impedimenta, -orum, n.
among, inter, apud, w. ace. band, manus, -us, f.
and, et, -que, ac, atque. bank (of a river), ripa, -ae, f.

animal, animal, -alis, n. battle, proelium, -i, n.

announce, nuntio, -are, -avi, -atum. be, sum, esse, fui.

another, alius, -a, -ud. be away, absum, abesse, afui.

any one, quis, quisquam. bear, fero, ferre, tali, latum.

April, Aprilis, -e. beast of burden, iumentum, -i, N.

are, see be. beautiful, pulcher, -chra, -chrum.

arms, anna, -orum, n. because, quod.
army, acies, -ei, f.; agmen, -inis, because propter, w. ace.
of,

n.; exercitus, -us, m. before, (prep.) ante, w. ace; pro,

arrival, adventus, -us, m. w. abl.; (conj.) priusquam.
328
 VOCABULARY 329

began, coepi, -isse. -atum; (summon), voco, -are,

behalf: in behalf of, pro, w. -avi, -atum.
abl. call back, revoco.
behind, post, w. ace. call together, convoco.
Belgians, Belgae, -arum, m. camp, castra, -orum, n.
believe, credo, credere, credidi, can, possum, posse, potui.
creditum. capital, caput, capitis, x.
better, melior; (adv.) melius. captive, captivus, -i, m.
between, inter, w. ace. capture, capio, capere, cepi, cap-
boldly, audacter. turn; capture town),(a ex-
boldness, audacia, -ae, f. (jugno, -are, -avi, -atunx
book, liber, libri, m. care, cura, -ae, f.
booty, praeda, -ae, f. carry, porto, -are, -avi, -atum.
both — and, — et et. carry on (war), gero, gerere, gessi,
boy, puer, pueri, m. gestum.
brave, fortis, -e. cart, carrus, -i, m.
bravely, fortiter. cavalry, equites ;
-urn, m.; equita-
bravery, fortitudo, -inis, f.; virtus, tUS, -US, M.
-tutis, f. Celts. Celtae, -arum, m.
breadth, latitudo, -inis, f. centurion, centurio, -onis, m.
bridge, pons, pontis, m. certain, (adj.) certus, -a, -urn;
bring, fero, ferre, tuli, latum; (pron.) quidam.
porto, -are, -avi, -atum. chief, princeps, -cipis, m.
bring in, importo. children, pueri, -orum, m.; liberi,

bring together, conduco, -dticere, -orum, m.

-duxi, -ductum; confero. choose, deligo, -ligere, -legi, -lec-
bring upon, infero. tum.
broad, latus, -a, -urn. citizen, civis, -is, m. or f.

brother, frater, fratris, m. city, urbs, urbis, f.

Brutus, Brutus, -1, M. climb, ascendo, ascendere, as-

building, aedificium, -i, n. cendi, ascensum.
bum, incendo, -cendere, -eendi, cohort, cohors, cohortis, f.
-censum. come, venio, venire, veni, ventum.
autem.
but, sed, come together, convenio.
buy, emo, emere, emi, emptum. command, impero, -are, -avi,
buy up, coemo. -atum; be in command, praesum»
by, sign of abl.; a (ab) w. &bl -esse, -fui; put in co-mmand,
praeficio, -ficere, -feci, -fectum.
commander, imperator, -oris, m.
Caesar, Caesar, Caesaris, m. compel, cogo, cogere, coegi, coac-
tall (by name), appello, -are, -avi, tum.
33° LATIN FOR THE FIRST YEAR

complete, perficio, -ficere, -feci, deserve, mereor, -eri, -itus sum.

-fectum. desire, (noun) cupiditas, -tatis, f.;
concerning, de, w. abl. (verb) cupio, cupere, cupivi,
conquer, vinco, vincere, vici, vic- cupitum.
tum; supero, -are, -avi, -atum. desirous, cupidus, -a, -um.
conspiracy, coniuratio, -onis, f. determine, constituo, -stituere, -sti-
construct, facio, facere, feci, fac- tui, -stitutum.
tum. devastate, vasto, -are, -avi, -atum.
consul, consul, -is, m. difficult, difficilis, -e.

contend, contendo, -tendere, -tendi, diligence, diligentia, -ae, f.

-tentum. direction, pars, partis, f.
Corinth, Corinthus, -1, f. discover, reperio, reperire, repperi,
Cornelia, Cornelia, -ae, f. repertum.
Cornelius, Cornelius, -I, m. distant: be distant, absum, abesse,
could, see can. afui.

council, concilium, -I, n. district, pagus, -i, m.

country, terra, -ae, f.
fines, -ium,
; Divico, Divico, -onis, m.
m.; native country, patria, -ae, divide, divido, -videre, -visi, -vi-
f.; country (as distinguished sum.
from city), rus, ruris, n. do, ago, agere, egi, actum; facio,
course, iter, itineris, n. facere, feci, factum.
cross, transed, -ire, -ii (ivi), -itum. down from, de, w. abl.
custom, mos, moris, m.

D each, quisque, quaeque, quidque.

danger, periculum, -i, n. eager, cupidus, -a, -um; be eager

daring, audax, -acis. for, studeo, -ere, -ui.

daughter, -ae, f.
filia, eagerness, cupiditas, -tatis, f.;

day, dies, -ei, m. studium, -i, n.

death, mors, mortis, f. easily, facile.

decide, statuo, statuere, statui, easy, facilis, -e.
statutum; constituo. eight, octo.

deep, altus, -a, -um. eighth, octavus.

defeat, supero, -are, -avi, -atum. eighty, octoginta.
defend, defendo, -fendere, -fendi, cither — or, aut — aut; vel — vel.
-fensum. t, creo, creare, creavi, creatum.
delay, mora, -ae, f. embassy, legatid, -onis, f.

dense, densus, -a, -um. encourage, hortor, -ari, -atus sum;

depart, discedo, -cedere, -cessi, cohortor.
-cessum. enemy, hostis, hostis, m.
depth, altitudo, -inis, f. enough, satis.
 VOCABULARY 33 1

enroll, conscribo, -scribere, -scrip- find out, cognosco, -gnoscere,

si, -scriptum. -gnovi, -gnitum.
envoy, legatus, -l, m. fire, ignis, ignis, M.

equal, par, paris. first, primus, -a, -um.

establish, confirmo, -are, -avi, fit, idoneus, -a, -um.
-atum. five, quinque.
evening, vesper, vesperi, m. flee, fugio, fugere, fugi, fugitum.

every, omnis, -e; quisque; every- fleet, classis, classis, f.

thing, omnia. flight, fuga, -ae, f.

excel,supero, -are, -avi, -atum; flow, fluo, fluere, fluxi, fluxum.

praecedo, -cedere, -cessi, -ces- food, cibus, -i, m.
sum. foot, pes, pedis, m.; at the foot of,

except, praeter, w. ace. sub, w. abl.

expect, exspecto, -are, -avi, -atum. for, sign of dat. case; pro, w. abl.
explain, demonstro, -are, -avi, forage, frumentor, -ari, -atus sum.
-atum. force, vis, vis, f.
forces, copiae, -arum, f.
extend, pateo, -ere, -ui; pertineo,
-ere, -ui. ford, vadum, -i, n.
F fort, castellum, -i, n.

fact, res, rei, f. munitio, -onis, F.

fortification,
faithfully, diligenter. fortify, munio, -ire, -ivi, -itum.

famous, clarus, -a, -um. forum, forum, -i, n.

far, (adv.) longe. four, quattuor.

farmer, agricola, -ae, M. fourth, quartus, -a, -um.
farther, (adj.) ulterior, -ius. free, (adj.) liber, -era, -erum;
farthest, extremus, -a, -um; ulti- (verb) libero, -are, -avi, -atum.
mus, -a, -um. friend, amicus, -i, m.
father, pater, patris, m. friendly, amicus, -a, -um.
f.
favor, indulged, -dulgere, -dulsi, friendship, amicitia, -ae,
-dultum. frighten, terreo, -ere, -ui, -itum.
fear, (noun) timor, -oris, m.; from, sign of abl.; ab, de, ex, w.
(verb) timed, -ere, -ui; vereor, abl.

-eri, -itus sum.

fertile, ferax, -acis.
few, pauci, -ae, -a; very few, per- Galba, Galba, -ae, if.

pauci. Gallic, Gallicus, -a, -um.

field, ager, agri, m. gate, porta, -ae, f.
Gaul, Gallia, -ae, the Gauls.
fiercely, acriter. P.;

fight, pugno, -are, -avi, -atum; Galli, -drum, m.

contendo, -tendere, -tendi, -ten- general, imperator, -oris, m.
turn. Geneva. Genava, -ae, f.
33 2 LATIN FOR THE FIRST YEAR

German, Germanus, -a, -um; the higher, altior; (upper) superior.

Germans, German!, -orum, m. hill, collis, collis, m.
Germany, Germania, -ae, f. himself, ipse, sui.
get possession of, potior, -In, -Itus his, eius.
sum. his own, suus, -a, -um.
girl, puella, -ae, f. hold, teneo, -ere, -ui, tentum.
give, do, dare, dedi, datum. home, domus, -us, f.; at home,
go, eo, Ire, ii (Ivi), itum. doml.
go across, transeo. hope, (noun) spes, spei, f.; (verb)
go out, exeo. spero, -are, -avi, -atum.
god, deus, -I, m. horn, cornu, -us, n.
good, bonus, -a, -um. horse, equus, equl, m.
grain, frumentum, -I, n. horseman, eques, equitis, m.
great, magnus, -a, -um; so great, hostage, obses, obsidis, m. or f.
tantus, -a, -um. hour, hora, -ae, f.

guard, praesidium, -I, n. house, domus, -us, f.

guide, dux, ducis, m. human being, homo, hominis, m.
or f.
H hundred, centum.
Haeduan, Haeduus, -a, -um; the hurl, iacio, iacere, ieel, iactum.
Haedui, Haedui, -orum, m.
hand, manus, -us, f.
happen: it happens, accidit, acci- /, ending of verb; or pron. ego.
dere, accidit; fit, fieri, factum if, si.

est. import, importo, -are, -avi, -atum.

harbor, portus, -us, m. in, sign of abl.; in w. abl.
hasten,maturo, -are, -avi, -atum; induce, induco, -ducere, -duxl,
contendo, -tendere, -tendi, -ten- -ductum.
turn. influence, (noun) auctoritas, -ta-
have, habeo, -ere, -ui, -itum. tis, f.; (verb) adduco, -ducere,
he, ending of verb; or pron. is. -duxl, -ductum.
hear, audio, -ire, -Ivi, -Itum. inform, certidrem facio; be in-
heavy, gravis, -e. formed, certior flo.
height, altitudo, -mis, f. inhabit, incolo, -colere, -colui.
Helvetia, Helvetia, -ae, f. inhabitant, incola, -ae, m. or F.
Helvetian, Helvetius, -a, -um; the intend, in animo habeo.
Helvetii, Helvetii, -orum, m. into, in w. ace.
her, eius. is, see be.
her own, suus, -a, -um. it, ending of verb; or id, hoc.
herself, ipsa, sul. Italy, Italia, -ae, f.
high, altus, -a, -um. itself, ipsum, sui.
 VOCABULARY 333

love, -are, -avi, -atum.

amo,
javelin, pflum, -i, N. Lucius, Lucius, -i, m.
iter, itineris, N.
journey,
Julia, Iulia, -ae, f.
M
magistrate, magistratus, -us, it.

make, facio, facere, feci, factum;

keep away, keep ojf, prohibed, -ere, be made, fio, fieri, factus sum.
-ul, -itum. make upon, infero, -ferre, -tuli,

kill, occido, -cidere, -cidi, -cisum; -latum.

interficio, -ficere, -feci, -fectum. man, vir, viri, m.; homo, -inis, m.

king, rex, regis, m. many, multi, -ae, -a.

know, scio, scire, scivi, scitum. march, (noun) iter, itineris, N.;
(verb) iter facio.
Marcus, Marcus, -i, m.
Labienus, Labienus, -i, m. master, dominus, -i, m.
lack, inopia, -ae, f. memory, memoria, -ae, f.

lake, lacus, -us, m. merchant, mercator, -oris, m.

land, terra, -ae, f.; native land, message, nuntius, -i, m.

patria, -ae, f. messenger, nuntius, -i, m.

language, lingua, -ae, f mile, mille passus.
large, magnus, -a, -urn. mind, animus, -i, m.
law, lex, legis, f. money, pecunia, -ae, f.
lead, duco, ducere, duxi, ductum. month, mensis, mensis, m.
lead across, traduco. moon, luna, -ae, f.
lead out, educo. more, comp. ending; plus, magis.
leader, dux, ducis, m. most, sup. ending; plurimus, -a,
learn, disco, discere, didici; cog- -um; maxime.
nosce, -gnoscere, -gnovi, -gni- mountain, mons, montis, m.
tum. move, moveo, movere, movi, mo-
legion, legio, -onis, f. tum.
length, longitude, -inis, f. much, multus, -a, -um; (adv.)
less, minus. multum, by much, multo.
letter, epistula, -ae, f. my, meus, -a, -um.
liberty, libertas, -tatis, f.
lieutenant, legatus, -I, M. N
like, similis, -e. name, (noun) nomen, -inis, x.;
little, parvus, -a, -um. (verb) appello, -are, -avi,
live, habito, -are, -avi, -atum; -atum.
incolo, -ere, -ui. narrow, angustus, -a, -um.
long, longus, -a, -um; (adv.) a narrowness: narrow pass, angus-
long time, diu. tiae, -arum, f.
334 LATIN FOR THE FIRST YEAR

nation, natio, -onis, f.; populus, our, noster, -tra, -trum.

-1, M. out of, ex (e), w. abl.

nature, natura, -ae, f. over, trans, w. ace.

near, ad, w. ace; (adv.) prope. overcome, supero, -are, -avi, -atum.
nearest, proximus,-um. -a, owe, debeo, -ere, -ui, -itum.
neighboring, finitimus, -a, -um.
neighbors, flnitimi, -orum, m.
neither, (pron.) neuter, -tra, pace, passus, -us, m.
-trum; (conj.) neque. pack animal, iumentum, -i, N.

next, proximus, -a, -um; on the part, pars, partis, f.

next day, postero die. peace, pax, pacis, f.
new, novus, -a, -um, people, populus, -i, m.

night, nox, noctis, f. peril, periculum, -i, n.

no, none, nullus, -a, -um. persuade, persuadeo, -suadere,

no one, nemo, dat., nemini. -suasi, -suasum.
noon, meridies, -ei, m. pitch (a camp), pono, ponere, po-
nor, neque (nee). sui, positum.
not, non. place, locus, -I, m.; pi., loca, -orum,
nothing, nihil. N.

now, nunc. pleasing, gratus, -a, -um.

number, numerus, -I, m. plan, consilium, -i, n.

plunder, praeda, -ae, f.

O possession: get possession of, po-
obey, pareo, -ere, -ui. tior, -iri, -itus sum.
of, sign of gen. case; de, ex, w. possible: as — as possible, quam
abl. w. a superlative.
often, saepe. powerful, potens, potentis.
on, in, w. abl.; on account of, ob, praise, laudd, -are, -avi, -atum.
propter, w. ace; on all sides, prepare, paro, -are, -avi, -atum;
undique. comparo.
one, unus, -a, -um. present: be present, adsum, adesse,
opportunity, facultas, -tatis, f. adfui.
or, aut. promise, polliceor, -eri, -itus sum.
orator, orator, -oris, M. '

property: your property, vestra,

order, iubeo, iubere, iussi, iussum. -orum, x.; their property, sua,

order: in order that, ut, quo; in -orum, n.

order not. ne. protect, defendo, -fendere, -fendi,
other (of more than two), alius, -a, -fensum.
-ud; the other (of two), alter, province, provincia, -ae, I

-era, -erum. punishment, poena, -ae, F.

ought, debeo, -ere, -ui, -itum. purpose: for the purpose, causa.
 VOCABULARY 335

sailor,nauta, -ae, m.
f. sake: for the sake, causa.
queen, regina, -ae,
same, idem, eadem, idem.
quickly, celeriter.
m. say, dico, dicere, dixi, dictum.
Quintus, Quintus, -I,
f.
scarcity, inopia, -ae,
R scout, explorator, -oris,
u,
f. n.
raft, ratis, ratis, sea, mare, maris,
reach (arrive at) pervenio, -venire,
,
second, secundus, -a, -urn.
-veni, -ventum, w. ad. see, video, videre. vidi,
visum.
read, lego, legere, legi,
lectum. (petii),
seek, peto, petere, petivi
ready, paratus, -a, -urn.
petitum.
receive, recipio, -cipere, -cepi, -cep-
Seine, Sequana, -ae, f.
tum. select, deligo, -ligere, -legi,
-lec-

recent, recens, recentis. tum.

recently, nuper. senate, senatus, -us,
m.

remain, maneo, manere, mansi, send, mitto, mittere, misi,

missum.
mansum. send ahead, praemitto.
remember, memoria teneo, -ere, separate, divido, -videre, -visi,

-ui, tentum. -visum.

report,nuntio, -are, -avi, -atum. servant, servus, -i, m.
-stiti. -atum.
resist, resisto, -sistere, set free, libero, -are, -avi,
rest: the rest of, reliquus, -a, -urn. set out, proficiscor, -ficisci, -fectus
retreat, se recipio, -cipere, -cepi, sum.
-ceptum. severely, graviter.
return, revertor, reverti, reverti, she, ea, ilia; sui.
reversum. shield, scutum, -i, N.
reward, praemium, -i, N. f.
ship, navis, navis,
Rhine, Rhenus, -i, m. short, brevis, -e.
Rhone, Rhodanus, -i, m. show, demonstro, -are, -avi,
-atum.
right, (noun) ius, iuris, n.; (adj.) f. on this side of,
side, pars, partis, ;

dexter, -tra, -trum. citra, w. ace.

fiumen, -inis, N.
river, sides: from all sides, undique.
iter, itineris, n.
road, via, -ae, f.; sight, conspectus, -us, m.
Roman, Romanus, -a, -urn; the
signal, signum, -i, n.
Romans, Romani, -orum, m. since, (conj.) cum.
Rome, Roma, -ae, f. sister, soror, -oris,
f.
N.
royal power, regnum, -i,
size, magnitudo, -inis, f.
rule, rego, regere, rexi,
rectum. -a. -urn.
skillful, peritus.
servus, m-
S slave, -i,
J.
f. slavery, servitus, -tutis,
safety, salus, -utis,
navigo, -are, -avi, -atum. small, parvus, -a, -urn.
sail,
336 LATIN FOR THE FIRST YEAR

so, ita, sic, tarn; so great, tantus, territory, fines, -ium, m.

-a, -urn; so that, ut. than, quam.
soldier, miles, militis, m. that, (pron.) is, ea, id; ille, ilia,

some, aliquis, -qua, -quid; some

— illud; (conj.) ut.
others, alii
— alii. their, eorum, earum; their own,
son, filius, -i, m. suus, -a, -um.
speak, loquor, loqui, locutus sum. them, eos, eas, ea.
spear, pilum, -i, N. themselves, ipsi, -ae, -a; sui.

standard, signum, -i, n. there, (in that place), ibi; (exple-

standard bearer, signifer, -feri, m. tive) not expressed.
state, civitas, -tatis, f. these, see this,
stone, lapis, lapidis, m. they, ending of verb; or ei, eae,
street, via, -ae, f. ea; illi, -ae, -a.
strong, fortis, -e. thing, res, rei, f.
subdue, paco, -are, -avi, -atum. think, puto, -are, -avi, -atum;
such: in such a manner, sic. arbitror, -ari, -atus sum; exis-

sufficiently, satis. timo, -are, -avi, -atum.

suitable, idoneus, -a, -um. third, tertius, -a, -um.
summer, aestas, -tatis, f. this, hie, haec, hoc; is, ea, id.
sun, sol, solis, m. those, see that,
supply, copia, -ae, f. thousand, mille.
surpass, praecedo, -cedere, -cessi, three, tres, tria.

-cessum; supero, -are, -avi, through, per, w. ace.

-atum. throw, iacio, iacere, ieci, iactum.
surrender, trado, tradere, tradidi, time, tempus, temporis, n.
traditum. to, sign of dat. case;
sign of inf.;
swift, celer, celeris, celere; velox, ad, w. ace; ut, w. subj.
-oris. today, hodie.
sword, gladius, -i, m. together, con- (prefix); una (adv.).
tomorrow, eras.
too, express by ending of comp.
take, capio, capere, cepi, captum; tower, turris, turris, f.
(a town), expugno, -are, -avi, town, oppidum, -i, N.
-atum. trader, mercator, -oris, m.
teach, doceo, -ere, -ui, doctum. transport, transporto, -are, -avi,
teacher, magister, -tri, if. -atum.
tell, dico, dicere, dixi, dictum; tree, arbor, -oris, f.

narro, -are, -avi, -atum. tribe, civitas, -tatis, f.; gens,

ten, decern. gentis, f.

tenth, decimus, -a, -um. troops, copiae, -arum, f.

terrify, terreo, -ere, -ui, -itum. trumpet, tuba, -ae, f.

 VOCABULARY 337

try, conor, -ari, -atus sum. were, see be.

twenty, viginti. what, quis (qui), quae, quid
two, duo, duae, duo. (quod).
two hundred, ducentl, -ae, -a. when, ubi, cum.
where, ubi.
U whether, -ne.
under, sub, w. ace. (of motion) ;
w. which, qui, quae, quod; (interrog.)
abl. (of rest). quis (qui), quae, quid (quod);
understand, intellego, -legere, (of two) uter, utra, utrum.
-lexi, -lectum. while, dum.
unfortunate, miser, -era, -erum. who, qui, quae; (interrog.) quis.
unfriendly, inimicus, -a, -um. whole, totus, -a, -um.
unlike, dissimilis, -e. whose, cuius.
until, dum. why, cur.
unwilling, invitus, -a, -um; be un- wide, latus, -a, -um.
willing, nolo, nolle, nolui. widely, late.
urge, hortor, -ari, -atus sum. width, latitude, -mis, f.
us, see we. willing: be willing, volo, velle,
use, utor, uti, usus sum. volui.

winter, hiems, hiemis, f.; pass the

winter, hiemo, -are, -avi, -atum.
valor, virtus, -tutis, f. winter quarters, hiberna, -orum, x.
very, ending of sup.; (intensive) wish, volo, velle, volui.
ipse, -a, -um. with, sign of abl.; cum, w. abl.

very few, perpauci, -ae, -a. within, sign of abl. (time).

victory, victoria, -ae, r. without, sine, w. abl.
village, vicus, -i, m. woman, mulier, -eris, f.

word, verbum, -i, n.

W work, opus, operis, n.
wage, gero, gerere, gessi, gestum. wound, (noun) vulnus, vulneris,
wagon, carrus, -i, m. n.; (verb) vulnero, -are, -avi,
wait, exspecto, -are, -avi, -atum. -atum.
wall, murus, -i, m. Y
war, bellum, -i, n. year, annus, -i, m.
warn, moneo, -ere, -ui, -itum. yet, tamen.
was, see be. yoke, iugum, -i, n.
watch, vigilia, -ae, f. you, ending of verb; or tu.
water, aqua, -ae, f. your, tuus, -a, -um; vester, -tra,
way, via, -ae, f.; iter, itineris, n. -trum.
we, endmg of verb; or nos. yourself, tu; ipse, -a, -um.
 VOCABULARY FOR THE FIRST YEAR
As specified by the New York State Syllabus
Adopted 191 7

The following lists, which are to be memorized, include 500 words,

250 for each half of the first year. In each division the words are in
alphabetic order, except that compounds of verbs are grouped together.
The principal parts, the genitive case, and the gender are indicated for
a few words that are not found in the general vocabulary of this book.

FIRST HALF YEAR

VERBS

ago, drive, do. dico, say.

cogo, drive together, collect, com- do, give.
pel. duco, lead.
redigo (-ere, redegi, redactum), abduco, lead away.
drive back, reduce, render. adduco, lead to, influence.
amo, love. educo, lead out.
appello, name, call. indued, lead in. induce.
audeo (-ere, ausus), dare, ven- perduco, lead through, extend.
ture. produco, lead forward.
capio, take. reduco, lead back.
accipio, accept, receive. existimo, think, consider.
incipio, begin, undertake. exspecto, expect, wait, await.
intercipio, intercept, cut of. gero, carry, accomplish.
suscipio, undertake. habeo, have, hold.
(cedo, go, yield.) adhibeo, apply, employ.
discedo, go away, depart. prohibeo, prohibit, prevent.
excedo, go out. iubeo, order.
procedo, go forward, advance. laboro (-are, -avi, -atum) labor,
cognosco, learn, ascertain. suffer.
confirmo, strengthen, encourage, libero, set free.
affirm. loco, place, put, set.
consulo (-ere, consului, consul- mitto, send.
turn), consult. amittd, send away, lose.

debeo, owe, ought. committo, commit, intrust; w.

defendo, defend. proelium, begin.
128
 VOCABULARY FOR THE FIRST YEAR 339

dimitt'', send away. putd, think.

intermitto, interrupt, discontinue. relinqud, leave behind, abandon.
permitto, permit, grant, intrust. responded, answer.
praemitto, send ahead. scribd, write.
remitto, send back. cdnscribd, enroll.
moneo, advise, warn. servo, save, protect.
admoneo, remind. cdnservd, save fully, preserve.
moved, move. sum, be.
commoved, alarm, excite. absum, be away.
permoved, arouse, disturb. adsum, be near, be present.
removed, move back, remove. possum, be able.
navigd, sail. tened, hold, keep.
nuntid, announce, declare. contined, hold together, contain,
occupd, seize, occupy. confine.
oportet, it is necessary. obtined, obtain, get.
pacd, pacify. pertineo, reach, extend, pertain.
pard, get ready, prepare for. retineo, hold back, retain.
compard, get together, provide. sustineo, hold up, sustain.
petd, seek. timeo, fear.
portd, carry, take. video, see.
properd (-are, -avi, -atum), hurry. provided, foresee.
pugnd, fight. voco, call.
expugnd, capture by assault. convoco, call together, summon.
oppugnd, attack. evoco, call out.

NOUNS
aestas, summer. fama, reputation, report.
ager, field. filia, daughter.
agricola, farmer. fflius, son.
amicitia, friendship. flumen, river.
animus, spirit, life, soul. fortuna, fortune, wealth.
annus, year. frater, brother.
arma, arms. frumentum, grain.
auctoritas, influence. fuga, flight.
auxilium, aid, help. hiems, winter.
bellum, war. homo, man.
caput, head. impedimentum, hindrance; pi.
castra, camp. baggage.
celeritas, speed, swiftness. iniuria, wrong.
civitas, citizenship, state. insula, island.
consilium, advice, plan. iudex (iudicis, M.), judge, juror.
consul, consul. iudicium, trial, judgment.
deus, god. lex, law.
dignitas, worth, position. liber, book.
dfligentia, painstaking, care. libertas, freedom.
dux, leader. lingua, tongue, language.
eques, horseman. locus, place.
equus, horse. lux, light.
exemplum, example, precedent. mater, mother.
factum, thing done, act, deed. memoria, memory.
23
340 LATIN FOR THE FIRST YEAR

miles, soldier. regnum, kingdom.

natura, nature. rex, king.
negotium, business, trouble. salus, safety.
nomen, name. servitus, slavery.
numerus, number. servus, slave.
officium, duty, service, courtesy. slgnum, sign, signal, standard.
oppidum, town. silva, forest.
pater, father. socius, ally, comrade.
pax, peace. soror, sister.
pecunia, money. supplicium, punishment.
periculum, trial, danger. tempus, time.
poena, penalty. terra, land, earth.
populus, people. via, highway, road.
porta, gate. victoria, victory.
praemium, reward. Villa (-ae, F.), farmhouse, conn-
praesidium. garrison, guard. tryseat.
princeps, leader, chief man. vir, man, hero.
proelium, battle. virtus, manliness, courage.
puella, girl. vita, life.
puer, boy. vox, voice, speech, remark.
regina, queen.

ADVERBS CONJUNCTIONS, PREPOSITIONS

a (ab), away from, by. longe, far.
ac (atque), and also. -ne (sign of a question).
ad, to. nee (neque) nee . . .
(neque).
ante, before (prep.). neither . . . nor.
antea, before (adv.). non, not.
aut .
aut, either
. . . . . or. nunc, now.
certe, certainly. per, through.
cum, with. post, after, behind.
cur, why. postea, afterwards.
de, down from, concermng. pro, in front of, in behalf of. /

e (ex), out from. quam, than.

et,and. -que, and.
etiam, even. sed, but.
hie, here. trans, across.
iam, by this time, already. turn, then.
in, in, on (w. abl.) ; into (w. ace). ubi, where, when.

PRONOUNS, ADJECTIVES
aequus, level, even, just, fair. egregius, eminent, unusual.
altus, high, deep. finitimus, neighboring.
amicus, friendly as noun, friend.
; hie, this, he.
amplus, large, distinguished. idem, the same.
barbarus, foreign, barbarous. ille, that, he.
bonus, good. inimicus, unfriendly, hostile; aft

certus, fixed 'certain. noun, enemy.

creber, frequent, thick. iniquus, uneven, unfavorable, unjust.
 VOCABULARY FOR THE FIRST YEAR 341

integer (-gra, -grum), whole, un- primus . . .

decimus, first . . . tenth.
impaired. publicus, belonging to the state,
ipse, self, the very. public.
official,
is, this, that, he. pulcher, beautiful.
liber, free. quis, who?
longus, long. reliquus, the rest, remaining, re-
magnus, large. mainder of.
medius, middle, middle of. sacer (-era, -crum), sacred.
meus, my, mine. tardus, slow, late.
noster, our. timidus, fearful.
notus, known. tuus, your.
novus, new. unus .
decern, one
. . . . . ten.
parvus, small. verus, true.
pauci, few. vester, your.

SECOND HALF YEAR

VERBS
appropinquo, draw near to, ap- dormio (-ire, -ivi, -itum), sleep.
proach. dubito (-are, -avi, -atum), doubt,
audio, hear. hesitate.
(capio, take.) (ducd, lead.)
excipio, take, accept. traduco, lead, across.
praecipio, order, instruct, ad- eripio, snatch away.
vise. facio, do, make.
recipio, take back ;
w. se, with- conficio, finish, exhaust.
draw. deficio, fail, revolt, rebel.
cedo, go, yield. interficio, kill.
antecedo, go before, precede. perficio, accomplish.
succedo, come up, succeed. praeficio, put in charge of.
claudo, close, confine. reficio, repair.
exchido, shut out. satisfacio, satisfy.
intercludo, shut off, cut off, stop. iacio, throw, hurl.
coepi, begin. adicio, throw to, add.
concito (-are, -avi, -atum), conicio, hurl.
arouse, excite. deicio, throw down.
confido (-ere, confisus), trust. eicio, throw out.
cupio, desire. obicio, throw against, oppose.
demonstro, point out, show. proicio, throw forward.
(died, say.) reicio, throw back.
praedico, foretell. traicio, throw across, pierce.
(do, give.) ignoro (-are, -avi, -atum), be
abdo, put away, hide. ignorant of.
ad do, add. impedio, hinder.
circumdo (-dare, -dedi. -datum), imperd, command, order.
put around, surround. incendo, burn.
reddo, give back. lego, pick, gather, read.
trado, hand over. deligo, select, choose.
doceo, teach. licet, // is lawful, permitted.
342 LATIN FOR THE FIRST YEAR

maneo, remain. servio (-ire, -ivi, -itum), serve*

permaned, remain, hold out. (sisto, stand.)
remaned, stay be/r'rd, remain. consisto, stand, take one's place.
(mitto, send.) desisto, desist from, cease.
submitto, send to the assistance, resisto, resist.
yield to. spero, hope.
munio, fortify. despero, lose hope, despair.
noceo, injure. (struo, pile up, arrange.)
odi (ddisse), hate. exstruo, pile up, erect.
pello, drive, defeat. instruo, arrange.
expello, drive out. (sum, be.)
impello, drive on, excite. desum, be lacking.
repello, drive back, repulse. praesum, be in command of.
persuaded, persuade. sumo, take, assume.
pono, put, place. supero, overcome, excel, surpass.
depono, put down, put aside. tempto, try, test, attempt.
expono, set forth, explain. (tendo, stretch.)
oppono, put against, oppose. contendo, struggle, hasten.
prdpono, put before, propose. ostendo, show.
premo (-ere, press!, pressum), (terreo, frighten.)
press, oppress. perterreo, alarm.
quaero, seek, inquire. traho, -ere, traxi, tractum, drag.
rideo (-ere, risi, rlsum), laugh. venio, come.
(scando, climb.) circumvenio, come around, sur-
ascendo, climb, ascend. round.
descendo, descend. convenio, come together.
scio, know. invenio, come upon, find.
sedeo (-ere, sedi, sessum), sit. pervenio, come through, arrive.
obsideo (-ere, obsedi, obses- (video, see.)
sum), besiege. invideo, look on, envy.
sentio (-ire, sensi, sensum), feel, vinco, conquer.
realize. vulnero, wound.

NOUNS
acies. line of battle. domus, home, house.
adventus, a coming (to), arrival. equitatus, cavalry.
aetas, age. exercitus, army.
altitudo, height, depth. exitus (-us, M.), a going forth,
beneficium, kindness. outcome, departure.
civis, citizen. fides, good faith, protection.
cohors, cohort. end; pi., boundaries,
finis, territory*
condicid, condition, terms. genus, race, kind.
consuetudo, custom, habit. hostis,enemy (of the state).
copia, supply ; pi., forces. imperator, commander general. ,

cornu, horn, wing (of army). imperium, command, power.

corpus, body. inopia, need, lack.
cupiditas, desire, grt,zd. iter, journey.
dies, day. ius, justice, right.
difficultas, difficulty. laus, praise.
dolor (-oris, M.), gruf. magnitudo, size, importance-
 VOCABULARY FOR THE FIRST YEAR 343

manus, hand, group, force. potestas, power, authority, chance.

mare, sea. ratio, account, theory, manner.
mens (mentis, F.), mind. res, thing.
modus (-1, M.), manner. res frumentaria, supplies.
mons, mountain. res militaris, military affairs, art
mors, death. of war.
multitudo, multitude. res publica, commonwealth, govem-
navigium, boat. senatus, senate. [ment.
navis, ship. spatium, space, time, distance.
nox, night. spes, hope.
©ratio, speaking, speech. timor, fear.
ordo (-dinis, M.), rank, class. turris tower.
pars, part. urbs, city.
passus, pace, step. vis, force, violence; pi., strength.
pons, bridge. vulnus, wound.

ADVERBS, CONJUNCTIONS, PREPOSITIONS

acriter, keenly, sharply. magnopere, greatly.
ample, fully. multum, much.
apud, among, at the house of. nam, for.
autem (postpositive), moreover. ne .
quidem, not even.
. .

bene, well. ob, on account of.

celeriter, swiftly, quickly. quidem (postpositive), indeed ',

diligenter, with care. certainly, at least.

enim (postpositive), /or. quod, because.
facile, easily. propter, on account of.
fortiter, bravely. satis, enough, quite.
graviter, heavily, weightily, seri- si, if.
ously. sine, without.
inter, between, among. trans, across.
interim, meanwhile. vero, in truth, but.

PRONOUNS, ADJECTIVES
acer, sharp, keen. idoneus, fit, suitable.
celer, swift. immortalis, without death, im~
centum, hundred. mortal.
communis, common. incolumis, unharmed, safe.
cupidus, desirous, eager, levis, light (in weight),
dexter, right (hand), militaris, military.
difiicilis, difficult. mille, one thousand.
ducenti, two hundred. multus, much; pi., many.
ego, /. necessarius, necessary, urgent.
equester, cavalry (adj.). nobilis (knowable), noble, famous.
facilis, easy. omnis, every; pi., all.
familiaris, of the household, inti- par, equal.
mate. pedester (-tris, -tre), infantry
fortis, brave. (adj.).
trumentarius, pertaining to grain. peritus, skilled^ experienced.
gravis, heavy, serious. plenus, full.
344 LATIN FOR THE FIRST YEAR

propinquus, near; a relative. sui (of) himself, herself, itself, them-

praesens, present. selves.

quadringenti, four hundred. suus, his, her, its, their (own).

qui, who. talis, such.
recens, fresh, new, recent. trecentl, three hundred.
sescenti, six hundred. tu, you.
similis, like. undecim . . .
viginti, eleven . . ,

singularis, single, unusual. twenty.

sinister, left (hand). vivus, alive.
 INDEX
The numbers refer to sections, unless otherwise indicated.

nominal, 315-318; used as

nouns, 319.
Abbreviations, table of, page 288. Adverbs, formation and compari-
Ablative, absolute, 564; denned, son of, 487-489.
65; of accompaniment, 136; Agent, ablative of, 149; dative
of agent, 149; of cause, 361; of of, 573-
comparison, 472; of descrip- Agreement, of adjective, 118; of
tion, 531; of manner, 137; of appositive, 98; of participle,
means, 66; of measure of dif- 259; of predicate noun, 99; of
ference, 473 of place in which,
; relative pronoun, 329; of verbs,
67; of place from which, 222; 26.
of separation, 221; of specifica-
alius, alter, etc., 315-317.
tion, 377; of time, 292; with
certain deponents, 403; with
Answers, 198.
certain prepositions, 541, b; re- Apposition, 97, a.
view Attributive adjective, 120.
of, 643.
Abstract nouns, gender of, 214.

Accent, 16-18. B
Accompaniment, ablative of, 136. Base, 49.
Accusative, defined, 39; of direct
object, 42; of duration of time,
291; of extent of space, 522; capio, conjugation of, 156.
of place to which, 134, 282; Cardinal numerals, 518.
predicate, 190; subject of in- Case endings, 49.
finitive,342; review of, 639;
with prepositions, 76, 541. Cases, defined, 47.
Causal clauses, 612.
Adjectives, agreement of, 118;
120; comparison
Cause, ablative of, 361.
attributive,
of, 466-481; dative with, 245; certior, with facio, fid, 598.
declension of, 58; declension Characteristic vowel, 107.
of comparative, 469; genitive Clauses, classified, 331; of cause,
with, 353; numeral, 517; of 612; of condition, 621; of pur-
first and second declensions, pose, 411, 420; of result, 446-
115, 126; of third declension, 448; of time, 512, 605; re-
242, 243; ordinal, 528; posses- viewed, 628; used as nouns,
sive, 127; predicate. 120; pro- 438, 448.
U5
346 LATIN FOR THE FIRST YEAR

coepi, 379, a. Demonstrative pronouns, 348-

Comparative adjective, declen- 35o, 365, 39o.
sion of, 469; special meanings Deponent verbs, 400; ablative
of, 481. with certain, 403.
Comparison, ablative of, 472; Description, genitive and ablative
of adjectives, 466-481; of ad- of, 53 1-
verbs, 488, 489. Direct object, 42.
Complementary infinitive, no. do, conjugation of, 43, a; 147, a.
Complex sentences, 330. dum, use of, 605.
Compound verbs, 277; dative Duration of time, 291:
with, 456.
Compounds of sum, 454.
Conditional sentences, 620. E
Conjugations, denned, 23; dis-
tinguished, 107; first, 31-33,
eius and suus, distinguished,
196, 226-228; fourth, 104, 105, 368.
155, 234-236; second, 73, 74, Enclitic, 18.
326-228; third, 104, 105, 155, Endings, case, 49; of indicative,
234-236; third conjugation in 308; of infinitive, 376; of par-
-io, 156. ticiples, 556; of subjunctive,
Conjunctions, classified, 632. 509; personal, 32, 146, 186, 251.
cum (conj.), causal, 612, b; tem- eo, conjugation of, 604.
poral, 512. et, -que, atque, distinguished,
cum (prep.), with ablative of ac- 229, a.
companiment, 136; of manner,
137; enclitic, page 128, note 2.
fero, 611.
fid, passive of facio, 597; with
certior, 598.
Dative, defined, 59, a; of agent, from, how to say, 219.
573; of indirect object, 60; of Future, indicative, 227, 235, 236;
possessor, 458; review of, 638; infinitive, 374, 375; participle,
with adjectives, 245; with com-
373, 556, 57i, 572 ;
pound verbs, 456; with verbs Future perfect indicative, 306,
of special meaning, 436.
3°7-
Declension, defined, 46; of ad-
jectives, 58; of comparatives,
469.
Declensions, distinguished, 289; Gender, 86; in third declension,
fifth, 285-288; first, 48, 56; 214.
fourth, 270-273; second, 87- Genitive, general rule, 634, a;
89, 95, 125; third, 162-165, objective, 352; of description,
171-173, 178, 179, 208-210; 531; of possession, 50; of the
214. whole, 529; review of, 634; with
 INDEX 347

353; with potior, Irregular verbs, 619.

adjectives,
403, a. is, 365; is and sui, distinguished,

Genitive singular of nouns in 386.

-ium, -ius, 96.
Genitive plural in -ium, 208.
Gerund, 580, 581. of vowels,
Length 7.
Gerundive, 579. of syllables, 13-15-
Length
Locative case, 47, a; 279.
H
M
hie, declension of, 348.
Historical present, 431.
Manner, ablative of, 137-
Means, ablative of, 66.
Measure of difference, 473.
mule, 519, 520.
idem, 390.
Moods, 407.
Idioms, 599.
ille, 349. N
Imperative mood, 549, 55°-
Imperfect tense, indicative, 185- ne, in clauses of purpose, 419.
188, 196; subjunctive, 424-
nolo, 618.
427. Nominative, as subject, 26; in the
Impersonal verbs, 627. 99, 191 a review
predicate, > '>

Indefinite pronouns, 538, 539. of, 633. .

Indicative, endings, 308; future, Noun clauses, of result, 448; with

227, 235, 236;
future perfect, verbs advise, persuade, etc.,

306', 307; imperfect, 185-188, 438.

196; perfect, 251-253, 261; plu- Numerals, 517; declension of,

perfect, 297-299; present, 33, S*9-

73, 104, 146, 147, 155;
^view
of, 308.
Indirect object, 60, 436, 456.
Indirect question, 501, 502. Object, direct, 42; indirect, 60,
Infinitive, complementary, no; 436, 456.
endings, 376; future, 374, 375; Order of words, 68 and page 286.
106
perfect, 358, 359; present, Ordinal adjectives, 528.
342; uses of,
338; subject of,
109, 339-341-
Intensive pronoun, 391.
Interrogative adjective, 327.
Interrogative pronoun, 326. Participles, declension of, 558;
defined, 259; future active,
ipse and sui, distinguished, 392.
348 LATIN FOR THE FIRST YEAR

373, 556, 57i; future passive, 390; indefinite, 538, 539; in-
556, 572; perfect, 260, 556, tensive, 391; interrogative,
559; present, 556-559- 326; personal, 367, $&3; re-
Parts of speech, 20. flexive, 384, 385; relative, 325,
Passive voice, 145, 146. 328, 329.
Perfect, indicative active, 251- Pronunciation, 3-6.
253; indicative passive, 261; Purpose, 411, 419, 420, 588.
infinitive, 358, 359; participle,
260, 556, 559; stem, 250; sub-
junctive, 497-499; system, 589.
Periphrastic conjugations, 571,
572. quam, in comparisons, 472; with
Personal endings, active, 32, superlative, 492.
186, 251; passive, 146. Questions, how expressed, 197;
Personal pronouns, 367, 383. indirect, 501, 502.
Place, from which, 222, 281; in qui, 325, 327, 328.
which, 67, 280; to which, 134, quis, indefinite, 538; interroga-
282. tive, 326.
Pluperfect, indicative, 297-299; quo, with subjunctive, 511, a.
subjunctive, 506-508.
Possession, expressed by dative,
458; by genitive, 50.
Possessive adjectives, 127.
possum, 443, 444. Reflexive pronoun, 384, 385.
postquam, with perfect indica- Relative pronoun, 325, 328, 329.
tive, 310, a. Result, clauses of, 446-448.
Predicate, accusative, 190; ad- Review lessons, 82, 141, 204, 267^
jective, 120; nominative, 97, b. 322, 397, 463, 546, 593, 632.
Prefixes, 277. 638, 643.
Prepositional phrases, 132-135,
219.
Prepositions, 541.
Present, indicative active, 33, Secondary tenses, 429.
73, 104; indicative passive, Separation, ablative of, 221.
146, 147, 155; infinitive, 106, Sequence of tenses, 430.
338; participle, 556-5 59; stem, Space, extent of, 522.
33; subjunctive, 408, 417, 418; Specification, ablative of, 377.
system, 589. Stems, present, 33; perfect, 250;
Primary tenses, 429. supine, page 122, footnote 1.
Principal parts, 249, 258. Subjunctive, endings of, 509;
Pronominal adjectives, 315-318. general uses of, 410; imperfect,
Pronouns, classified, 393, 540; 424-427 in causal clauses, 612;
;

demonstrative, 348-350, 365, in conditions, 621; in indirect

 INDEX 349

questions. 501; in noun 605; with postquam, ubi,

a.
clauses, 438, 448; in purpose 310,
clauses, 420; in result clauses, Tenses, named, 184; primary and
446; in temporal clauses, 605; secondary, 429; sequence of,
perfect, 497-499; pluperfect, 43o.
506-508; present, 408-410, 417, Tense signs, 186.
418; review of forms, 509, 510. Third conjugation in -io, 156.
Subordinate clauses, reviewed, Time, ablative of, 292; duration
628. of, 291; clauses of, 512, 605.
Suffixes, of adjectives, 595; of how to say, 133.
to,
nouns, 548.
sui, 384.
sum, compounds of, 454; con- U
jugation of, 24, 174, 180, 251,
309, 418, 426. ubi, with perfect indicative.
Superlative with quam, 492..
310, a.
Supine, forms and uses, 586, ut clauses, summary of, 449.
footnote
587; stem, page 122,
1; system, 589.
Syllables, 9-15.
Synonyms, 294.
Synopsis of verbs, 309, 510. Verbs, agreement of, 26.

Systems, three stem, 589. Vocative case, 47, a, 551.

volo, 618.

W
Temporal clauses, with cum,
dum, priusquam, with, how to say, 135.
512; with

24
HIGH SCHOOL TEXTBOOKS
Lake: GENERAL SCIENCE
A foundation for the sciences which usually come later in
high school, and the best practical training for those who may
withdraw from school at the end of the Junior High School.

Conn and Budington: ADVANCED PHYSIOLOGY AND

HYGIENE
Sets forth with great clarity th*e successful modern methods
of promoting good health.

Hallett and Anderson: ELEMENTARY ALGEBRA

Introduces this study as a natural extension of arithmetic,
and emphasizes the fundamental principles and processes of the
subject. With an abundance of problems.

Bullock: THE ELEMENTS OF ECONOMICS

Presents the chief facts in the structure of modern industry,
and discusses with noteworthy fair-mindedness the readjust-
ments of our industrial problems.

Clippinger: WRITTEN AND SPOKEN ENGLISH

Meets the demand for training in correct speaking and writ-
ing with reference to the needs of later life. (In one and two
volume editions.)

SILVER SERIES OF ENGLISH CLASSICS

Carefully and skillfully edited by men and women who have
won distinction in both the literarv and the educational worlds.

Gunnison and Harley: LATIN FOR THE FIRST YEAR

Simple in treatment, inductive in presentation ;
with abun-
dant supplementary reading.

Gunnison and Harley : CAESAR'S GALLIC WAR

Contains the text, grammar, and prose composition for second
year Latin.

SILVER, BURDETT AND COMPANY

BOSTON NEW YORK CHICAGO SAN FRANCISCO
HIGH SCHOOL TEXTBOOKS
Gunnison and Harley : CICERO'S ORATIONS
Contains the text, grammar, and prose composition for third
year Latin.

Burton: VERGIL'S AENEID

Unique in that the introduction, notes, references, and explana-
tory matter are within the grasp of high school students. Over
600 lines of sight translation from various Latin authors.

Burton: A LATIN GRAMMAR

Presents the essentials with the greatest possible simplicity.

Cardon: A PRACTICAL FRENCH COURSE

A book which makes for actual facility in speaking, reading,
and writing French.

Cardon: MON PETIT TROTT

Text isused as a basis for oral and written composition with
drill in French syntax.

Wilkins and Luria: LECTURAS FACILES CON EJER-

CICIOS
A reader for use as soon as the pupil has mastered the ele-
ments of the Spanish language.

Luria: CORRESPONDENCIA COMERCIAL CON EJER-

CICIOS
A book that will give the power to write a genuine Spanish
letter.

Howland: ZARAGUETA
A play with practice in Spanish composition.

Ford: A SPANISH ANTHOLOGY

Selections from the best Spanish poets, with notes.

Parsons: HIGH SCHOOL SONG BOOK

Songs which enlarge the musical heritage of recreational, as-
sembly, and community singing.

SILVER, BURDETT AND COMPANY

BOSTON NEW YORK CHICAGO SAN FRANCISCO
 XB 36245

605539

UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA LIBRARY

**
 : : ! : ; I ! ] I ' 1 1 < ) i I
,

IP! Ill